SEPARATE ACCOUNT KGC OF FIRST ALLMERICA FIN LIFE INS CO
N-4 EL/A, 1996-12-12
Previous: FOUR M CORP, 10-K, 1996-12-12
Next: IMAGE GUIDED TECHNOLOGIES INC, 10QSB/A, 1996-12-12



<PAGE>
                                                            File Nos 333-10395
                                                                     811-7771



                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                               Washington, D.C.  20549

                                       FORM N-4

               REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                            Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1

           REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
                                  Amendment No. 1

                SEPARATE ACCOUNT KGC OF FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE
                                  INSURANCE COMPANY


                    FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                  440 Lincoln Street
                                 Worcester, MA 01653
                       (Address of Principal Executive Office)

                     Abigail M. Armstrong, Secretary and Counsel
                   First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
                                  440 Lincoln Street
                                 Worcester, MA 01653
                  (Name and Address of Agent for Service of Process)

                It is proposed that this filing will become effective:

   
            Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485.
         ---
            On  (date)  pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
         ---   --------
            60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485.
         ---
            On  (date)  pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485.
         ---   --------
    
                              VARIABLE ANNUITY POLICIES

Pursuant to Reg. Section 270.24f-2 of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
Registrant hereby declares that an indefinite amount of its securities is being
registered under the Securities Act of 1933.



The Rule 24f-2 Notice for the issuer's fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 
was not filed as the Separate Account had not begun operations.

<PAGE>

               Cross Reference Sheet Showing Location in Prospectus of
                             Items Called for by Form N-4

Form N-4 Item No             Caption in Prospectus
                             ---------------------

1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Cover Page

2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Special Terms"

3 . . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Summary"; "Annual and Transaction Expenses"

4 . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Condensed Financial Information

5 . . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Description of the Company, the Variable Account
                             and the Kemper Investor Fund."

6 . . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Charges and Deductions"

7 . . . . . . . . . . . . .  "The Variable Annuity Policies"

8 . . . . . . . . . . . . .  "The Variable Annuity Policies"

9 . . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Death Benefit"

10. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Purchase Payments:; "Computation of Policy Values
                             and Annuity Payments"

11. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Surrender"; "Withdrawal"

12. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Federal Tax Considerations"

13. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Legal Matters"

14. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional
                             Information"

Form N-4 Item No.             Caption in Statement of Additional  Information
                              -----------------------------------------------

15. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Cover Page"

16. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Table of Contents"

17. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "General Information and History"

18. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Services"

19. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Underwriters"

20. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Underwriters"

21. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Performance Information"

22. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Annuity Payments"

23. . . . . . . . . . . . .  "Financial Statements"

<PAGE>
   
                FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
         Flexible Payment Deferred Variable and Fixed Annuity Contracts
    
 
   
    This prospectus describes interests under flexible payment deferred variable
and fixed annuity contracts, known as the Kemper Gateway Custom contract, issued
either  on a group basis or as individual contracts by First Allmerica Financial
Life  Insurance  Company  ("the  Company")  to  individuals  and  businesses  in
connection  with  retirement plans  which  may or  may  not qualify  for special
federal income tax treatment.  (For information about the  tax status when  used
with a particular type of plan, see "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS.") Participation
in  a group  contract will  be accounted  for by  the issuance  of a certificate
describing the individual's interest under the group contract. Participation  in
an  individual  contract will  be  evidenced by  the  issuance of  an individual
contract. Certificates  and individual  contracts are  collectively referred  to
herein as the "Contracts." The following is a summary of information about these
Contracts.  More detailed information can be found under the referenced captions
in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
    Contract values  may  accumulate  on  a variable  basis  in  the  Contract's
Separate  Account, known as  Separate Account KGC  (the "Variable Account"). The
assets of the  Variable Account  are divided into  Sub-Accounts, each  investing
exclusively  in shares  of one of  the following Portfolios  of Kemper Investors
Fund ("KINF"):
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Money Market Portfolio                         Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
Total Return Portfolio                         Value Portfolio
High Yield Portfolio                           Small Cap Value Portfolio
Growth Portfolio                               Value+Growth Portfolio
Government Securities Portfolio                Horizon 20+ Portfolio
International Portfolio                        Horizon 10+ Portfolio
Small Cap Growth Portfolio                     Horizon 5 Portfolio
</TABLE>
 
    In most jurisdictions, values may also be allocated on a fixed basis to  the
Fixed  Account, which is  part of the  Company's General Account  and during the
accumulation period to  one or more  of the Guarantee  Period Accounts.  Amounts
allocated  to the Fixed Account earn interest  at a guaranteed rate for one year
from the date allocated. Amounts allocated to a Guarantee Period Account earn  a
fixed  rate of interest for the duration  of the applicable Guarantee Period, if
held for  the entire  Guarantee  Period. If  removed prior  to  the end  of  the
Guarantee  Period the  value may  be increased  or decreased  by a  Market Value
Adjustment.  Amounts  allocated  to  the   Guarantee  Period  Accounts  in   the
accumulation phase are held in the Company's Separate Account GPA.
 
   
    Additional information is contained in a Statement of Additional Information
dated  December  13,  1996  ("SAI"),  filed  with  the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission and incorporated herein  by reference. The Table  of Contents of  the
SAI  is on  page 3  of this Prospectus.  The SAI  is available  upon request and
without  charge  through  Allmerica  Investments,  Inc.,  440  Lincoln   Street,
Worcester, Massachusetts 01653, 800-782-8380.
    
 
    THIS  PROSPECTUS IS VALID  ONLY WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY  A CURRENT PROSPECTUS OF
KINF. INVESTORS SHOULD RETAIN A COPY OF THIS PROSPECTUS FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.
 
    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE  SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED  UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
    THE CONTRACTS ARE  OBLIGATIONS OF FIRST  ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE  INSURANCE
COMPANY AND ARE DISTRIBUTED BY ALLMERICA INVESTMENTS, INC. THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT
DEPOSITS  OR OBLIGATIONS OF,  OR GUARANTEED OR  ENDORSED BY, ANY  BANK OR CREDIT
UNION. THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT INSURED BY THE U.S. GOVERNMENT, THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT
INSURANCE CORPORATION (FDIC), OR  ANY OTHER FEDERAL  AGENCY. INVESTMENTS IN  THE
CONTRACTS  ARE SUBJECT TO VARIOUS RISKS,  INCLUDING THE FLUCTUATION OF VALUE AND
POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.
 
   
                            DATED December 13, 1996
    
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Page
                                                                        ----
  <C>                                                                   <C>
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.........    3
 SPECIAL TERMS........................................................    4
 SUMMARY..............................................................    5
 ANNUAL AND TRANSACTION EXPENSES......................................   10
 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION..............................................   13
 WHAT IS AN ANNUITY?..................................................   15
 RIGHT TO REVOKE OR SURRENDER.........................................   15
 DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY, THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT, AND KEMPER
   INVESTORS FUND.....................................................   16
 ADDITION, DELETION OR SUBSTITUTION OF INVESTMENTS....................   18
 VOTING RIGHTS........................................................   18
 CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS...............................................   19
 A.  Annual Charges Against Variable Account Assets...................   19
 B.  Contract Fee.....................................................   20
 C.  Optional Benefit Riders..........................................   20
 D.  Premium Taxes....................................................   21
 E.  Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.................................   21
 F.  Transfer Charge..................................................   25
 DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT..........................................   26
 A.  Payments.........................................................   26
 B.  Transfer Privilege...............................................   27
 C.  Dollar Cost Averaging and Automatic Rebalancing Options..........   27
 D.  Surrender........................................................   27
 E.  Withdrawals......................................................   28
 F.  Death Benefit....................................................   29
 G.  The Spouse of the Contract Owner as Beneficiary..................   30
 H.  Assignment.......................................................   30
 I.  Electing the Form of Annuity and the Annuity Date................   30
 J.  Description of Variable Annuity Options..........................   31
 K.  Norris Decision..................................................   32
 L.  Computation of Values and Annuity Benefit Payments...............   33
 GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS............................................   35
 FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS...........................................   37
 A.  Qualified and Non-Qualified Contracts............................   37
 B.  Taxation of the Contracts in General.............................   38
 C.  Tax Withholding and Penalties....................................   39
 D.  Provisions Applicable to Qualified Employer Plans................   39
     Qualified Employee Pension and Profit Sharing Trusts and
 E.   Qualified Annuity Plans.........................................   39
 F.  Self-Employed Individuals........................................   40
 G.  Individual Retirement Account Plans..............................   40
 H.  Simplified Employee Pensions.....................................   41
 I.  Public School Systems and Certain Tax-Exempt Organizations.......   41
 J.  Texas Optional Retirement Program................................   42
     Section 457 Plans for State Governments and Tax-Exempt
 K.   Entities........................................................   42
 L.  Non-individual Owners............................................   42
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                         TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Page
                                                                        ----
  <C>                                                                   <C>
 REPORTS..............................................................   42
 LOANS (QUALIFIED CONTRACTS ONLY).....................................   42
 CHANGES IN OPERATION OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT.........................   43
 DISTRIBUTION.........................................................   43
 LEGAL MATTERS........................................................   44
 FURTHER INFORMATION..................................................   44
 APPENDIX A -- MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FIXED ACCOUNT...............   45
 APPENDIX B -- SURRENDER CHARGES AND THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT......   46
 APPENDIX C -- THE DEATH BENEFIT......................................   48
 
                  STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY......................................    2
 TAXATION OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND THE COMPANY.....................    2
 SERVICES.............................................................    3
 UNDERWRITERS.........................................................    3
 ANNUITY PAYMENTS.....................................................    4
 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION..............................................    5
 TAX DEFERRED ACCUMULATION............................................    7
 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.................................................    7
</TABLE>
    
 
    THE CONTRACTS OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES.
THIS  PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE  AN OFFER TO SELL,  OR A SOLICITATION OF AN
OFFER TO BUY SECURITIES  IN ANY STATE TO  ANY PERSON TO WHOM  IT IS UNLAWFUL  TO
MAKE OR SOLICIT AN OFFER IN THAT STATE.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                                 SPECIAL TERMS
 
Accumulated  Value:   the  sum of  the value  of all  Accumulation Units  in the
Sub-Accounts and of  the value  of all accumulations  in the  Fixed Account  and
Guarantee  Period Accounts then credited to the Contract, on any date before the
Annuity Date.
 
Accumulation Unit:  a measure of the Contract Owner's interest in a  Sub-Account
before annuity benefit payments begin.
 
Annuitant:    the person  designated  in the  Contract  upon whose  life annuity
benefit payments are to be made.
 
Annuity Date:   the date on  which annuity benefit  payments begin as  specified
pursuant to the Contract.
 
Annuity  Unit:  a measure of the  value of the periodic annuity benefit payments
under the Contract.
 
Fixed Account:   the  part  of the  Company's  General Account  that  guarantees
principal  and a fixed minimum interest rate and  to which all or a portion of a
payment or transfer under this Contract may be allocated.
 
Fixed Annuity Payout:   An  Annuity in the  payout phase  providing for  annuity
benefit  payments which remain fixed in an amount throughout the annuity benefit
payment period selected.
 
Guaranteed Interest Rate:   the annual  effective rate of  interest after  daily
compounding credited to a Guarantee Period Account.
 
Guarantee  Period:   the  number of  years  that a  Guaranteed Interest  Rate is
credited.
 
Guarantee Period Account:  an account which corresponds to a Guaranteed Interest
Rate for  a  specified  Guarantee  Period  and  is  supported  by  assets  in  a
non-unitized separate account.
 
General  Account:   all the  assets of the  Company other  than those  held in a
separate account.
 
Market Value Adjustment:   a  positive or  negative adjustment  assessed if  any
portion  of a Guarantee Period Account is  withdrawn or transferred prior to the
end of its Guarantee Period.
 
Sub-Account:  a subdivision of the Variable Account. Each Sub-Account  available
under  the  Contracts  invests  exclusively in  the  shares  of  a corresponding
portfolio of Kemper Investors Fund.
 
Surrender Value:  the Accumulated Value of the Contract on full surrender  after
application  of any Contract  fee, contingent deferred  sales charge, and Market
Value Adjustment.
 
Underlying  Portfolios:    Money  Market,  Total  Return,  High  Yield,  Growth,
Government  Securities, International, Small Cap  Growth, Investment Grade Bond,
Value, Small Cap Value,  Value+Growth, Horizon 20+, Horizon  10+, and Horizon  5
Portfolios of the Kemper Investors Fund.
 
Valuation  Date:  a day on which the net asset value of the shares of any of the
Portfolios is determined  and unit  values of the  Sub-Accounts are  determined.
Valuation dates currently occur on each day on which the New York Stock Exchange
is open for trading as well as each day otherwise required.
 
Variable Account:  Separate Account KGC, one of the Company's separate accounts,
consisting of assets segregated from other assets of the Company. The investment
performance  of the assets of the Variable Account is determined separately from
the other assets of the Company and are not chargeable with liabilities  arising
out of any other business which the Company may conduct.
 
Variable  Annuity Payout:  An Annuity in the payout phase providing for payments
varying in amount in accordance with the investment experience of certain of the
Portfolios.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY
 
WHAT IS THE KEMPER GATEWAY CUSTOM VARIABLE ANNUITY?
 
   
    The  Kemper  Gateway Custom  variable  annuity contract  ("Contract")  is an
insurance contract designed to help you accumulate assets for your retirement or
other important financial goals on  a tax-deferred basis. The Contract  combines
the  concept of professional money management  with the attributes of an annuity
contract. Features available through the Contract include:
    
 
    - A customized investment portfolio with experienced professional  portfolio
      managers
 
     - 14 KINF Portfolios
 
     - 1 Fixed Account
 
     - 9 Guarantee Period Accounts
 
    - Optional   Enhanced  Death  Benefit  Rider,  Living  Benefits  Rider,  and
      Disability Rider
 
    - Tax deferral on earnings
 
   
    - Guarantees that  can protect  your beneficiaries  during the  accumulation
      phase
    
 
    - Income that can be guaranteed for life
 
    The  Contract has  two phases, an  accumulation phase and  an annuity payout
phase. During the accumulation  phase, your initial  payment and any  additional
payments you choose to make may be allocated to the combination of portfolios of
securities ("Portfolios") under your Contract, to the Guarantee Period Accounts,
and  to the  Fixed Account.  Your Contract's Accumulated  Value is  based on the
investment performance  of the  Portfolios and  accumulations in  the  Guarantee
Period  Accounts and the Fixed Account. No income taxes are paid on any earnings
under the Contract unless and until accumulated values are withdrawn.
 
    During the annuity payout phase, the  Annuitant can receive income based  on
several annuity options. These options include payment over a period of years or
for the rest of the Annuitant's life.
 
The Accumulation Phase
 
    During  the  accumulation  phase,  you select  the  investment  options most
appropriate for your investment needs. The  Contracts permit net payments to  be
allocated  among the  Portfolios, the Guarantee  Period Accounts,  and the Fixed
Account. Each Portfolio is professionally managed by Zurich Kemper  Investments,
Inc.  and its  affiliate, Dreman  Value Advisors,  Inc. All  investment gains or
losses of the Portfolios will be  reflected in the Accumulated Value under  your
Contract.
 
    The  accumulation phase provides  certain protection and  guarantees for the
beneficiary if the  Annuitant should die  before the annuity  phase begins.  See
discussion below under "What happens upon death during the accumulation phase?"
 
The Annuity Payout Phase
 
    You  choose the annuity option and the date for the annuity benefit payments
to begin. Annuity benefit  payments may be on  a variable basis (dependent  upon
the  performance  of the  Portfolios)  on a  fixed  basis (with  payment amounts
guaranteed), or on  a combination  variable and  fixed basis.  Among the  income
options available during the annuity phase are:
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
    - Lump sum
 
    - At regular intervals over a specified number of years; or
 
    - At  regular intervals for the rest  of the Annuitant's life, regardless of
      how long he or she lives.
 
WHO ARE THE KEY PERSONS UNDER THE CONTRACT?
 
   
    The Contract  is  between you  and  us  -- First  Allmerica  Financial  Life
Insurance  Company (the  "Company"). Each Contract  has a Contract  Owner (or an
Owner and  a  Joint Owner,  in  which case  one  of the  two  must also  be  the
Annuitant),  an  Annuitant  and  a  beneficiary.  As  Contract  Owner,  you make
payments,  choose   investment  allocations   and  select   the  Annuitant   and
beneficiary.  The  Annuitant  is  the individual  who  receives  annuity benefit
payments under the  Contract. The  beneficiary is  the person  who receives  any
payment on death of the Contract Owner or Annuitant.
    
 
                          CAN I EXAMINE THE CONTRACT?
 
    Yes.  Your Contract  will be  delivered to you  after your  purchase. If you
return the Contract to the  Company during the first 10  days from the date  you
received  it, the Contract  will be canceled.  You will incur  no fees to cancel
within the right-to-examine  period and  will receive  the greater  of (1)  your
entire  payment, or (2) the  accumulated value of the  Contract plus any amounts
deducted under the Contract or by the Portfolios for taxes, charges or fees. See
"RIGHT TO REVOKE CONTRACT."
 
WHAT ARE MY INVESTMENT CHOICES?
 
    The Contract permits  net payments  to be allocated  among the  Sub-Accounts
investing  in  the  Portfolios, the  Guarantee  Period Accounts,  and  the Fixed
Account. The Fixed Account  is part of  the General Account  of the Company  and
provides  a guarantee by the Company of  principal and a fixed interest rate for
one year from the date amounts are allocated to the account. Payments  allocated
to  a  Guarantee  Period Account  are  held in  a  separate account  and  earn a
guaranteed interest rate if held for the full duration of the Guarantee  Period.
The  Fixed Account and/or the Guarantee Period  Accounts may not be available in
all states.
 
    Variable Account -- You  have a choice of  Sub-Accounts investing in the  14
Portfolios of the Kemper Investors Fund ("KINF"):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>
Money Market                                           Investment Grade Bond
Total Return                                           Value
High Yield                                             Small Cap Value
Growth                                                 Value+Growth
Government Securities                                  Horizon 20+
International                                          Horizon 10+
Small Cap Growth                                       Horizon 5
</TABLE>
 
    This  range of investment  choices enables you to  allocate your money among
the Portfolios to meet  your particular investment needs.  Because of your  free
look  right under the "Right  to Examine" provision, for  the first 15 days from
the date of issue,  all Portfolio investments and  allocations to the  Guarantee
Period Accounts will be allocated to the Money Market Portfolio. Thereafter, all
amounts  will  be allocated  according to  your investment  choices. For  a more
detailed description of the Portfolios, see the prospectus of KINF.
 
    Guarantee Period  Accounts --  Assets supporting  the guarantees  under  the
Guarantee  Period Accounts  are held  in the  Company's Separate  Account GPA, a
non-unitized insulated separate account. However, values and
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
benefits calculated on  the basis  of Guarantee Period  Account allocations  are
obligations  of the Company's General Account.  Amounts allocated to a Guarantee
Period Account earn  a Guaranteed  Interest Rate  declared by  the Company.  The
level  of the  Guaranteed Interest Rate  depends on  the number of  years of the
Guarantee Period selected. The Company currently makes available nine  Guarantee
Periods ranging from two to ten years in duration. Once declared, the Guaranteed
Interest  Rate will not change  during the duration of  the Guarantee Period. If
amounts allocated to a Guarantee Period Account are transferred, surrendered  or
applied  to any annuity option at any time other than the day following the last
day of the  applicable Guarantee Period,  a Market Value  Adjustment will  apply
that  may increase or  decrease the account's value.  For more information about
the Guarantee Period Accounts  and the Market  Value Adjustment, see  "Guarantee
Period Accounts."
 
    Fixed  Account.   The Fixed  Account is part  of the  General Account, which
consists of all the Company's assets other than those allocated to the  Variable
Account  and any  other separate account.  Allocations to the  Fixed Account are
guaranteed as to  principal and a  minimum rate of  interest. Additional  excess
interest  may be declared periodically at the Company's discretion. Furthermore,
the initial rate  in effect  on the  date an amount  is allocated  to the  Fixed
Account  will be guaranteed  for one year  from that date.  For more information
about the  Fixed Account  see  Appendix A,  "MORE  INFORMATION ABOUT  THE  FIXED
ACCOUNT."
 
WHO ARE THE PORTFOLIO MANAGERS?
 
   
    Zurich  Kemper Investments, Inc. ("ZKI"), is  the investment manager of each
Portfolio of the KINF other  than the Value and  Small Cap Value Portfolios  who
are managed by Dreman Value Advisors, Inc. ("DVA"), a wholly owned subsidiary of
ZKI.  ZKI and DVA provide each Portfolio with continuous professional investment
supervision. DVA  is also  the sub-adviser  for the  Value+Growth, Horizon  20+,
Horizon  10+,  and Horizon  5 Portfolios.  Under the  terms of  its Sub-Advisory
Agreement with  ZKI,  DVA  will  manage  the value  portion  of  each  of  these
Portfolios   and  will  provide  such  other  investment  advice,  research  and
assistance as ZKI may, from time to time, reasonably request. Zurich  Investment
Management,  Inc. ("ZIM"), a  wholly-owned subsidiary of  ZKI, is the investment
manager of  the Guarantee  Period Accounts  pursuant to  an investment  advisory
agreement between the Company and ZIM.
    
 
CAN I MAKE TRANSFERS AMONG THE ACCOUNTS?
 
    Yes.  Prior to  the Annuity  Date, you  may transfer  among the Sub-Accounts
investing in  the  Portfolios, the  Guarantee  Period Accounts,  and  the  Fixed
Account.  You will incur no current taxes  on transfers while your money remains
in the Contract. However, transfers out  of a Guarantee Period Account prior  to
its  maturity date  will incur  a Market  Value Adjustment.  You may  also elect
Automatic Account rebalancing to ensure  assets remain allocated according to  a
desired  mix or choose  automatic dollar cost averaging  to gradually move money
into one or more portfolios. See "TRANSFER PRIVILEGE."
 
HOW MUCH CAN I INVEST AND HOW OFTEN?
 
    The number  and frequency  of your  payments are  flexible, subject  to  the
minimum and maximum payments stated in "PAYMENTS."
 
WHAT IF I NEED MY MONEY BEFORE MY ANNUITY PAYOUT PHASE BEGINS?
 
    You  can  withdraw 15%  of  the total  Accumulated  Value per  calendar year
without a surrender charge. You may surrender your Contract or make  withdrawals
any  time before  your annuity payout  phase begins subject  to the restrictions
discussed in "SURRENDER," "WITHDRAWALS," and "MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT."  Certain
charges  may apply, see "CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS," and there may be a tax-penalty
assessed under the Internal Revenue Code. See "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS."
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
WHAT HAPPENS UPON DEATH DURING MY ACCUMULATION PHASE?
 
    If the  Annuitant, Contract  Owner  or Joint  Owner  should die  before  the
Annuity  Date,  a Death  Benefit will  be  paid to  the beneficiary.  Unless the
Enhanced Death Benefit Rider is  in effect at the death  of the Annuitant (or  a
Contract  Owner who  is also an  Annuitant), a standard  Annuitant Death Benefit
will be paid. The standard Annuitant Death Benefit is equal to the greater of:
 
    - The Accumulated Value increased by  any positive Market Value  Adjustment;
      or
 
    - Gross  payments reduced  proportionately to reflect  withdrawals (for each
      withdrawal, the proportionate reduction is calculated as the Death Benefit
      under this option immediately prior  to the withdrawal, multiplied by  the
      withdrawal  amount, and divided by the Accumulated Value immediately prior
      to the withdrawal).
 
   
    If the Contract Owner elects the Enhanced Death Benefit Rider, the Annuitant
Death Benefit will be the greatest of:
    
 
    - The Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market Value Adjustment;
 
    - Gross payments, reduced proportionately  to reflect withdrawals (for  each
      withdrawal, the proportionate reduction is calculated as the Death Benefit
      under  this option immediately prior to  the withdrawal, multiplied by the
      withdrawal amount, and divided by the Accumulated Value immediately  prior
      to the withdrawal); or
 
    - The Death Benefit that would have been payable on the most recent Contract
      Anniversary, increased for subsequent payments and reduced proportionately
      to reflect withdrawals after that date.
 
    A  separate charge is made for the  Enhanced Death Benefit Rider. See "Death
Benefit" under "DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT."
 
    Regardless of whether the  Enhanced Death Benefit Rider  is in effect, if  a
Contract Owner who is not also the Annuitant dies during the Accumulation phase,
the  Death Benefit will equal the Accumulated Value of the Contract increased by
any positive Market Value  Adjustment. If the Annuitant  dies after the  Annuity
Date  but before  all guaranteed  annuity benefit  payments have  been made, the
remaining payments will be paid to the beneficiary at least as rapidly as  under
the annuity option in effect. See "Death Benefit."
 
WHAT ARE MY ANNUITY OPTIONS UNDER THE CONTRACT?
 
    You  may choose  variable annuity benefit  payments based  on the investment
performance of certain Portfolios, fixed-amount  annuity benefit payments, or  a
combination  of fixed-amount and variable annuity benefit payments. Fixed-amount
payments are guaranteed by  the Company. See "DESCRIPTION  OF THE CONTRACT"  for
information  about annuity benefit payment  options, selecting the Annuity Date,
and how annuity benefit payments are calculated.
 
WHAT CHARGES WILL I INCUR UNDER MY CONTRACT?
 
    At each Contract anniversary and upon surrender, if the Accumulated Value is
less than  $50,000,  the  Company will  deduct  a  $35 Contract  Fee  from  your
Contract.  There will be no Contract Fee  if the Accumulated Value is $50,000 or
more. The Contract Fee  is waived for  Contracts issued to  and maintained by  a
Trustee of a 401(k) plan.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
    Should  you decide to surrender your  Contract, make withdrawals, or receive
payments under  certain annuity  options, you  may be  subject to  a  contingent
deferred  sales charge. If applicable, this charge  will be between 2% and 7% of
payments withdrawn, based on when the payments were made.
 
    Depending upon  the state  you live  in,  a deduction  for state  and  local
premium taxes, if any, may be made as described under "PREMIUM TAXES."
 
    Currently,  the Company makes no charge  for processing transfers. The first
twelve (12) transfers in a Contract year are guaranteed to be free of a transfer
charge. For each subsequent  transfer in a contract  year, the Company  reserves
the right to assess a charge which is guaranteed never to exceed $25.
 
    The  Company will deduct on  a daily basis, an  annual Mortality and Expense
Risk Charge and Administrative Expense Charge equal to an annual charge of 0.95%
and 0.15%,  respectively, of  the  average daily  net  assets invested  in  each
Portfolio.  The Portfolios will incur certain management fees and expenses which
are more fully described  in "OTHER CHARGES" and  in the KINF prospectus,  which
accompanies this Prospectus.
 
    Three  optional riders (Enhanced Death Benefit Rider, Living Benefits Rider,
and Disability Rider) are available for an additional charge of 0.25%, 0.05% and
0.05%, respectively, which is deducted in  arrears on a monthly basis. For  more
information,  see "Living Benefits  Rider" and "Disability  Rider" under CHARGES
AND DEDUCTIONS, and "F. Death Benefit" under "DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT."
 
CAN I MAKE FUTURE CHANGES UNDER MY CONTRACT?
 
    There are several changes you can make after receiving your Contract:
 
    - You may  assign  your ownership  to  someone else,  except  under  certain
      qualified plans.
 
    - You  may change the beneficiary, unless  you have designated a beneficiary
      irrevocably.
 
    - You may change the allocation of payments, with no tax consequences  under
      current law.
 
    - You may make transfers of Contract value among your current investments.
 
    - You  may cancel  your Contract  within 10  days of  delivery, as discussed
      above.
 
    - You may select the form and timing of annuity benefit payments.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
                        ANNUAL AND TRANSACTION EXPENSES
 
    The following  tables show  charges  under your  Contract, expenses  of  the
Sub-Accounts,  and expenses  of the Portfolios.  In addition to  the charges and
expenses described  below,  premium taxes  are  applicable in  some  states  and
deducted as described under "PREMIUM TAXES."
 
   
Contract Charges
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Years from Date
                                                                                                 of Payment      Charge
                                                                                              ----------------  ---------
<S>                                                                                           <C>               <C>
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge:                                                                   0-1              7.0%
  This charge may be assessed upon surrender, withdrawal or                                          2               6.0%
  annuitization under any commutable period certain option or a                                      3               5.0%
  noncommutable period certain option of less than 10 years. The charge                              4               4.0%
  is a percentage of payments applied to the amount surrendered (in excess                           5               3.0%
  of any amount that is free of charge) within the indicated time periods.                           6               2.0%
                                                                                                 Thereafter          0.0%
Transfer Charge:                                                                                                  None
 The Company currently makes no charge for processing
  transfers. The Company guarantees that the first twelve
  transfers in a Contract Year will not be subject to a transfer
  charge. For each subsequent transfer, the Company reserves
  the right to assess a charge, guaranteed never to exceed $25,
  to reimburse the Company for the costs of processing the
  transfer.
Contract Fee:                                                                                                         $35
 The Fee is deducted annually and upon surrender prior to the
  annuity date when the Accumulated Value is less than $50,000.
  The fee is waived for contracts issued to and maintained by the
  Trustee of a 401(k) plan.
 
<CAPTION>
Sub-Account Expenses
<S>                                                                                           <C>               <C>
(on annual basis as percentage of average daily net assets)
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge:                                                                                  0.95%
Administrative Expense Charge:                                                                                      0.15%
                                                                                                                ---------
Total Asset Charge:                                                                                                 1.10%
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Portfolio Expenses
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>              <C>          <C>
 (annual basis as percentage of average daily net assets)
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Management        Other        Total
Portfolio                                                                   Fee         Expenses     Expenses
- --------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>              <C>          <C>
Money Market........................................................         0.50%          0.05%        0.55%
Total Return........................................................         0.55%          0.05%        0.60%
High Yield..........................................................         0.60%          0.05%        0.65%
Growth..............................................................         0.60%          0.04%        0.64%
Government Securities...............................................         0.55%          0.10%        0.65%
International.......................................................         0.75%          0.17%        0.92%
Small Cap Growth....................................................         0.65%          0.22%        0.87%
Investment Grade Bond...............................................         0.60%          0.15%*       0.75%
Value...............................................................         0.75%          0.15%*       0.90%
Small Cap Value.....................................................         0.75%          0.15%*       0.90%
Value+Growth........................................................         0.75%          0.15%*       0.90%
Horizon 20+.........................................................         0.60%          0.15%*       0.75%
Horizon 10+.........................................................         0.60%          0.15%*       0.75%
Horizon 5...........................................................         0.60%          0.15%*       0.75%
</TABLE>
 
*Estimated First-Year Expenses
 
    Examples.   The following examples demonstrate the cumulative expenses which
would be  paid by  the Contract  Owner  at 1-year,  3-year, 5-year  and  10-year
intervals  under certain contingencies. Each example assumes a $1,000 investment
in a Sub-Account and a 5% annual return  on assets, as required by rules of  the
Securities  and  Exchange Commission.  Because  the expenses  of  the Portfolios
differ, separate examples  are used  to illustrate  the expenses  incurred by  a
Contract Owner on an investment in the various Sub-Accounts.
 
    The  information given under the following examples should not be considered
a representation of past or future  expenses. Actual expenses may be greater  or
lesser than those shown.
 
    (a)  If, at the end of the applicable period, you surrender your Contract or
annuitize* under a commutable  period certain option  or a noncommutable  period
certain  option of less than 10 years, you would pay the following expenses on a
$1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return on assets:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Underlying Portfolio                                                   1 year       3 years      5 years     10 years
- -------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Money Market.......................................................   $      79    $     101    $     123    $     202
Total Return.......................................................   $      79    $     102    $     125    $     207
High Yield.........................................................   $      80    $     104    $     128    $     212
Growth.............................................................   $      80    $     103    $     127    $     211
Government Securities..............................................   $      80    $     104    $     128    $     212
International......................................................   $      82    $     111    $     141    $     240
Small Cap Growth...................................................   $      82    $     110    $     139    $     235
Investment Grade Bond..............................................   $      81    $     106    $     133    $     223
Value..............................................................   $      82    $     111    $     140    $     238
Small Cap Value....................................................   $      82    $     111    $     140    $     238
Value+Growth.......................................................   $      82    $     111    $     140    $     238
Horizon 20+........................................................   $      81    $     106    $     133    $     223
Horizon 10+........................................................   $      81    $     106    $     133    $     223
Horizon 5..........................................................   $      81    $     106    $     133    $     223
</TABLE>
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
    (b) If, at the  end of the  applicable time period,  you annuitize* under  a
life  option or a noncommutable period certain  option of 10 years or longer, or
if you do not surrender or annuitize your Contract, you would pay the  following
expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return on assets:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Underlying Portfolio                                           1 year       3 years      5 years     10 years
- -----------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Money Market...............................................   $      17    $      54    $      93    $     202
Total Return...............................................   $      18    $      55    $      95    $     207
High Yield.................................................   $      18    $      57    $      98    $     212
Growth.....................................................   $      18    $      57    $      97    $     211
Government Securities......................................   $      18    $      57    $      98    $     212
International..............................................   $      21    $      65    $     112    $     240
Small Cap Growth...........................................   $      21    $      64    $     109    $     235
Investment Grade Bond......................................   $      19    $      60    $     103    $     223
Value......................................................   $      21    $      64    $     111    $     238
Small Cap Value............................................   $      21    $      64    $     111    $     238
Value+Growth...............................................   $      21    $      64    $     111    $     238
Horizon 20+................................................   $      19    $      60    $     103    $     223
Horizon 10+................................................   $      19    $      60    $     103    $     223
Horizon 5..................................................   $      19    $      60    $     103    $     223
</TABLE>
 
    As  required in rules  promulgated under the  1940 Act, the  Contract Fee is
reflected in  the examples  by  a method  to show  the  "average" impact  on  an
investment  in  the  Variable Account.  The  total Contract  Fees  collected are
divided by  the total  average net  assets attributable  to the  Contracts.  The
resulting percentage is 0.088%, and the amount of the Contract Fee is assumed to
be $0.88 in the examples.
 
    *The  Contract  Fee  is  not  deducted  after  annuitization.  No contingent
deferred sales charge is assessed at  the time of annuitization under an  option
including  a life contingency or under  a noncommutable period certain option of
ten years or longer.
 
    Optional Benefit Riders.  Subject to state availability, the Company  offers
three  optional benefit  riders that  may be  elected by  the Contract  Owner. A
separate monthly charge is made for  each rider selected. The applicable  charge
is  assessed on the Accumulated Value  on the last day of  each month and on the
date a  rider  is terminated,  multiplied  by  1/12th of  the  following  annual
percentage rates:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
Enhanced Death Benefit Rider                                                    0.25%
Disability Rider                                                                0.05%
Living Benefits Rider                                                           0.05%
</TABLE>
 
    For  a  description  of  these  riders,  see  "Living  Benefits  Rider"  and
"Disability Rider" under "CHARGES AND  DEDUCTIONS," and "Enhanced Death  Benefit
Rider" under "DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT."
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
                            PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
 
   
    The  Contracts are first being  offered to the public  in 1996. However, the
Company and KINF may advertise "Total Return" and "Average Annual Total  Return"
performance  information based on  the periods that the  Portfolios have been in
existence. The results for any period prior to the Contracts being offered  will
be  calculated as if the Contracts had  been offered during that period of time,
with all  charges  assumed to  be  those  applicable to  the  Sub-Accounts,  the
Portfolios,  and (in Table I)  assuming that the Contract  is surrendered at the
end of the applicable period.
    
 
    The "Total  Return" of  a Sub-Account  refers  to the  total of  the  income
generated by an investment in the Sub-Account and of the changes in the value of
the  principal (due to  realized and unrealized  capital gains or  losses) for a
specified period, reduced by certain charges,  and expressed as a percentage  of
the investment.
 
    The  "Average Annual Total Return"  represents the average annual percentage
change in the value  of an investment  in a Sub-Account over  a given period  of
time.  Average Annual Total Return represents  average figures as opposed to the
actual performance of a Sub-Account, which will vary from year to year.
 
    The "Yield"  of the  Sub-Account  investing in  the Money  Market  Portfolio
refers  to  the income  generated by  an  investment in  the Sub-Account  over a
seven-day period (which  period will  be specified in  the advertisement).  This
income  is  then  "annualized" by  assuming  that  the income  generated  in the
specific week is generated over a 52-week period. This annualized Yield is shown
as a percentage of the investment. The "Effective Yield" calculation is similar,
but when annualized, the  income earned by an  investment in the Sub-Account  is
assumed  to be  reinvested. Thus the  "Effective Yield" will  be slightly higher
than the "Yield" because of the compounding effect of this assumed reinvestment.
 
   
    The Total Return, Yield, and Effective Yield figures are adjusted to reflect
the Sub-Account's asset charges. The total  return figures also reflect the  $35
annual  Contract Fee  and the  contingent deferred  sales charge  which would be
assessed if  the  investment were  completely  surrendered  at the  end  of  the
specified period.
    
 
   
    The   Company  and  KINF  may   also  advertise  supplemental  total  return
performance information. Supplemental total  return refers to  the total of  the
income generated by an investment in the Sub-Account and of the changes in value
of  the  principal invested  (due to  realized and  unrealized capital  gains or
losses), adjusted by the Sub-Account's annual asset charges, and expressed as  a
percentage  of the investment. Because it is  assumed that the investment is NOT
surrendered at the end  of the specified period,  the contingent deferred  sales
charge is NOT included in the calculation of supplemental total return.
    
 
    Performance  information for a  Sub-Account may be  compared, in reports and
promotional literature, to: (i) the  Standard & Poor's 500  Stock Index ("S &  P
500"),  Dow Jones  Industrial Average  ("DJIA"), Shearson  Lehman Aggregate Bond
Index or other unmanaged indices so  that investors may compare the  Sub-Account
results  with  those  of a  group  of  unmanaged securities  widely  regarded by
investors as representative  of the  securities markets in  general; (ii)  other
groups  of  variable  annuity  variable accounts  or  other  investment products
tracked by Lipper Analytical Services,  a widely used independent research  firm
which  ranks mutual funds and other  investment products by overall performance,
investment objectives,  and assets,  or tracked  by other  services,  companies,
publications,  or persons, such  as Morningstar, Inc.,  who rank such investment
products on overall performance or other  criteria; or (iii) the Consumer  Price
Index  (a  measure for  inflation) to  assess the  real rate  of return  from an
investment in the Sub-Account. Unmanaged indices may assume the reinvestment  of
dividends  but  generally  do  not  reflect  deductions  for  administrative and
management costs and expenses.
 
    Performance information for any Sub-Account reflects only the performance of
a hypothetical investment in the  Sub-Account during the particular time  period
on which the calculations are based.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
Performance  information  should  be  considered  in  light  of  the  investment
objectives and policies, characteristics and quality of the investment portfolio
of the Portfolio  in which  the Sub-Account  invests and  the market  conditions
during  the given time period, and should  not be considered as a representation
of what may be achieved in the future.
 
                                    TABLE I
       AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS FOR PERIODS ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1995
                  (Assuming COMPLETE surrender of investment)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 10 Years
                                                                                         Year                    (or since
                                                                                        Ended:          5        Inception
Underlying Portfolio                                                                   12/31/95       Years      if less)*
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                   <C>          <C>          <C>
Money Market........................................................................      -1.88%        2.57%        4.71%
Total Return........................................................................      17.51%       10.69%       10.51%
High Yield..........................................................................       9.13%       18.08%       10.19%
Growth..............................................................................      24.43%       17.62%       11.93%
Government Securities...............................................................      10.60%        6.80%        7.21%
International.......................................................................       4.88%       N/A           7.41%
Small Cap Growth....................................................................      21.56%       N/A          15.38  %
Investment Grade Bond...............................................................      N/A          N/A          N/A
Value...............................................................................      N/A          N/A          N/A
Small Cap Value.....................................................................      N/A          N/A          N/A
Value+Growth........................................................................      N/A          N/A          N/A
Horizon 20+.........................................................................      N/A          N/A          N/A
Horizon 10+.........................................................................      N/A          N/A          N/A
Horizon 5...........................................................................      N/A          N/A          N/A
</TABLE>
    
 
                                    TABLE II
       AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS FOR PERIODS ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1995
                     (Assuming NO surrender of investment)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 10 Years
                                                                                         Year                    (or since
                                                                                        Ended:          5        Inception
Underlying Portfolio                                                                   12/31/95       Years      if less)*
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                  <C>           <C>          <C>
Money Market.......................................................................        4.33%        3.10%        4.71%
Total Return.......................................................................       24.51%       11.09%       10.51%
High Yield.........................................................................       16.03%       18.39%       10.19%
Growth.............................................................................       31.43%       17.93%       11.93%
Government Securities..............................................................       17.59%        7.25%        7.21%
International......................................................................       11.51%       N/A           8.23%
Small Cap Growth...................................................................       28.56%       N/A          18.67  %
Investment Grade Bond..............................................................      N/A           N/A          N/A
Value..............................................................................      N/A           N/A          N/A
Small Cap Value....................................................................      N/A           N/A          N/A
Value+Growth.......................................................................      N/A           N/A          N/A
Horizon 20+........................................................................      N/A           N/A          N/A
Horizon 10+........................................................................      N/A           N/A          N/A
Horizon 5..........................................................................      N/A           N/A          N/A
</TABLE>
    
 
    *The inception dates for the Portfolios are: 3/5/82 for Money Market,  Total
Return  and High  Yield; 12/9/83 for  Growth; 9/3/87  for Government Securities;
1/6/92 for International; 5/2/94 for the Small Cap Growth; 5/1/96 for Investment
Grade Bond, Value, Small Cap Value, Value+Growth, Horizon 20+, Horizon 10+,  and
Horizon 5.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                              WHAT IS AN ANNUITY?
 
    In  general,  an annuity  is  an insurance  contract  designed to  provide a
retirement income  in the  form of  periodic payments  for the  lifetime of  the
Contract  Owner or  an individual chosen  by the Contract  Owner. The retirement
income payments  are  called  "annuity  benefit  payments"  and  the  individual
receiving the payments is called the "Annuitant." Annuity benefit payments begin
on the annuity date.
 
    The  Contract has  two phases, an  accumulation phase and  an annuity payout
phase. During the accumulation  phase, your initial  payment and any  additional
payments you choose to make may be allocated to the combination of portfolios of
securities ("Portfolios") under your Contract, to the Guarantee Period Accounts,
and to the Fixed Account.
 
    During  the annuity payout phase, the  Annuitant can receive income based on
several annuity options. These options include payment over a period of years or
for the rest of the Annuitant's life.
 
    Under an annuity contract,  the insurance company  assumes a mortality  risk
and  an expense  risk. The  mortality risk  arises from  the insurance company's
guarantee that  annuity benefit  payments  will continue  for  the life  of  the
Annuitant, regardless of how long the Annuitant lives or how long all Annuitants
as  a group live. The expense risk arises from the insurance company's guarantee
that charges will not be increased beyond the limits specified in the  Contract,
regardless of actual costs of operations.
 
    The  Contract Owner's payments, less any applicable deductions, are invested
by the insurance company. After retirement, annuity benefit payments are paid to
the Annuitant for life or for such other period chosen by the Contract Owner. In
the case of a "fixed"  annuity, the value of  these annuity benefit payments  is
guaranteed  by  the insurance  company,  which assumes  the  risk of  making the
investments to enable it to make  the guaranteed payments. For more  information
about  fixed  annuities  see  APPENDIX  A,  "MORE  INFORMATION  ABOUT  THE FIXED
ACCOUNT." With a  variable annuity, the  value of the  Contract and the  annuity
benefit  payments are not  guaranteed but will vary  depending on the investment
performance of a  portfolio of securities.  Any investment gains  or losses  are
reflected  in the value of the Contract  and in the annuity benefit payments. If
the portfolio increases in  value, the value of  the Contract increases. If  the
portfolio decreases in value, the value of the Contract decreases.
 
                          RIGHT TO REVOKE OR SURRENDER
 
    A Contract Owner may revoke the Contract within 10 days after receipt of the
Contract.  In order  to revoke  the Contract,  the Contract  Owner must  mail or
deliver the  Contract to  the principal  office of  the Company  at 440  Lincoln
Street,  Worcester, Massachusetts 01653,  or to an  Allmerica Financial agent of
the Company. Mailing or delivery must occur  on or before 10 days after  receipt
of  the Contract for revocation to be  effective. Within seven days, the Company
will send the Contract Owner  a refund of the greater  of (1) gross payments  or
(2) the Accumulated Value plus any amounts deducted under the Contract or by the
Portfolios for taxes, charges or fees.
 
    If  on the date  of revocation the  Surrender Value of  the Contract exceeds
gross payments, the Company will treat  the revocation request as a request  for
surrender  (see "Surrender") and will pay the Contract Owner the Surrender Value
of the Contract. The liability of  the Variable Account under this provision  is
limited to the Contract Owner's Accumulated Value in the Variable Account on the
date of cancellation. Any additional amounts refunded to the Contract Owner will
be paid by the Company.
 
    The  refund of any premium paid by check  may be delayed until the check has
cleared the Contract Owner's bank.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
               DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY, THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT,
                           AND KEMPER INVESTORS FUND
 
    THE COMPANY --  The Company, organized  under the laws  of Massachusetts  in
1844,  is the fifth oldest life insurance company in America. As of December 31,
1995, the Company and its subsidiaries  had over $11 billion in combined  assets
and  over $35.2 billion of life insurance  in force. Effective October 16, 1995,
the Company converted from a mutual life insurance company known as State Mutual
Life Assurance Company of America to a stock life insurance company and  adopted
its  present  name.  The  Company  is  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Allmerica
Financial Corporation ("AFC"). The Company's principal office is located at  440
Lincoln   Street,   Worcester,  Massachusetts   01653,   telephone  508-855-1000
("Principal Office").
 
    The Company is  subject to  the laws  of the  Commonwealth of  Massachusetts
governing insurance companies and to regulation by the Commissioner of Insurance
of  Massachusetts. In addition, the Company is subject to the insurance laws and
regulations of  other  states and  jurisdictions  in  which it  is  licensed  to
operate.
 
    VARIABLE  ACCOUNT -- Separate Account KGC ("Variable Account") is a separate
investment account of the Company with 14 Sub-Accounts. The assets used to  fund
the  variable  portions of  the  Contracts are  set  aside in  Sub-Accounts kept
separate from the general assets of  the Company. Each Sub-Account invests in  a
corresponding investment series ("Portfolio") of Kemper Investors Fund ("KINF").
Each  Sub-Account  is administered  and  accounted for  as  part of  the general
business of the Company. However, the  income, capital gains, or capital  losses
of  each Sub-Account  are allocated to  each Sub-Account, without  regard to any
other  income,  capital  gains,  or   capital  losses  of  the  Company.   Under
Massachusetts  law, the assets of  the Variable Account may  not be charged with
any liabilities arising out of any other business of the Company.
 
    The Variable Account was authorized by vote of the Board of Directors of the
Company on June 13, 1996. The Variable Account meets the definition of "separate
account" under federal securities laws and is registered with the Securities and
Exchange Commission  ("SEC") as  a unit  investment trust  under the  Investment
Company  Act  of  1940 ("1940  Act").  This  registration does  not  involve the
supervision of management or  investment practices or  policies of the  Variable
Account by the SEC.
 
    The  Company reserves the right, subject  to compliance with applicable law,
to change the names of the Variable Account and the Sub-Accounts.
 
   
    KEMPER INVESTORS FUND --  The Variable Account invests  in shares of  Kemper
Investors  Fund  ("KINF"),  a  series  type  mutual  fund  registered  with  the
Commission  as  an   open-end,  diversified,   management  investment   company.
Registration  of KINF does not involve supervision of its management, investment
practices or  policies  by  the  Commission. KINF  is  designed  to  provide  an
investment  vehicle  for certain  variable annuity  contracts and  variable life
insurance policies. Shares of the Portfolios of KINF are sold only to  insurance
company  separate accounts. The investment objectives of the fourteen Portfolios
of KINF are summarized below:
    
 
    MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO seeks maximum current income to the extent consistent
with stability  of principal  from  a portfolio  of  high quality  money  market
instruments that mature in twelve months or less.
 
    TOTAL  RETURN PORTFOLIO seeks  a high total return,  a combination of income
and capital appreciation, by investing in  a combination of debt securities  and
common stocks.
 
    HIGH  YIELD PORTFOLIO  seeks to  provide a high  level of  current income by
investing in fixed-income securities.
 
    GROWTH   PORTFOLIO   seeks   maximum   appreciation   of   capital   through
diversification   of   investment  securities   having  potential   for  capital
appreciation.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
    GOVERNMENT SECURITIES PORTFOLIO  seeks high current  return consistent  with
preservation  of capital from a portfolio  composed primarily of U.S. Government
securities.
 
    INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO seeks total return, a combination of capital  growth
and  income,  principally through  an  internationally diversified  portfolio of
equity securities.
 
    SMALL CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO seeks maximum appreciation of investors'  capital
from a portfolio primarily of growth stocks of smaller companies.
 
    INVESTMENT  GRADE  BOND PORTFOLIO  seeks  high current  income  by investing
primarily in a diversified portfolio of investment grade debt securities.
 
    VALUE PORTFOLIO  seeks  to  achieve a  high  rate  of total  return  from  a
portfolio primarily of value stocks of larger companies.
 
    SMALL  CAP  VALUE  PORTFOLIO  seeks long-term  capital  appreciation  from a
portfolio primarily of value stocks of smaller companies.
 
    VALUE+GROWTH  PORTFOLIO  seeks  growth   of  capital  through   professional
management of a portfolio of growth and value stocks.
 
    HORIZON  20+ PORTFOLIO, designed for investors with approximately a 20+ year
investment horizon,  seeks  growth  of  capital,  with  income  as  a  secondary
objective.
 
    HORIZON  10+ PORTFOLIO, designed for investors with approximately a 10+ year
investment horizon,  seeks  a balance  between  growth of  capital  and  income,
consistent with moderate risk.
 
    HORIZON  5 PORTFOLIO,  designed for  investors with  approximately a  5 year
investment horizon, seeks income consistent  with preservation of capital,  with
growth of capital as a secondary objective.
 
   
    There  is no assurance that  any of the Portfolios  of KINF will achieve its
objective as stated in KINF's prospectus. More detailed information, including a
description of risks  involved in investing  in each of  the Portfolios, may  be
found  in  the  prospectus  for  KINF,  which  must  accompany  or  precede this
Prospectus, and KINF's SAI available upon request from KINF, 222 South Riverside
Plaza, Chicago, Illinois  60606. Please  read the prospectus  of KINF  carefully
before investing.
    
 
   
    Investment  Management  Services  to  KINF  --  Responsibility  for  overall
management of KINF rests with the Board of Trustees and officers of KINF. ZKI is
the investment manager  of each  Portfolio other than  the Value  and Small  Cap
Value  Portfolios who are managed by DVA, a wholly owned subsidiary of ZKI., ZKI
and  DVA  provide  each   Portfolio  with  continuous  professional   investment
supervision.  DVA is  also the  sub-adviser for  the Value+Growth,  Horizon 20+,
Horizon 10+,  and Horizon  5 Portfolios.  Under the  terms of  its  Sub-Advisory
Agreement  with  ZKI,  DVA  will  manage the  value  portion  of  each  of these
Portfolios  and  will  provide  such  other  investment  advice,  research   and
assistance as ZKI may, from time to time reasonably request.
    
 
    For  its services, ZKI is paid a management fee based upon the average daily
net assets  of such  Portfolios, as  follows: Money  Market (.50  of 1%),  Total
Return  (.55 of  1%), High  Yield (.60  of 1%),  Growth (.60  of 1%), Government
Securities (.55 of 1%), International (.75 of 1%), Small Cap Growth (.65 of 1%),
Investment Grade Bond (.60 of 1%), Value+Growth (.75 of 1%), Horizon 20+ (.60 of
1%), Horizon 10+  (.60 of  1%), and Horizon  5 (.60  of 1%). DVA  serves as  the
investment  manager for the Value  and Small Cap Value  Portfolios and is paid a
management fee at an annual rate of .75 of 1% of the average daily net assets of
these Portfolios. For more information, see the KINF Prospectus and SAI.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
               ADDITION, DELETION OR SUBSTITUTION OF INVESTMENTS
 
    The Company reserves the right, subject to applicable law and to  provisions
of  the  Participation  Agreement  (the  "Participation  Agreement")  among  the
Company, KINF,  ZKI  and  Kemper  Distributors,  Inc.,  to  make  additions  to,
deletions   from,  or  substitutions  for  the  shares  that  are  held  in  the
Sub-Accounts or  that  the Sub-Accounts  may  purchase.  If the  shares  of  any
Portfolio are no longer available for investment or if in the Company's judgment
further  investment in any Portfolio should  become inappropriate in view of the
purposes of the Variable  Account or the affected  Sub-Account, the Company  may
redeem  the shares of that Portfolio and substitute shares of another registered
open-end  management  company.  The  Company  will  not  substitute  any  shares
attributable  to  a Contract  interest in  a Sub-Account  without notice  to the
Contract Owner  and  prior  approval  of  the  Commission  and  state  insurance
authorities, to the extent required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The
Variable  Account may, to the extent permitted by law, purchase other securities
for other contracts or permit a  conversion between contracts upon request by  a
Contract Owner.
 
    The  Company also reserves the right to establish additional Sub-Accounts of
the Variable Account, each  of which would invest  in shares corresponding to  a
new  Portfolio or  in shares  of another  investment company  having a specified
investment objective.  Subject to  applicable law  and any  required  Commission
approval, the Company may, in its sole discretion, establish new Sub-Accounts or
eliminate  one or  more Sub-Accounts if  marketing needs,  tax considerations or
investment conditions warrant.  Any new  Sub-Accounts may be  made available  to
existing Contract Owners on a basis to be determined by the Company.
 
   
    Shares  of  the Portfolios  are also  issued to  variable accounts  of other
insurance companies  which  issue  variable life  Contracts  ("mixed  funding").
Shares  of  the  Portfolios  are also  issued  to  other  unaffiliated insurance
companies ("shared funding"). It  is conceivable that in  the future such  mixed
funding  or shared  funding may  be disadvantageous  for variable  life Contract
Owners or variable annuity Contract Owners. Although the Company and KINF do not
currently foresee  any  such disadvantages  to  either variable  life  insurance
Contract  Owners  or  variable  annuity Contract  Owners,  the  Company  and the
Trustees of KINF  intend to  monitor events in  order to  identify any  material
conflicts  between such  Contract Owners and  to determine what  action, if any,
should be  taken in  response thereto.  If the  Trustees were  to conclude  that
separate portfolios should be established for variable life and variable annuity
separate accounts, the Company will bear the attendant expenses.
    
 
    If  any  of these  substitutions or  changes  are made,  the Company  may by
appropriate endorsement  change  the Contract  to  reflect the  substitution  or
change and will notify Contract Owners of all such changes. If the Company deems
it  to be in the best interest of  Contract Owners, and subject to any approvals
that may  be  required  under  applicable  law,  the  Variable  Account  or  any
Sub-Account(s)  may be operated as a management  company under the 1940 Act, may
be deregistered under the 1940 Act if registration is no longer required, or may
be combined with other Sub-Accounts or other separate accounts of the Company.
 
                                 VOTING RIGHTS
 
    The  Company  will  vote  Portfolio  shares  held  by  each  Sub-Account  in
accordance  with  instructions  received  from Contract  Owners  and,  after the
Annuity Date, from  the Annuitants. Each  person having a  voting interest in  a
Sub-Account will be provided with proxy materials of the Portfolio together with
a  form with which to give voting  instructions to the Company. Shares for which
no timely  instructions  are  received  will  be  voted  in  proportion  to  the
instructions  which  are  received.  The  Company will  also  vote  shares  in a
Sub-Account that it owns and which are not attributable to Contracts in the same
proportion. If the 1940 Act or any rules thereunder
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
should be amended or if the present interpretation of the 1940 Act or such rules
should change, and as a  result the Company determines  that it is permitted  to
vote shares in its own right, whether or not such shares are attributable to the
Contract, the Company reserves the right to do so.
 
    The  number of votes  which a Contract  Owner or Annuitant  may cast will be
determined by the Company  as of the record  date established by the  Portfolio.
During  the accumulation period, the number  of Portfolio shares attributable to
each Contract  Owner will  be determined  by dividing  the dollar  value of  the
Accumulation  Units of the Sub-Account credited to the Contract by the net asset
value of one Portfolio share. During the annuity period, the number of Portfolio
shares attributable to each Annuitant will be determined by dividing the reserve
held in each Sub-Account for the  Annuitant's variable annuity by the net  asset
value of one Portfolio share. Ordinarily, the Annuitant's voting interest in the
Portfolio will decrease as the reserve for the variable annuity is depleted.
 
                             CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
 
   
    Deductions  under  the  Contracts  and charges  against  the  assets  of the
Sub-Accounts are described below. Other deductions and expenses paid out of  the
assets of the Portfolios are described in the Prospectus and SAI of KINF.
    
 
A.  Annual Charges Against Variable Account Assets.
 
    Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. The Company makes a charge of 0.95% on an
annual  basis  of the  daily value  of  each Sub-Account's  assets to  cover the
mortality and expense risk which the Company assumes in relation to the variable
portion of the  Contract. The  charge is  imposed during  both the  accumulation
period  and  the  annuity payout  period.  The  mortality risk  arises  from the
Company's guarantee that  it will  make annuity benefit  payments in  accordance
with  annuity rate provisions established at the time the Contract is issued for
the life of the Annuitant (or  in accordance with the annuity option  selected),
no  matter how long the Annuitant (or other  payee) lives and no matter how long
all Annuitants as  a class  live. Therefore,  the mortality  charge is  deducted
during  the annuity payout phase  on all contracts, including  those that do not
involve a  life  contingency, even  though  the  Company does  not  bear  direct
mortality  risk with respect to variable  annuity settlement options that do not
involve life contingencies. The expense risk arises from the Company's guarantee
that the charges it makes will not  exceed the limits described in the  Contract
and in this Prospectus.
 
    If  the charge for  mortality and expense  risks is not  sufficient to cover
actual mortality experience and expenses, the Company will absorb the losses. If
expenses are less than the  amounts provided to the  Company by the charge,  the
difference will be a profit to the Company. To the extent this charge results in
a  profit to the Company,  such profit will be available  for use by the Company
for, among other things, the payment of distribution, sales and other expenses.
 
    Since mortality and expense risks involve future contingencies which are not
subject to precise  determination in  advance, it  is not  feasible to  identify
specifically  the portion of the charge which is applicable to each. The Company
estimates that a  reasonable allocation might  be 0.55% for  mortality risk  and
0.40% for expense risk.
 
    Administrative  Expense Charge. The Company assesses each Sub-Account with a
daily charge at an annual rate of 0.15%  of the average daily net assets of  the
Sub-Account.  The charge is imposed during  both the accumulation period and the
annuity payout period. The  daily Administrative Expense  Charge is assessed  to
help  defray administrative expenses actually  incurred in the administration of
the Sub-Account,  without  profits. However,  there  is no  direct  relationship
between  the amount of  administrative expenses imposed on  a given contract and
the amount of expenses actually attributable to that contract.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
    Deductions for the Contract  Fee (described under B.  Contract Fee) and  for
the  Administrative Expense Charge are designed to reimburse the Company for the
cost of administration and related expenses and are not expected to be a  source
of  profit. The administrative  functions and expense assumed  by the Company in
connection with the  Variable Account  and the  Contracts include,  but are  not
limited  to, clerical, accounting, actuarial  and legal services, rent, postage,
telephone, office equipment  and supplies,  expenses of  preparing and  printing
registration  statements, expense of preparing  and typesetting prospectuses and
the cost of  printing prospectuses not  allocable to sales  expense, filing  and
other fees.
 
    Other Charges -- Because the Sub-Accounts hold shares of the Portfolios, the
value of the net assets of the Sub-Accounts will reflect the investment advisory
fee  and other expenses incurred by the Portfolios. The Prospectus and Statement
of Additional  Information of  KINF  contain additional  information  concerning
expenses of the Portfolios.
 
B.  Contract Fee.
 
    A  $35 Contract Fee  currently is deducted on  the Contract anniversary date
and upon full surrender of the Contract when the Accumulated Value is less  than
$50,000.  The Contract Fee is  waived for Contracts issued  to and maintained by
the Trustee of a 401(k)  plan. Where Contract value  has been allocated to  more
than  one account, a percentage of the  total Contract Fee will be deducted from
the Value in each account. The portion of the charge deducted from each  account
will  be equal to  the percentage which the  Value in that  account bears to the
Accumulated Value under the Contract. The  deduction of the Contract Fee from  a
Sub-Account  will result in cancellation of a number of Accumulation Units equal
in value to the percentage of the charge deducted from that account.
 
   
    Where permitted by law, the contract  fee will also be waived for  Contracts
where  both the Contract Owner and the Annuitant on the date of issue are within
the following classes of  individuals: employees and registered  representatives
of  any broker-dealer which has entered into  a Sales Agreement with the Company
to sell the Contracts; officers, directors, trustees and employees of any of the
Portfolios;  investment  managers  or  sub-advisers;  and  the  spouses  of  and
immediate  family  members residing  in the  same  household with  such eligible
persons. "Immediate  family  members"  means  children,  siblings,  parents  and
grandparents.
    
 
C.  Optional Benefit Riders.
 
    Subject  to state  availability, the  Company offers  three optional benefit
riders that may be elected by the  Contract Owner. A separate monthly charge  is
made  for each rider selected. On the last day of each month and on the date the
rider is terminated,  a charge  equal to  1/12th of  an annual  rate (see  table
below)  is made against the Accumulated Value  of the Contract at that time. The
charge is  made through  a  pro-rata reduction  (based  on relative  values)  in
Accumulation  Units of the Sub-Accounts, of dollar amounts in the Fixed Account,
and of dollar amounts in the Guarantee Period Accounts.
 
    The applicable charge is assessed on  the Accumulated Value on the last  day
of each month and on the date a rider is terminated, multiplied by 1/12th of the
following annual percentage rates:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                          <C>
Enhanced Death Benefit Rider...............................      0.25%
Living Benefits Rider......................................      0.05%
Disability Rider...........................................      0.05%
</TABLE>
 
    For  a  description  of  these  riders,  see  "Living  Benefits  Rider"  and
"Disability Rider" under "CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS," below, and "E. Death Benefit"
under "DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT," below.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
D.  Premium Taxes.
 
    Some states  and municipalities  impose a  premium tax  on variable  annuity
Contracts. State premium taxes currently range up to 3.5%.
 
    The  Company  makes a  charge for  state and  municipal premium  taxes, when
applicable, and deducts  the amount paid  as a premium  tax charge. The  current
practice of the Company is to deduct the premium tax charge in one of two ways:
 
    (1)  if the premium tax was paid by the Company when payments were received,
         the premium tax charge is deducted on a pro rata basis when withdrawals
         are  made,  upon surrender  of the  Contract,  or when  annuity benefit
         payments begin (the Company  reserves the right  instead to deduct  the
         premium  tax charge  for these Contracts  at the time  the payments are
         received); or
 
    (2)  the premium tax charge is deducted when annuity benefit payments begin.
 
    In no event will a deduction be taken before the Company has incurred a  tax
liability  under applicable state law. If no amount for premium tax was deducted
at the time the payment was received,  but subsequently tax is determined to  be
due  prior to  the Annuity Date,  the Company  reserves the right  to deduct the
premium tax from the Contract value at the time such determination is made.
 
E.  Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.
 
    No charge  for sales  expense is  deducted  from payments  at the  time  the
payments  are made. However, a contingent deferred sales charge is deducted from
the  Accumulated  Value  of  the  Contract  in  the  case  of  surrender  and/or
withdrawals,  or at the time annuity benefit payments begin, within certain time
limits described below.
 
    For purposes  of  determining  the contingent  deferred  sales  charge,  the
Accumulated Value is divided into three categories: (1) New Payments -- payments
received  by  the  Company  during  the six  years  preceding  the  date  of the
surrender; (2) Old Payments -- Accumulated payments not defined as New Payments;
and (3) Earnings -- the amount of Contract Value in excess of all payments  that
have  not been previously surrendered. For purposes of determining the amount of
any contingent deferred  sales charge,  surrenders will  be deemed  to be  taken
first  from Old Payments, then from New  Payments. Old Payments may be withdrawn
from the Contract at  any time without the  imposition of a contingent  deferred
sales  charge. If a withdrawal is attributable all or in part to New Payments, a
contingent deferred sales  charge may apply.  An Owner may  withdraw 15% of  the
Accumulated  Value  in  any calendar  year  without assessment  of  a withdrawal
charge. If the Owner withdraws an amount  in excess of the Accumulated Value  in
any  calendar  year, the  amount  withdrawn in  excess of  15%  is subject  to a
Withdrawal Charge.
 
    Charges for Surrender and  Withdrawals. If a Contract  is surrendered or  if
New  Payments  are withdrawn,  while the  Contract  is in  force and  before the
Annuity Date, a contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed. This  surrender
charge  will never be applied to earnings.  The amount of the charge will depend
upon the number of years that the New Payments, if any, to which the  withdrawal
is  attributed have remained credited under  the Contract. Amounts withdrawn are
deducted first from Old Payments. Then, for the purpose of calculating surrender
charges for New Payments, all amounts withdrawn are assumed to be deducted first
from the earliest New Payment and then from the next earliest New Payment and so
on,  until   all   New   Payments   have  been   exhausted   pursuant   to   the
first-in-first-out   ("FIFO")   method   of   accounting.   (See   "FEDERAL  TAX
CONSIDERATIONS" for a discussion of how  withdrawals are treated for income  tax
purposes.)
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    The Contingent Deferred Sales Charges are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Charge as
                    Years from                          Percentage of New
                 Date of Payment                       Payments Withdrawn
- --------------------------------------------------  -------------------------
 
<S>                                                 <C>
Less than 1 ......................................                 7%
2 ................................................                 6%
3 ................................................                 5%
4 ................................................                 4%
5 ................................................                 3%
6 ................................................                 2%
Thereafter .......................................                 0%
</TABLE>
 
    The  amount withdrawn equals the amount requested by the Contract Owner plus
the charge, if any. The  charge is applied as a  percentage of the New  Payments
withdrawn,  but  in no  event will  the total  contingent deferred  sales charge
exceed a maximum  limit of 7%  of total  gross New Payments.  Such total  charge
equals  the aggregate  of all applicable  contingent deferred  sales charges for
surrender, withdrawals, and annuitization.
 
   
    Reduction or Elimination of Surrender Charge. From time to time, subject  to
state law, the Company may allow a reduction in or elimination of the contingent
deferred  sales charge, the period during which the charge applies, and/or both,
or credit additional amounts on contracts when Contracts are sold to individuals
or groups of individuals  in a manner that  reduces sales expenses. The  Company
will  consider factors such as the following: (a)  the size and type of group or
class, and the  persistency expected  from that group  or class;  (b) the  total
amount of payments to be received and the manner in which payments are remitted;
(c)  the purpose for  which the Contracts  are being purchased  and whether that
purpose makes  it likely  that costs  and expenses  will be  reduced; (d)  other
transactions  where sales expenses are likely to be reduced; or (e) the level of
commissions paid  to selling  broker-dealers or  certain financial  institutions
with  respect  to  Contracts  within  the  same  group  or  class  (for example,
broker-dealers who offer  this Contract  in connection  with financial  planning
services  offered on a  fee for service  basis). The Company  may also reduce or
waive the contingent deferred sales charge, and/or or credit additional  amounts
on  Contracts, where both  the Contract Owner  and the Annuitant  on the date of
issue are  within the  following classes  of individuals  ("eligible  persons"):
employees  and registered representatives of any broker-dealer which has entered
into a  Sales  Agreement  with  the Company  to  sell  the  Contract;  officers,
directors,  trustees and employees of any of the Portfolios, investment managers
or sub-advisers;  and  the spouses  of  and  immediate family  members  of  such
eligible  persons.  "Immediate  family members"  means  children, grandchildren,
parents and grandparents.
    
 
    Any reduction or  elimination in the  amount or duration  of the  contingent
deferred  sales charge will not discriminate unfairly between purchasers of this
Contract. The Company will not make any changes to this charge where  prohibited
by law.
 
    Withdrawal  Without Surrender Charge.  In each calendar  year, including the
calendar year  in which  the Contract  is  issued, the  Company will  waive  the
contingent  deferred sales  charge, if  any, on  an amount  ("Withdrawal Without
Surrender Charge") equal to the greater of (1) or (2):
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
Where (1) is:
 
    15% of the  Accumulated Value as  of the Valuation  Date coincident with  or
    next following the date of receipt of the request for withdrawal, reduced by
    the  total amount of any prior withdrawals made in the same calendar year to
    which no contingent deferred sales charge was applied.
 
Where (2) is:
 
    The amount calculated under the Company's life expectancy distribution  (see
    "LED  Distributions," below) whether or not  the withdrawal was part of such
    distribution (applies only if Annuitant is also an Owner)
 
    For example, an  81 year old  Owner/Annuitant with an  Accumulated Value  of
$15,000  would have a  Free Withdrawal Amount  of $2,250, which  is equal to the
greater of:
 
    (1)  15% of Accumulated Value ($2,250); or
 
    (2)  LED distribution of 10.2% of Accumulated Value ($1,530).
 
   
    The  Withdrawal  Without  Surrender  Charge  will  first  be  deducted  from
Cumulative   Earnings.  If  the  Withdrawal  Without  Surrender  Charge  exceeds
Cumulative Earnings, the excess  amount will be  deemed withdrawn from  payments
not previously withdrawn on a last-in-first-out ("LIFO") basis. If more than one
withdrawal  is made during  the year, on each  subsequent withdrawal the Company
will waive  the contingent  deferred  sales charge,  if  any, until  the  entire
Withdrawal Without Surrender Charge has been withdrawn. Amounts withdrawn from a
Guarantee  Period Account  prior to the  end of the  applicable Guarantee Period
will be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
    
 
    Living Benefits Rider.  For a  separate monthly charge,  an optional  Living
Benefits Rider may be elected at the time of application for the Contract. Under
this  rider, the Surrender Charge  will be waived if  the Contract Owner (or the
Annuitant if the Contract Owner is not a person), is:
 
    (a)  admitted to  a "medical  care facility"  after the  issue date  of  the
         Contract  and remains confined there until  the later of one year after
         the issue date or 90 consecutive days;
 
    (b)  first diagnosed by a licensed  "physician" as having a "fatal  illness"
         after  the issue date of the Contract; or (c) commencing one year after
         issue of the Contract, is confined to a hospice or receives home health
         care services, with  certification from a  licensed physician that  the
         confinement  to the hospice or receipt  of home health care services is
         expected to continue until death.
 
    For purposes of the above provision, "medical care facility" means any state
licensed facility (or, in  a state that does  not require licensing) a  facility
that is operating pursuant to state law, providing medically necessary inpatient
care  which is  prescribed by  a licensed  "physician" in  writing and  based on
physical limitations which prohibit daily living in a non-institutional setting;
"fatal illness" means  a condition diagnosed  by a licensed  physician which  is
expected  to result in death within two  years of the diagnosis; and "physician"
means a person  other than  the Owner,  Annuitant or a  member of  one of  their
families  who is state licensed to give  medical care or treatment and is acting
within the scope of that license.
 
    Where contingent deferred sales charges have been waived under either of the
two situations discussed above, no additional payments under this Contract  will
be accepted.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
    On  the last day  of each month and  on the date the  rider is terminated, a
charge equal  to  1/12th  of  an  annual rate  of  0.05%  is  made  against  the
Accumulated  Value of the  Contract at that  time. The charge  is made through a
pro-rata reduction in Accumulation Units  of the Subaccounts, of dollar  amounts
in  the Fixed Account, and  of dollar amounts in  the Guarantee Period Accounts,
based on relative values.
 
    Disability Rider.  For a  separate monthly  charge, an  optional  Disability
Rider  may be elected  at the time  of application for  the Contract. Under this
rider, the  Surrender  Charge will  be  waived if  the  Contract Owner  (or  the
Annuitant  if the Contract Owner is not  a person), is physically disabled after
the issue date  of the Contract  and before  attaining age 65.  The Company  may
require  proof  of  continuing  disability,  including  written  confirmation of
receipt and approval of any claim  for Social Security Disability Benefits,  and
reserves  the right  to obtain  an examination  by a  licensed physician  of its
choice and at its expense.
 
    Where contingent deferred sales charges  have been waived under this  rider,
no additional payments under this Contract will be accepted.
 
    On  the last day  of each month and  on the date the  rider is terminated, a
charge equal  to  1/12th  of  an  annual rate  of  0.05%  is  made  against  the
Accumulated  Value of the  Contract at that  time. The charge  is made through a
pro-rata reduction in Accumulation Units  of the Subaccounts, of dollar  amounts
in  the Fixed Account, and  of dollar amounts in  the Guarantee Period Accounts,
based on relative values.
 
    LED Distributions. Prior to  the Annuity Date a  Contract Owner who is  also
the  Annuitant may  elect to  make a series  of systematic  withdrawals from the
Contract  according  to  a  life  expectancy  distribution  ("LED")  option,  by
returning  a properly signed LED request form to the Company's Principal Office.
The LED option permits  the Contract Owner to  make systematic withdrawals  from
the  Contract over his or  her lifetime. The amount  withdrawn from the Contract
changes each  year, because  life expectancy  changes each  year that  a  person
lives.  For example, actuarial tables  indicate that a person  age 70 has a life
expectancy of 16 years, but a person who attains age 86 has a life expectancy of
another 6.5 years.
 
    If a Contract Owner elects the LED option, in each calendar year a  fraction
of  the Accumulated Value is  withdrawn based on the  Contract Owner's then life
expectancy. The numerator of the fraction is 1 (one) and the denominator of  the
fraction  is the remaining life expectancy  of the Contract Owner, as determined
annually by the Company. The resulting  fraction, expressed as a percentage,  is
applied  to the Accumulated Value at the  beginning of the year to determine the
amount to be distributed during the year. The Contract Owner may elect  monthly,
bimonthly, quarterly, semiannual, or annual distributions, and may terminate the
LED  option  at  any  time.  The  Contract  Owner  may  also  elect  to  receive
distributions under  an  LED  option  which is  determined  on  the  joint  life
expectancy  of the Contract Owner and a  beneficiary. The Company may also offer
other systematic withdrawal options.
 
    If a Contract Owner  makes withdrawals under the  LED distribution prior  to
age 59 1/2, the withdrawals may be treated by the IRS as premature distributions
from  the Contract. The payments would then be taxed on an "income first" basis,
and be subject to a 10% federal tax penalty. For more information, see  "FEDERAL
TAX  CONSIDERATIONS," "B.  Taxation of the  Contracts in General."  The LED will
cease on the Annuity Date.
 
    Surrenders. In the case of a complete surrender, the amount received by  the
Contract  Owner is equal to the entire Accumulated Value under the Contract, net
of the applicable contingent deferred sales charge on New Payments, the Contract
Fee and any applicable  tax withholding and adjusted  for any applicable  Market
Value
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
Adjustment.  Subject to  the same rules  applicable to  withdrawals, the Company
will not assess a  contingent deferred sales  charge on an  amount equal to  the
greater  of the Withdrawal Without Surrender  Charge Amount, described above, or
the life expectancy distribution, if applicable.
 
    Where a Contract Owner who is a trustee under a pension plan surrenders,  in
whole  or in  part, a Contract  on a  terminating employee, the  trustee will be
permitted to reallocate all or a part  of the total Accumulated Value under  the
Contract to other contracts issued by the Company and owned by the trustee, with
no  deduction for any otherwise applicable contingent deferred sales charge. Any
such reallocation will  be at the  unit values  for the Sub-Accounts  as of  the
valuation  date on which a written, signed  request is received at the Company's
Principal Office.
 
    For further  information on  surrender  and withdrawals,  including  minimum
limits  on amount withdrawn and amount remaining  under the Contract in the case
of  withdrawals,  and   important  tax  considerations,   see  "Surrender"   and
"Withdrawals"   under   "DESCRIPTION   OF  CONTRACT"   and   see   "FEDERAL  TAX
CONSIDERATIONS."
 
    Charge at the Time Annuity Benefit Payments Begin. If any commutable  period
certain option or a non-commutable period certain option for less than ten years
is  chosen,  a  contingent  deferred  sales charge  will  be  deducted  from the
Accumulated Value of the Contract  if the Annuity Date  occurs at any time  when
the  surrender charge would still apply had the Contract been surrendered on the
Annuity Date. (See  discussion of Period  Certain Variable Annuity  under "I  --
Description of Variable Annuity Options."
 
    No  contingent deferred sales charge is imposed at the time of annuitization
in any Contract year  under an option  involving a life  contingency or for  any
non-commutable  period certain  option for 10  years or more.  However, a Market
Value Adjustment may apply. See "Guarantee Period Accounts."
 
    If an owner  of a fixed  annuity Contract  issued by the  Company wishes  to
elect  a variable annuity option, the Company may permit such owner to exchange,
at the time of annuitization, the fixed Contract for a Contract offered in  this
Prospectus.  The proceeds of  the fixed Contract,  minus any contingent deferred
sales charge applicable under the fixed  Contract if a period certain option  is
chosen,  will  be applied  towards the  variable annuity  option desired  by the
owner. The number of Annuity Units under the option will be calculated using the
Annuity Unit values as of the 15th of the month preceding the Annuity Date.
 
F.  Transfer Charge.
 
    The Company currently makes no charge for processing transfers. The  Company
guarantees  that the first twelve  transfers in a Contract  Year will be free of
transfer charge, but reserves the right to assess a charge, guaranteed never  to
exceed $25, for each subsequent transfer in a Contract Year.
 
    The  Contract Owner may  have automatic transfers  of at least  $100 a month
made on a periodic basis (a) to one  or more of the Sub-Accounts from the  Fixed
Account  or from the Sub-Accounts which invest  in the Money Market Portfolio or
the Government Securities Portfolio or (b)  in order to reallocate or  rebalance
Contract  Value among  the Sub-Accounts.  The first  automatic transfer  and all
subsequent transfers of  that request  in the same  contract year  count as  one
transfer  towards the  twelve transfers  which are  guaranteed to  be free  of a
transfer charge in each contract year.  For more information, see "The  Contract
Transfer Privilege."
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT
 
    The  Contracts  are designed  for use  in connection  with several  types of
retirement plans as  well as for  sale to individuals.  Participants under  such
plans,  as well as Contract Owners, Annuitants, and beneficiaries, are cautioned
that the  rights of  any person  to any  benefits under  such Contracts  may  be
subject  to the terms and conditions of  the plans themselves, regardless of the
terms and conditions of the Contracts.
 
    The Contracts  offered by  this  Prospectus may  be purchased  from  certain
independent  broker-dealers, including representatives of Allmerica Investments,
Inc., the  Principal  Underwriter  which are  registered  under  the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934 and are members  of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").
 
   
    Contract Owners may direct any inquiries to Annuity Customer Services, First
Allmerica Financial  Life  Insurance  Company, 440  Lincoln  Street,  Worcester,
Massachusetts 01653, 800-782-8380.
    
 
A.  Payments.
 
    The  Company's  underwriting  requirements,  which  include  receipt  of the
initial payment  and allocation  instructions by  the Company  at its  Principal
Office, must be met before a Contract can be issued. These requirements may also
include  the proper completion of an  application; however, where permitted, the
Company may issue a  contract without completion of  an application for  certain
classes  of annuity contracts. Payments are to be made payable to the Company. A
net payment is equal to the payment  received less the amount of any  applicable
premium tax.
 
    The initial net payment will be credited to the Contract as of the date that
all  issue  requirements are  properly met.  If all  issue requirements  are not
complied with within five business days of the Company's receipt of the  initial
payment,  the payment will be returned unless the Owner specifically consents to
the holding of  the initial payment  until completion of  any outstanding  issue
requirements.  Subsequent payments  will be  credited as  of the  Valuation Date
received at the Principal Office.
 
    Payments are not limited as to  frequency and number, but there are  certain
limitations  as  to amount.  Currently,  the initial  payment  must be  at least
$2,000. Under a salary deduction or monthly automatic payment plan, the  minimum
initial  payment is $167. In all cases, each subsequent payment must be at least
$100.  Where   the   contribution   on   behalf  of   an   employee   under   an
employer-sponsored  retirement  plan  is  less  than  $600  but  more  than $300
annually, the  Company may  issue a  contract  on the  employee, if  the  plan's
average  annual contribution per eligible plan participant is at least $600. The
minimum allocation to a Guarantee Period Account is $1,000. If less than  $1,000
is  allocated to a Guarantee  Period Account, the Company  reserves the right to
apply that amount to the Money Market Portfolio.
 
    Payments will be allocated  among the accounts in  the same proportion  that
the  initial net payment is allocated, or, if subsequently changed, according to
the most recent allocation instructions. Any portion of the initial net  payment
and  of additional  net payments received  during the contracts's  first 15 days
measured from  the  date of  issue,  allocated  to any  Sub-Account  and/or  any
Guarantee  Period Account, will be held in  the Money Market Portfolio until the
end of the fifteen  day period. Thereafter, these  amounts will be allocated  as
requested.
 
    The  Contract  Owner may  change  allocation instructions  for  new payments
pursuant to a written or telephone request. If telephone requests are elected by
the Contract Owner, a  properly completed authorization must  be on file  before
telephone  requests will  be honored.  The Company  will not  be responsible for
losses resulting from acting upon  telephone requests reasonably believed to  be
genuine. The Company will employ
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated by telephone are
genuine; otherwise, the Company may be liable for any losses due to unauthorized
or  fraudulent instructions. The procedures the Company follows for transactions
initiated by telephone include requirements that callers on behalf of a Contract
Owner identify themselves by  name and identify the  Annuitant by name, date  of
birth  and social  security number. All  transfer instructions  by telephone are
tape recorded.
 
B.  Transfer Privilege.
 
    At any time  prior to the  Annuity Date  a Contract Owner  may have  amounts
transferred  among  all  accounts.  Transfer  values  will  be  effected  at the
Accumulation Value  next  computed after  receipt  of the  transfer  order.  The
Company  will  make  transfers pursuant  to  written or  telephone  requests. As
discussed in "A. Payments," a properly  completed authorization form must be  on
file before telephone requests will be honored.
 
    Transfers  to a  Guarantee Period  Account must be  at least  $1,000. If the
amount to be transferred to a Guarantee Period Account is less than $1,000,  the
Company  may transfer that amount to the  Sub-Account which invests in the Money
Market Portfolio.
 
   
C.  Dollar Cost Averaging and Automatic Rebalancing Options.
    
 
   
    The Contract Owner  may have automatic  transfers of at  least $100 a  month
made  on a periodic  basis (a) from  the Sub-Accounts which  invest in the Money
Market Portfolio  or  the Government  Securities  Portfolio or  from  the  Fixed
Account  to one or more  of the other Sub-Accounts  ("Dollar Cost Averaging") or
(b) in order to  reallocate or rebalance Contract  Value among the  Sub-Accounts
("Automatic   Rebalancing  Option").  The  first   automatic  transfer  and  all
subsequent transfers of  that request  in the same  contract year  count as  one
transfer  towards the  twelve transfers  which are  guaranteed to  be free  of a
transfer in each contract year.
    
 
   
    Currently, the Company makes no charge for transfers. The first twelve  (12)
transfers  in a Contract year are guaranteed to  be free of any charge. For each
subsequent transfer in a Contract year the Company reserves the right to  assess
a  charge, guaranteed never  to exceed $25,  to reimburse it  for the expense of
processing transfers.  The  Dollar  Cost  Averaging  Option  and  the  Automatic
Rebalancing Option may not be in effect at the same time.
    
 
   
D.  Surrender.
    
 
   
    At  any time prior to  the Annuity Date, a  Contract Owner may surrender the
Contract and receive its Accumulated Value, less applicable charges and adjusted
for any Market Value  Adjustment ("Surrender Amount").  The Contract Owner  must
return the Contract and a signed, written request for surrender, satisfactory to
the  Company,  to the  Company's  Principal Office.  The  amount payable  to the
Contract Owner upon surrender will be based on the Contract's Accumulated  Value
as  of the Valuation Date on which the  request and the Contract are received at
the Company's Principal Office.
    
 
    Before the Annuity Date, a contingent deferred sales charge may be  deducted
when  a Contract is surrendered  if payments have been  credited to the Contract
during the  last six  full contract  years. See  "CHARGES AND  DEDUCTIONS."  The
Contract Fee will be deducted upon surrender of the Contract.
 
    After  the Annuity Date,  only Contracts under  which future annuity benefit
payments are limited to a specified  period (as specified in the Period  Certain
Annuity  Option ) may be surrendered. The Surrender Amount is the commuted value
of any unpaid installments, computed on  the basis of the assumed interest  rate
incorporated  in  such annuity  benefit payments.  No contingent  deferred sales
charge is imposed after the Annuity Date.
 
    Any amount surrendered is normally  payable within seven days following  the
Company's  receipt of the  surrender request. The Company  reserves the right to
defer surrenders and withdrawals of amounts in each Sub-
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
Account in any period during which (1) trading on the New York Stock Exchange is
restricted as determined by the  SEC or such Exchange  is closed for other  than
weekends  and holidays, (2) the  SEC has by order  permitted such suspension, or
(3) an  emergency,  as determined  by  the SEC,  exists  such that  disposal  of
portfolio  securities or  valuation of  assets of  each separate  account is not
reasonably practicable.
 
    The right is reserved by the Company to defer surrenders and withdrawals  of
amounts  allocated to the Company's Fixed  Account and Guarantee Period Accounts
for a period not to exceed six months.
 
    The surrender rights of Contract  Owners who are participants under  Section
403(b)  plans or who  are participants in the  Texas Optional Retirement Program
(Texas ORP) are restricted; see "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS," "I. Public  School
Systems  and Certain Tax Exempt Organizations" and "J. Texas Optional Retirement
Program."
 
    For important tax consequences which may result from surrender, see "FEDERAL
TAX CONSIDERATIONS."
 
   
E.  Withdrawals.
    
 
    At any time  prior to  the Annuity  Date, a  Contract Owner  may withdraw  a
portion  of the Accumulated Value of his  or her Contract, subject to the limits
stated below.  The  Contract Owner  must  file  a signed,  written  request  for
withdrawals, satisfactory to the Company, at the Company's Principal Office. The
written  request must  indicate the dollar  amount the Contract  Owner wishes to
receive and the accounts from which such amount is to be withdrawn. The contract
value following the  withdrawal will reflect  an amount withdrawn  equal to  the
amount  requested by the Contract Owner  plus any applicable contingent deferred
sales charge, as described under "CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS." In addition,  amounts
withdrawn  from a Guarantee  Period Account prior  to the end  of the applicable
Guarantee Period will  be subject  to a  Market Value  Adjustment, as  described
under "GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS."
 
    Where  allocations have been made to more  than one account, a percentage of
the withdrawal  may be  allocated to  each  such account.  A withdrawal  from  a
Sub-Account will result in cancellation of a number of units equivalent in value
to  the amount withdrawn, computed as of  the Valuation Date that the request is
received at the Company's principal office.
 
    Each withdrawal must be in a minimum  amount of $100. No withdrawal will  be
permitted if the Accumulated Value remaining under the Contract would be reduced
to  less  than $1,000.  Withdrawals will  be  paid in  accordance with  the time
limitations described under "Surrender."
 
    After the Annuity Date, only  Contracts under which future variable  annuity
benefit  payments  are  limited  to  a  specified  period  may  be  withdrawn. A
withdrawal after the  Annuity Date will  result in cancellation  of a number  of
Annuity Units equivalent in value to the amount withdrawn.
 
    For  important restrictions on withdrawals  which are applicable to Contract
Owners who are participants under Section  403(b) plans or under the Texas  ORP,
see  "FEDERAL TAX  CONSIDERATIONS," "I.  Public School  Systems and  Certain Tax
Exempt Organizations" and "J. Texas Optional Retirement Program."
 
    For important  tax  consequences  which may  result  from  withdrawals,  see
"FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS."
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
   
F.  Death Benefit.
    
 
    If  the Annuitant dies (or a Contract Owner predeceases the Annuitant) prior
to the Annuity Date  while the Contract  is in force, the  Company will pay  the
Beneficiary  a Death Benefit, except where the Contract continues as provided in
"F. THE SPOUSE OF THE CONTRACT OWNER AS BENEFICIARY."
 
    Standard Death Benefit. Upon death of the Annuitant (including an Owner  who
is also the Annuitant), the standard Death Benefit is equal to the greater of
 
    (a)  the  Accumulated Value  under the  Contract increased  for any positive
         Market Value Adjustment, or
 
    (b)  the sum  of  the  gross payments  reduced  proportionately  to  reflect
         withdrawals.  For  each  withdrawal,  the  proportionate  reduction  is
         calculated as the Death Benefit under this option immediately prior  to
         the  withdrawal multiplied by the withdrawal  amount and divided by the
         Accumulated Value immediately prior to the withdrawal.
 
    Enhanced Death Benefit Rider. At the  time of application for the  Contract,
the Contract Owner may elect an optional Enhanced Death Benefit Rider. Under the
Enhanced Death Benefit Rider, if the annuitant dies before the Annuity Date, the
Death Benefit will be the greatest of
 
    (a)  the   Accumulated  Value   increased  by  any   positive  Market  Value
         Adjustment; or
 
    (b)  gross payments,  reduced proportionately  to reflect  withdrawals.  For
         each withdrawal, the proportionate reduction is calculated as the Death
         Benefit   under  this  option  immediately   prior  to  the  withdrawal
         multiplied by  the withdrawal  amount and  divided by  the  Accumulated
         Value immediately prior to the withdrawal; or
 
    (c)  the  Death  Benefit that  would have  been payable  on the  most recent
         contract anniversary, increased for subsequent payments, and  decreased
         proportionately for subsequent withdrawals.
 
    A  separate charge is made for an  optional Enhanced Death Benefit Rider. On
the last day of  each month and on  the date the Rider  is terminated, a  charge
equal to 1/12th of an annual rate of 0.25% is made against the Accumulated Value
of  the Contract at that  time. The charge is  made through a pro-rata reduction
(based on relative values) of Accumulation Units in the Sub-Accounts, of  dollar
amounts  in the  Fixed Account,  and of dollar  amounts in  the Guarantee Period
Accounts.
 
    Under either Death Benefit, if an Owner  who is not also the Annuitant  dies
before  the  Annuity  Date, the  Death  Benefit  will be  the  Accumulated Value
increased by any positive Market Value Adjustment. The Death Benefit will  never
be reduced by a negative Market Value Adjustment.
 
    Payment  of Death Benefit. The  Death Benefit will generally  be paid to the
Beneficiary in one sum within 7 days of the receipt of due proof of death unless
the Owner has specified a Death Benefit annuity option. Instead, the Beneficiary
may, by Written Request, elect to:
 
    (a)  defer distribution of  the Death Benefit  for a period  no more than  5
         years from the date of death; or
 
    (b)  receive a life annuity or an annuity for a period certain not extending
         beyond the Beneficiary's life expectancy. Annuity benefit payments must
         begin within one year from the date of death.
 
    If distribution of the Death Benefit is deferred under (a) or (b), any value
in  the  Guarantee  Period  Accounts  will  be  transferred  to  the Sub-Account
investing in  the Money  Market Portfolio.  The  excess, if  any, of  the  Death
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
Benefit  over  the Accumulated  Value will  also  be added  to the  Money Market
Portfolio. The  Beneficiary  may,  by  Written  Request,  effect  transfers  and
withdrawals during the deferral period and prior to annuitization under (b), but
may  not  make additional  payments. If  there  are multiple  Beneficiaries, the
consent of all is required.
 
    If the Annuitant's death occurs on or after the Annuity Date but before  the
completion  of all  guaranteed annuity benefit  payments, any  unpaid amounts or
installments will be paid to the Beneficiary. The Company must pay the remaining
payments at least as rapidly as under  the payment option in effect on the  date
of the Annuitant's death.
 
    With  respect to any Death Benefit, the Accumulated Value under the Contract
will be  based  on  the  unit  values next  computed  after  due  proof  of  the
Annuitant's  death has been  received at the Company's  Principal Office. If the
beneficiary elects to receive  the Death Benefit in  one sum, the Death  Benefit
will  be paid within seven business days.  If the beneficiary has not elected an
annuity option within one year from the date notice of death is received by  the
Company,  the Company will pay  the Death Benefit in  one sum. The Death Benefit
will reflect  any earnings  or  losses experienced  during  the period  and  any
withdrawals.
 
   
G.  The Spouse of the Contract Owner as Beneficiary.
    
 
    The  Contract Owner's spouse, if named  as the sole primary beneficiary, may
by written request continue the Contract in lieu of receiving the amount payable
upon death of the Contract Owner. Upon such election, the spouse will become the
Owner and Annuitant  subject to the  following: (a) any  value in the  Guarantee
Period  Accounts will  be transferred to  the Money Market  Sub-Account; (b) the
excess, if any, of the Death Benefit over the Contract's Accumulated Value  will
also  be added to the Money Market Sub-Account. Additional payments may be made;
however, a surrender charge  will apply to these  amounts. All other rights  and
benefits  provided in  the Contract  will continue,  except that  any subsequent
spouse of such new Contract Owner will not be entitled to continue the  Contract
upon such new Owner's death.
 
   
H.  Assignment.
    
 
    The  Contracts, other than  those sold in  connection with certain qualified
plans, may be assigned by  the Contract Owner at any  time prior to the  Annuity
Date  and while the  Annuitant is alive (see  "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS"). The
Company will not be deemed to have knowledge of an assignment unless it is  made
in  writing  and filed  at the  Principal  Office. The  Company will  not assume
responsibility for determining the validity of any assignment. If an  assignment
of the Contract is in effect on the Annuity Date, the Company reserves the right
to  pay to the assignee, in one sum,  that portion of the Surrender Value of the
Contract to which the assignee appears to be entitled. The Company will pay  the
balance,  if any,  in one sum  to the Contract  Owner in full  settlement of all
liability under the  Contract. The  interest of the  Contract Owner  and of  any
beneficiary will be subject to any assignment.
 
   
I.  Electing the Form of Annuity and the Annuity Date.
    
 
    Subject  to certain restrictions described below, the Contract Owner has the
right (1) to select the annuity option under which annuity benefit payments  are
to  be made, and  (2) to determine  whether payments are  to be made  on a fixed
basis, a variable  basis, or  a combination  fixed and  variable basis.  Annuity
benefit payments are determined according to the annuity tables in the Contract,
by  the  annuity  option selected,  and  by  the investment  performance  of the
Account(s) selected.
 
    To the extent a fixed annuity payout is selected, Accumulated Value will  be
transferred  to  the  Fixed Account  of  the  Company, and  the  annuity benefit
payments will be fixed  in amount. See APPENDIX  A, "MORE INFORMATION ABOUT  THE
FIXED ACCOUNT."
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
    Under  a variable annuity, a payment equal  to the value of the fixed number
of Annuity Units in the Sub-Account(s) is made monthly, quarterly,  semiannually
or  annually. Since the value  of an Annuity Unit  in a Sub-Account will reflect
the investment  performance  of the  Sub-Account,  the amount  of  each  annuity
benefit payment will vary.
 
    The  annuity option selected must produce an initial payment of at least $50
(a lower amount may be required in some states). The Company reserves the  right
to  increase this  minimum amount.  If the  annuity option(s)  selected does not
produce an initial  payment which meet  this minimum, a  single payment will  be
made.  Once the  Company begins making  annuity benefit  payments, the Annuitant
cannot make withdrawals  or surrender the  annuity benefit, except  in the  case
where  future annuity benefit  payments are limited to  a "period certain." Only
beneficiaries entitled to receive remaining payments for a "'period certain" may
elect to instead receive a lump sum settlement.
 
   
    The Annuity Date is selected by the Contract Owner. To the extent  permitted
in your state, the Annuity Date may be the first day of any month (a) before the
Annuitant's  85th birthday, if the  Annuitant's age at the  date of issue of the
Contract is 75 or under, or  (b) within 10 years from  the date of issue of  the
Contract and before the Annuitant's 90th birthday, if the Annuitant's age at the
date  of issue is between 76 and 90.  The Contract Owner may elect to change the
Annuity Date by sending a request to the Company's Principal Office at least one
month before the new Annuity Date. The new Annuity Date must be the first day of
any month occurring before the Annuitant's 90th birthday and must be within  the
life  expectancy  of  the  Annuitant.  The  Company  shall  determine  such life
expectancy at the time a change in  Annuity Date is requested. The Code and  the
terms  of qualified plans impose limitations on the age at which annuity benefit
payments may commence and the type of annuity option selected. See "FEDERAL  TAX
CONSIDERATIONS" for further information.
    
 
    If the Contract Owner does not elect otherwise, a variable life annuity with
periodic  payments for 10 years guaranteed  will be purchased. Changes in either
the Annuity Date  or annuity option  can be made  up to one  month prior to  the
Annuity Date.
 
I.  Description of Variable Annuity Options.
 
    The   Company  provides  the  variable   annuity  options  described  below.
Currently, Variable  annuity  options may  be  funded through  the  Sub-Accounts
investing  in the Investment Grade Bond, Value+Growth, Horizon 10+ and Horizon 5
Portfolios. The  Company also  provides these  same options  funded through  the
Fixed  Account (fixed-amount  annuity option).  Regardless of  how payments were
allocated during the accumulation period, any of the variable annuity options or
the fixed-amount options may be selected, or any of the variable annuity options
may be selected  in combination with  any of the  fixed-amount annuity  options.
Other annuity options may be offered by the Company.
 
    Variable  Life Annuity with Payments Guaranteed  for 10 years. This variable
annuity is  payable periodically  during  the lifetime  of  the payee  with  the
guarantee  that if the payee should die  before all payments have been made, the
remaining annuity benefit payments will continue to the beneficiary.
 
    Variable Life Annuity payable periodically during the lifetime of the  payee
only.  It would be possible under this  option for the Annuitant to receive only
one annuity benefit payment if the Annuitant  dies prior to the due date of  the
second  annuity benefit payment,  two annuity benefit  payments if the Annuitant
dies before  the due  date of  the third  annuity benefit  payment, and  so  on.
However,  payments will continue during the lifetime of the payee, no matter how
long the payee lives.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
    Unit Refund Variable Life Annuity.  This is an annuity payable  periodically
during the lifetime of the payee with the guarantee that if (1) exceeds (2) then
periodic  variable  annuity benefit  payments will  continue to  the beneficiary
until the number of such payments equals the number determined in (1).
 
    Where:
 
    (1) is the  dollar amount  of the Accumulated  Value divided  by the  dollar
    amount of the first payment, and
 
    (2) is the number of payments paid prior to the death of the payee,
 
    Joint and Survivor Variable Life Annuity -- This variable annuity is payable
jointly to two payees during their joint lifetime, and then continues thereafter
during  the lifetime of the survivor. The amount of each payment to the survivor
is based on  the same number  of Annuity  Units which applied  during the  joint
lifetime  of  the  two payees.  One  of the  payees  must be  either  the person
designated as the  Annuitant in  the Contract or  the beneficiary.  There is  no
minimum number of payments under this option.
 
    Joint and Two-thirds Survivor Variable Life Annuity -- This variable annuity
is payable jointly to two payees during their joint lifetime, and then continues
thereafter  during the  lifetime of  the survivor.  However, the  amount of each
periodic payment  to the  survivor is  based upon  two-thirds of  the number  of
Annuity  Units which applied during the joint lifetime of the two payees. One of
the payees must be the person designated as the Annuitant in the Contract or the
beneficiary. There is no minimum number of payments under this option.
 
    Period Certain  Variable  Annuity  -- This  variable  annuity  has  periodic
payments  for a  stipulated number  of years  ranging from  one to  thirty. This
option may be commutable,  that is, the  payee reserves the  right to receive  a
lump  sum in place of installments, or it becomes non-commutable. The payee must
reserve this right at the time benefits begin.
 
    It should be noted that  the Period Certain Option  does not involve a  life
contingency.  In the computation  of the payments under  this option, the charge
for annuity rate  guarantees, which includes  a factor for  mortality risks,  is
made.  Although  not  contractually required  to  do so,  the  Company currently
follows a practice  of permitting  persons receiving payments  under the  Period
Certain  Option  to elect  to convert  to  a variable  annuity involving  a life
contingency. The Company may  discontinue or change this  practice at any  time,
but  not with respect  to election of the  option made prior to  the date of any
change in this practice.  See "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS"  for a discussion  of
the possible adverse tax consequences of selecting a Period Certain Option.
 
J.  Norris Decision.
 
    In  the case  of Arizona  Governing Committee  v. Norris,  the United States
Supreme Court ruled that, in connection with retirement benefit options  offered
under  certain employer-sponsored employee benefit  plans, annuity options based
on sex-distinct actuarial  tables are  not permissible  under Title  VII of  the
Civil  Rights  Act  of 1964.  The  ruling  requires that  benefits  derived from
contributions paid into a plan after August 1, 1983 be calculated without regard
to the sex of the employee.  Annuity benefits attributable to payments  received
by  the Company under a Contract issued in connection with an employer-sponsored
benefit plan affected by the Norris decision will be based on the greater of (1)
the Company's  unisex Non-Guaranteed  Current Annuity  Option Rates  or (2)  the
guaranteed  unisex rates described  in such Contract,  regardless of whether the
Annuitant is male or female.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
K.  Computation of Values and Annuity Benefit Payments.
 
    The Accumulation  Unit. Each  net  payment is  allocated to  the  account(s)
selected  by the Contract Owner. Allocations to the Sub-Accounts are credited to
the Contract in the form of Accumulation Units. Accumulation Units are  credited
separately  for  each  Sub-Account. The  number  of Accumulation  Units  of each
Sub-Account credited to the Contract is equal to the portion of the net  payment
allocated  to the  Sub-Account, divided  by the  dollar value  of the applicable
Accumulation Unit as of the Valuation Date the payment is received in good order
at the Company's Principal  Office. The number  of Accumulation Units  resulting
from  each payment  will remain  fixed unless changed  by a  subsequent split of
Accumulation Unit  value, a  transfer, a  withdrawal, or  surrender. The  dollar
value  of an Accumulation Unit of each Sub-Account varies from Valuation Date to
Valuation Date based on the investment  experience of that Sub-Account and  will
reflect  the investment performance, expenses and charges of its Portfolios. The
value of an Accumulation Unit was set  at $1.00 on the first Valuation Date  for
each Sub-Account.
 
    Allocations  to  Guarantee Period  Accounts and  the  Fixed Account  are not
converted  into  Accumulation  Units,  but  are  credited  interest  at  a  rate
periodically set by the Company. See Appendix B.
 
    The  Accumulated Value under  the Contract is  determined by (1) multiplying
the number  of  Accumulation  Units in  each  Sub-Account  by the  value  of  an
Accumulation  Unit of  that Sub-Account  on the  Valuation Date,  (2) adding the
products, and (3) adding  the amount of the  accumulations in the Fixed  Account
and Guarantee Period Accounts, if any.
 
    Net  Investment Factor. The Net Investment  Factor is an index that measures
the investment performance  of a Sub-Account  from one Valuation  Period to  the
next.  This factor is equal to 1.000000 plus the result from dividing (a) by (b)
and subtracting (c) and (d) where:
 
    (a)  is the investment  income of  a Sub-Account for  the Valuation  Period,
         including  realized or unrealized  capital gains and  losses during the
         Valuation Period, adjusted for provisions made for taxes, if any;
 
    (b)  is the  value of  that Sub-Account's  assets at  the beginning  of  the
         Valuation Period;
 
    (c)  is a charge for mortality and expense risks equal to 0.95% on an annual
         basis of the daily value of the Sub-Account's assets, and
 
    (d)  is  an administrative charge of  0.15% on an annual  basis of the daily
         value of the Sub-Account's assets.
 
    The dollar value of  an Accumulation Unit  as of a  given Valuation Date  is
determined  by multiplying  the dollar  value of  the corresponding Accumulation
Unit as  of the  immediately preceding  Valuation Date  by the  appropriate  net
investment factor.
 
   
    For  an illustration of  Accumulation Unit calculation  using a hypothetical
example see "ANNUITY PAYMENTS" in the SAI.
    
 
    The Annuity  Unit. On  and after  the Annuity  Date the  Annuity Unit  is  a
measure of the value of the Annuitant's monthly annuity benefit payments under a
variable  annuity  option. The  value  of an  Annuity  Unit in  each Sub-Account
initially was set at $1.00. The value of an Annuity Unit under a Sub-Account  on
any  Valuation  Date  thereafter is  equal  to the  value  of such  unit  on the
immediately preceding Valuation Date, multiplied by  the product of (1) the  net
investment  factor of the Sub-Account for the current Valuation Period and (2) a
factor to adjust benefits to neutralize  the assumed interest rate. The  assumed
interest  rate, discussed below, is incorporated in the variable annuity options
offered in the Contract.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
   
    Determination of  the First  and Subsequent  Annuity Benefit  Payments.  The
first periodic annuity benefit payment is based upon the Accumulated Value as of
a  date  not more  than four  weeks preceding  the date  that the  first annuity
benefit payment is due. Variable annuity  benefit payments are due on the  first
of  a month, which is the  date the payment is to  be received by the annuitant,
and are currently  based on  unit values  as of the  15th day  of the  preceding
month..
    
 
    The Contract provides annuity rates which determine the dollar amount of the
first  periodic payment under  each form of  annuity for each  $1,000 of applied
value. For Life Option  and Noncommutable Period Certain  Options of 10 or  more
years,  the annuity value  is the Accumulated  Value less any  premium taxes and
adjusted for any Market Value Adjustment. For commutable period certain  options
or  any period certain option  less than 10 years,  the value is surrender value
less any premium tax. For a Death Benefit annuity, the annuity value will be the
amount of the Death Benefit.  The annuity rates in the  Contract are based on  a
modification of the 1983(a) Individual Mortality Table.
 
    The  amount of the  first monthly payment  depends upon the  form of annuity
selected, the sex (however, see "J.  Norris Decision") and age of the  Annuitant
and  the value  of the  amount applied  under the  annuity option.  The variable
annuity options offered by the  Company are based on  a 3 1/2% assumed  interest
rate.  Variable  payments are  affected  by the  assumed  interest rate  used in
calculating the annuity  option rates.  Variable annuity  benefit payments  will
increase   over  periods   when  the  actual   net  investment   result  of  the
Sub-Account(s) funding  the  annuity  exceeds  the  equivalent  of  the  assumed
interest  rate for the  period. Variable annuity  benefit payments will decrease
over periods when the actual net investment result of the respective Sub-Account
is less than the equivalent of the assumed interest rate for the period.
 
    The dollar amount of the first  periodic annuity benefit payment under  life
annuity options and non-commutable period certain options of 10 years or more is
determined  by multiplying (1)  the Accumulated Value  applied under that option
(after application of any Market Value Adjustment and less premium tax, if  any)
divided by $1,000, by (2) the applicable amount of the first monthly payment per
$1,000  of value. For  commutable period certain options  and any period certain
option of less than 10 years, the Surrender Value less premium taxes, if any, is
used rather than the Accumulated Value. The dollar amount of the first  variable
annuity  benefit payment is then divided by the  value of an Annuity Unit of the
selected Sub-Account(s) to determine the number of Annuity Units represented  by
the  first payment. This number of Annuity Units remains fixed under all annuity
options except  the  joint and  two-thirds  survivor annuity  option.  For  each
subsequent payment, the dollar amount of the variable annuity benefit payment is
determined  by multiplying this fixed number of Annuity Units by the value of an
Annuity unit on the applicable Valuation Date.
 
    After the first benefit payment, the dollar amount of each periodic variable
annuity benefit payment will vary with subsequent variations in the value of the
Annuity Unit of  the selected Sub-Account(s).  The dollar amount  of each  fixed
amount  annuity benefit payment is  fixed and will not  change, except under the
joint and two-thirds survivor annuity option.
 
    The Company may from time to time  offer its Contract Owners both fixed  and
variable  annuity rates more favorable than those contained in the Contract. Any
such rates will be applied uniformly to all Contract Owners of the same class.
 
   
    For an illustration of variable annuity benefit payment calculation using  a
hypothetical example, see "ANNUITY PAYMENTS" in the SAI.
    
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
                           GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS
 
    Due to certain exemptive and exclusionary provisions in the securities laws,
interests  in the Guarantee Period Accounts  and the Company's Fixed Account are
not registered as an investment company  under the provisions of the  Securities
Act of 1933 or the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, the staff of the
Commission  has not reviewed the disclosures  in this Prospectus relating to the
Guarantee Period  Accounts  or  the  Fixed  Account.  Nevertheless,  disclosures
regarding  the Guarantee Period  Accounts and the Fixed  Account of this annuity
Contract or any  benefits offered  under these accounts  may be  subject to  the
provisions  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  relating  to  the  accuracy  and
completeness of statements made in the Prospectus.
 
    Investment  Options.  In  most  jurisdictions,  there  are  currently   nine
Guarantee  Periods available under  this Contract with  durations of two, three,
four, five, six, seven, eight, nine and ten years. Each Guarantee Period Account
established for the Contract Owner is accounted for separately in a non-unitized
segregated account. Each Guarantee Period Account provides for the  accumulation
of  interest  at a  Guaranteed Interest  Rate. The  Guaranteed Interest  Rate on
amounts allocated or  transferred to  a Guarantee Period  Account is  determined
from  time-to-time by the Company in accordance with market conditions; however,
once an interest rate is in effect  for a Guarantee Period Account, the  Company
may  not change it during the duration of the Guarantee Period. In no event will
the Guaranteed Interest Rate be less than 3%.
 
    To the extent permitted by law, the  Company reserves the right at any  time
to  offer Guarantee  Periods with  durations that  differ from  those which were
available when  a  Contract was  initially  issued  and to  stop  accepting  new
allocations, transfers or renewals to a particular Guarantee Period.
 
   
    Contract  Owners may allocate net payments or make transfers from any of the
Sub-Accounts, the  Fixed Account  or  an existing  Guarantee Period  Account  to
establish  a new Guarantee Period Account at any time prior to the Annuity Date.
Transfers from a  Guarantee Period Account  on any  date other than  on the  day
following  the expiration of that  Guarantee Period will be  subject to a Market
Value Adjustment. The  Company establishes  a separate  investment account  each
time  the Contract  Owner allocates or  transfers amounts to  a Guarantee Period
Account except that amounts allocated to  the same Guarantee Period on the  same
day  will be treated  as one Guarantee  Period Account. The  minimum that may be
allocated to establish a Guarantee Period Account is $1,000. If less than $1,000
is allocated, the Company reserves the right  to apply that amount to the  Money
Market  Portfolio.  The  Contract  Owner  may allocate  amounts  to  any  of the
Guarantee Periods available.
    
 
   
    At least 45 days, but not more than 75 days prior to the end of a  Guarantee
Period,  the Company will notify the Contract Owner in writing of the expiration
of that  Guarantee Period.  At  the end  of a  Guarantee  Period the  Owner  may
transfer  amounts  to the  Sub-Accounts, the  Fixed Account  or establish  a new
Guarantee Period Account of any duration  then offered by the Company without  a
Market  Value Adjustment. If  reallocation instructions are  not received at the
Principal Office before the end of a Guarantee Period, the account value will be
automatically applied to a new Guarantee  Period Account with the same  duration
unless  (1) less than $1,000 would remain in the Guarantee Period Account on the
expiration date, or  (2) unless  the Guarantee  Period would  extend beyond  the
Annuity  Date or  is no  longer available. In  such cases,  the Guarantee Period
Account value will be transferred to  the Money Market Portfolio. Where  amounts
have  been automatically renewed in a new  Guarantee Period, it is the Company's
current practice to give the Owner an additional 30 days to transfer out of  the
Guarantee Period Account without application of a Market Value Adjustment.
    
 
    Market  Value  Adjustment. No  Market Value  Adjustment  will be  applied to
transfers, withdrawals, or a  surrender from a Guarantee  Period Account on  the
expiration  of  its  Guarantee Period.  In  addition, no  negative  Market Value
Adjustment will be applied to a  Death Benefit although a positive Market  Value
Adjustment, if any,
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
will  be applied to  increase the value of  the Death Benefit  when based on the
Contract's Accumulated Value.  See "Death  Benefit". A  Market Value  Adjustment
will  apply to all other transfers, withdrawals, or a surrender. Amounts applied
under an annuity option are treated  as withdrawals when calculating the  Market
Value  Adjustment. The Market Value Adjustment will be determined by multiplying
the amount taken  from each  Guarantee Period  Account before  deduction of  any
Surrender  Charge by the market  value factor. The market  value factor for each
Guarantee Period Account is equal to:
 
                             [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365 -1
 
where:
 
        i is the Guaranteed Interest Rate  expressed as a decimal (for  example:
          3% = 0.03) being credited to the current Guarantee Period;
 
        j is  the new  Guaranteed Interest Rate,  expressed as a  decimal, for a
          Guarantee Period  with  a  duration  equal  to  the  number  of  years
          remaining  in the current Guarantee Period, rounded to the next higher
          number of whole years. If that rate is not available, the Company will
          use a suitable rate or index  allowed by the Department of  Insurance;
          and
 
        n is  the number of days remaining  from the Effective Valuation Date to
          the end of the current Guarantee Period.
 
    If the  Guaranteed  Interest Rate  being  credited  is lower  than  the  new
Guaranteed  Interest  Rate,  the  Market  Value  Adjustment  will  decrease  the
Guarantee Period Account value. Similarly, if the Guaranteed Interest Rate being
credited is  higher than  the new  Guaranteed Interest  Rate, the  Market  Value
Adjustment  will increase the  Guarantee Period Account  value. The Market Value
Adjustment will never result  in a change  to the value  more than the  interest
earned  in excess  of the  Minimum Guarantee  Period Account  Interest Rate (see
Specifications page)  compounded  annually from  the  beginning of  the  current
Guarantee  Period. For  examples of how  the Market Value  Adjustment works, See
Appendix B.
 
   
    Program to  Protect  Principal  and Provide  Growth  Potential.  Under  this
feature,  the Owner elects a Guarantee Period  and one or more Sub-Accounts. The
Company will then  compute the proportion  of the initial  payment that must  be
allocated   to  the  Guarantee   Period  selected,  assuming   no  transfers  or
withdrawals, in order to ensure that on the last day of the Guarantee Period  it
will  equal the amount of  the entire initial payment.  The required amount will
then be allocated to the pre-selected  Guarantee Period Account and the  balance
of  the initial  payment will  be allocated  among the  other investment options
selected by the Owner as described in "A. Payments."
    
 
   
    Withdrawals. Prior  to  the  Annuity  Date,  the  Contract  Owner  may  make
withdrawals  of amounts held in the  Guarantee Period Accounts. Withdrawals from
these accounts will be made in the same manner and be subject to the same  rules
as  set forth  under "Withdrawals" and  "Surrender." In  addition, the following
provisions also  apply to  withdrawals from  a Guarantee  Period Account:  a)  a
Market  Value Adjustment  will apply  to all  withdrawals, including Withdrawals
Without Surrender Charge, unless made at the end of the Guarantee Period; and b)
the Company reserves  the right to  defer payments of  amounts withdrawn from  a
Guarantee  Period Account  for up to  six months  from the date  it receives the
withdrawal request.  If deferred  for 30  days  or more,  the Company  will  pay
interest on the amount deferred at a rate of at least 3%.
    
 
    In  the event that  a Market Value  Adjustment applies to  a withdrawal of a
portion of the value of a Guarantee Period Account, it will be calculated on the
amount  requested   and  deducted   or  added   to  the   amount  remaining   in
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
the Guarantee Period Account. If the entire amount in a Guarantee Period Account
is requested, the adjustment will be made to the amount payable. If a Contingent
Deferred  Sales Charge applies to  the withdrawal, it will  be calculated as set
forth under "Contingent Deferred Sales  Charge" after application of the  Market
Value Adjustment.
 
                           FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
    The  effect  of  federal  income  taxes  on  the  value  of  a  Contract, on
withdrawals or  surrenders, on  annuity benefit  payments, and  on the  economic
benefit  to the Contract Owner, Annuitant, or beneficiary depends upon a variety
of factors. The following discussion  is based upon the Company's  understanding
of  current federal income  tax laws as they  are interpreted as  of the date of
this  Prospectus.  No  representation  is  made  regarding  the  likelihood   of
continuation of current federal income tax laws or of current interpretations by
the Internal Revenue Service (IRS).
 
    It  should be recognized that the following discussion of federal income tax
aspects of amounts received under variable annuity Contracts is not  exhaustive,
does  not purport to cover  all situations and is not  intended as tax advice. A
qualified tax adviser should always be consulted with regard to the  application
of law to individual circumstances.
 
    The  Company  intends to  make a  charge  for any  effect which  the income,
assets, or existence of the Contracts, the Variable Account or the  Sub-Accounts
may have upon its tax. The Variable Account presently is not subject to tax, but
the  Company reserves the right to assess a charge for taxes should the Variable
Account at any time become subject to tax. Any charge for taxes will be assessed
on a fair  and equitable  basis in  order to  preserve equity  among classes  of
Contract  Owners  and  with respect  to  each  separate account  as  though that
separate account were a separate taxable entity.
 
   
    The Variable Account is considered a  part of and taxed with the  operations
of  the  Company.  The  Company  is taxed  as  a  life  insurance  company under
subchapter L of the Code. The Company  files a consolidated tax return with  its
affiliates.
    
 
    The  Internal  Revenue  Service  has  issued  regulations  relating  to  the
diversification requirements for  variable annuity and  variable life  insurance
contracts  under Section  817(h) of the  Code. The regulations  provide that the
investments of a segregated asset account underlying a variable annuity contract
are adequately diversified if  no more than  55% of the value  of its assets  is
represented  by any one investment, no more  than 70% by any two investments, no
more than  80% by  any three  investments,  and no  more than  90% by  any  four
investments.  If the investments are not adequately diversified, the income on a
contract, for  any taxable  year of  the  Contract Owner,  would be  treated  as
ordinary  income received  or accrued by  the Contract Owner.  It is anticipated
that the Portfolios will comply with the diversification requirements.
 
A.  Qualified and Non-Qualified Contracts.
 
    From a  federal  tax viewpoint  there  are  two types  of  variable  annuity
Contracts,  "qualified"  Contracts  and "non-qualified"  Contracts.  A qualified
Contract is one  that is purchased  in connection with  a retirement plan  which
meets  the requirements of Sections  401, 403, 408, or 457  of the Code, while a
non-qualified Contract is one  that is not purchased  in connection with one  of
the  indicated retirement  plans. The tax  treatment for  certain withdrawals or
surrenders will  vary  according to  whether  they  are made  from  a  qualified
Contract or a non-qualified Contract. For more information on the tax provisions
applicable to qualified Contracts, see Sections D through J, below.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
B.  Taxation of the Contracts in General.
 
    The  Company believes that the Contracts  described in this Prospectus will,
with certain exceptions  (see K  below), be considered  annuity contracts  under
Section 72 of the Code. This section provides for the taxation of annuities. The
following   discussion  concerns  annuities  subject   to  Section  72.  Section
72(e)(11)(A)(ii) requires  that  all non-qualified  deferred  annuity  contracts
issued  by the same insurance company to the same Contract Owner during the same
calendar  year  be  treated  as   a  single  contract  in  determining   taxable
distributions under Section 72(e).
 
    With  certain  exceptions,  any increase  in  the Accumulated  Value  of the
Contract is not taxable  to the Contract  Owner until it  is withdrawn from  the
Contract.  If the Contract is surrendered or  amounts are withdrawn prior to the
Annuity Date, withdrawal of any investment gain in value over the cost basis  of
the  Contract would be taxed as ordinary income. Under the current provisions of
the Code, amounts received under a  non-qualified Contract prior to the  Annuity
Date  (including  payments made  upon  the death  of  the Annuitant  or Contract
Owner), or as non-periodic payments after the Annuity Date, are generally  first
attributable  to  any  investment  gains  credited  to  the  Contract  over  the
taxpayer's basis  (if any)  in the  Contract. Such  amounts will  be treated  as
income subject to federal income taxation.
 
    A  10% penalty tax may  be imposed on the  withdrawal of investment gains if
the withdrawal is made prior to age 59 1/2. The penalty tax will not be  imposed
after  age 59 1/2, or if the withdrawal  follows the death of the Contract Owner
(or, if  the Contract  Owner is  not an  individual, the  death of  the  primary
Annuitant, as defined in the Code), or in the case of the "total disability" (as
defined  in the Code) of  the Owner. Furthermore, under  Section 72 of the Code,
this penalty  tax  will not  be  imposed, irrespective  of  age, if  the  amount
received  is one of a series of  "substantially equal" periodic payments made at
least annually for the life or life expectancy of the payee. This requirement is
met when the Contract Owner elects to have distributions made over the  Contract
Owner's life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of the Contract Owner
and  beneficiary. The requirement that the amount be paid out as one of a series
of "substantially  equal" periodic  payments is  met when  the number  of  units
withdrawn to make each distribution is substantially the same.
 
    In   a  Private  Letter  Ruling,  the  IRS  took  the  position  that  where
distributions from a variable annuity contract were determined by amortizing the
accumulated value of the contract over the taxpayer's remaining life  expectancy
(such  as under the Contract's life expectancy distribution ("LED") option), and
the option could be changed or terminated at any time, the distributions  failed
to  qualify as  part of  a "series of  substantially equal  payments" within the
meaning of Section 72 of the  Code. The distributions were therefore subject  to
the  10% federal penalty tax. This Private  Letter Ruling may be applicable to a
Contract Owner who  receives distributions  under the  LED option  prior to  age
59  1/2.  Subsequent  private  letter rulings,  however,  have  treated LED-type
withdrawal programs as effectively avoiding the 10% penalty tax. The position of
the IRS on this issue is unclear.
 
    If the Contract Owner transfers (assigns) the Contract to another individual
as a gift prior to the Annuity  Date, the Code provides that the Contract  Owner
will  incur taxable income at the time of the transfer. An exception is provided
for certain transfers between  spouses. The amount of  taxable income upon  such
taxable  transfer is equal to the excess, if  any, of the Surrender Value of the
Contract over the Contract Owner's cost basis  at the time of the transfer.  The
transfer  is also  subject to  federal gift  tax provisions.  Where the Contract
Owner and  Annuitant are  different  persons, the  change  of ownership  of  the
Contract  to the Annuitant on the Annuity  Date, as required under the Contract,
is a  gift and  will be  taxable to  the Contract  Owner as  such; however,  the
Contract  Owner will not incur taxable income. Instead, the Annuitant will incur
taxable income upon receipt of annuity benefit payments as discussed below.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    When annuity benefit payments are commenced under the Contract, generally  a
portion  of  each payment  may  be excluded  from  gross income.  The excludable
portion is generally determined by a formula that establishes the ratio that the
cost basis of the Contract bears to the expected return under the Contract.  The
portion  of  the payment  in  excess of  this  excludable amount  is  taxable as
ordinary income. Once all  cost basis in the  Contract is recovered, the  entire
payment  is taxable.  If the  Annuitant dies before  cost basis  is recovered, a
deduction for the difference is allowed on the Annuitant's final tax return.
 
C.  Tax Withholding and Penalties.
 
    The Code requires withholding with respect to payments or distributions from
nonqualified  contracts  and  IRAs,  unless  a  taxpayer  elects  not  to   have
withholding.  A 20% withholding  requirement applies to  distributions from most
other qualified contracts. In addition, the  Code requires reporting to the  IRS
of  the amount of income received with  respect to payment or distributions from
annuities.
 
    In certain situations,  the Code  provides for a  tax penalty  if, prior  to
death,  disability  or  attainment of  age  59  1/2, a  Contract  Owner  makes a
withdrawal or receives any amount under the Contract, unless the distribution is
in the form  of a life  annuity (including life  expectancy distributions).  The
penalty is 10% of the amount includible in income by the Contract Owner.
 
    The  tax treatment of certain withdrawals or surrenders of the non-qualified
Contracts offered by this Prospectus will  vary according to whether the  amount
withdrawn  or surrendered  is allocable  to an  investment in  the Contract made
before or after certain dates.
 
D.  Provisions Applicable to Qualified Employer Plans.
 
    The tax rules  applicable to  qualified employer  plans, as  defined by  the
Code,  vary according to  the type of plan  and the terms  and conditions of the
plan itself. Therefore, the  following is general information  about the use  of
the Contracts with various types of qualified plans. The rights of any person to
any  benefits  under such  qualified  plans will  be  subject to  the  terms and
conditions of  the  qualified  plans  themselves regardless  of  the  terms  and
conditions of the Contract.
 
    A  loan to a participant or  beneficiary from plans qualified under Sections
401 and  403 or  an  assignment or  pledge of  an  interest in  such a  plan  is
generally  treated as a distribution. This general  rule does not apply to loans
which contain certain  repayment terms  and do  not exceed  a specified  maximum
amount, as required under Section 72(p).
 
E.  Qualified Employee Pension and Profit Sharing Trusts and Qualified Annuity
Plans.
 
    When  an employee (including  a self-employed individual) or  one or more of
the employee's beneficiaries receives a "lump sum" distribution (a  distribution
from  a qualified plan described in Code  Section 401(a) within one taxable year
equal to the total amount payable with respect to such an employee) the  taxable
portion  of such distribution may qualify  for special treatment under a special
five-year income averaging provision of the Code. The employee must have had  at
least  5 years of  participation under the  plan, and the  lump sum distribution
must be made after the employee has attained age 59 1/2 or on account of his  or
her  death, separation from the employer's service  (in the case of a common-law
employee) or  disability  (in the  case  of a  self-employed  individual).  Such
treatment  can be  elected for  only one  taxable year  once the  individual has
reached age 59 1/2. An employee who  attained age 50 before January 1, 1986  may
elect  to  treat part  of  the taxable  portion  of a  lump-sum  distribution as
long-term capital  gains  and  may  also  elect  10-year  averaging  instead  of
five-year averaging.
 
    The Company can provide prototype plans for certain of the pension or profit
sharing  plans  for review  by  your legal  counsel.  For information,  ask your
financial representative.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
F.  Self-Employed Individuals
 
    The Self-Employed  Individuals  Tax  Retirement Act  of  1962,  as  amended,
frequently  referred  to  as  "H.R. 10",  allows  self-employed  individuals and
partners to establish qualified  pension and profit  sharing trusts and  annuity
plans to provide benefits for themselves and their employees.
 
    These  plans  generally  are  subject to  the  same  rules  and requirements
applicable to corporate qualified plans, with some special restrictions  imposed
on "owner-employees." An "owner-employee" is an employee who (1) owns the entire
interest  in an unincorporated trade  or business, or (2)  owns more than 10% of
either the capital interest or profits interest in a partnership.
 
G.  Individual Retirement Account Plans
 
    Any individual  who  earns  "compensation"  (as  defined  in  the  Code  and
including   alimony   payable  under   a  court   decree)  from   employment  or
self-employment, whether or not he or she is covered by another qualified  plan,
may  establish an Individual Retirement Account  or Annuity plan ("IRA") for the
accumulation  of  retirement  savings  on  a  tax-deferred  basis.  Income  from
investments  is not  included in  "compensation." The  assets of  an IRA  may be
invested in,  among  other things,  annuity  Contracts including  the  Contracts
offered by this Prospectus.
 
    Contributions  to the IRA may be made by  the individual or on behalf of the
individual by an employer. IRA contributions may be deductible up to the  lesser
of   (1)  $2,000  or  (2)  100%   of  compensation.  The  deduction  is  reduced
proportionately for adjusted gross income  between $40,000 and $50,000  (between
$25,000  and $35,000 for  unmarried taxpayers and  between $0 and  $10,000 for a
married taxpayer filing separately) if the taxpayer and his or her spouse file a
joint return  and either  is  an active  participant  in an  employer  sponsored
retirement plan.
 
   
    An  individual  and  a  working  spouse  each  may  have  an  IRA  with  the
above-described limit on each. For the 1996  tax year an individual with an  IRA
may  establish an additional IRA  for a non-working spouse  if they file a joint
return. Contributions to the two IRAs  together are deductible up to the  lesser
of  $2,250  or  100%  of  compensation. Effective  for  the  1997  tax  year and
thereafter,  an  individual  may  establish  a  spousal  IRA  if  the   spouse's
compensation  is less than  the individual's and  they file a  joint return. The
maximum contribution  to the  two  IRA's is  the lesser  of  $4,000 or  100%  of
combined income.
    
 
    No  deduction is allowed  for contributions made  for the year  in which the
individual attains age 70 1/2 and years thereafter. Contributions for that  year
and for years thereafter will result in certain adverse tax consequences.
 
    Non-deductible contributions may be made to IRAs until the year in which the
individual attains age 70 1/2. Although these contributions may not be deducted,
taxes  on their  earnings are deferred  until the earnings  are distributed. The
maximum permissible  non-deductible contribution  is  $2,000 for  an  individual
taxpayer  and $2,250  for a  taxpayer and  non-working spouse.  These limits are
reduced by the amount of any deductible contributions made by the taxpayer.
 
    Contributions may be made  with respect to a  particular year until the  due
date  of the individual's federal income tax return for that year, not including
extensions.  However,   for  reporting   purposes,  the   Company  will   regard
contributions  as being applicable to the year made unless it receives notice to
the contrary.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
    All annuity benefit payments  and other distributions under  an IRA will  be
taxed as ordinary income unless the owner has made non-deductible contributions.
In  addition, a minimum level of distributions  must begin no later than April 1
following the year in which  the individual attains age  70 1/2, and failure  to
make  adequate  distributions at  this time  may result  in certain  adverse tax
consequences to the individual.
 
    Distributions from all of an individual's IRAs are treated as if they were a
distribution from one IRA and all distributions during the same taxable year are
treated  as  if  they  were  one   distribution.  An  individual  who  makes   a
non-deductible  contribution to  an IRA or  receives a distribution  from an IRA
during the taxable year must provide certain information on the individual's tax
return to enable the IRS  to determine the proportion  of the IRA balance  which
represents   non-deductible  contributions.  If   the  required  information  is
provided, that  part of  the  amount withdrawn  which  is proportionate  to  the
individual's  aggregate non-deductible contributions  over the aggregate balance
of all of the individual's IRAs, is excludable from income.
 
    Distributions which  are  a  return of  a  non-deductible  contribution  are
non-taxable, as they represent a return of basis. If the required information is
not  provided to the IRS, distributions from an IRA to which both deductible and
non-deductible contributions have been made are presumed to be fully taxable.
 
H.  Simplified Employee Pensions.
 
    Employers may  establish Simplified  Employee Pensions  ("SEPs") under  Code
Section  408(k) if certain  requirements are met. A  SEP is an  IRA to which the
employer contributes  under  a written  formula.  Currently, a  SEP  may  accept
employer  contributions  each year  up  to $30,000  or  15% of  compensation (as
defined), whichever  is  less.  To  establish SEPs  the  employer  must  make  a
contribution  for every employee age 21 and  over who has performed services for
the employer for at least three of the five immediately preceding calendar years
and who has earned at least $300  for the year. SEP contributions for  employees
over age 70 1/2 are permissible.
 
    The employer's contribution is excluded from the employee's gross income for
the  taxable year for which it was made up to the $30,000/15% limit. In addition
to the  employer's  contribution,  the  employee  may  contribute  100%  of  the
employee's  earned income, up to $2,000, to the SEP, but such contributions will
be subject to  the rules described  above in "G.  Individual Retirement  Account
Plans."
 
    These  plans  are subject  to the  general employer's  deduction limitations
applicable to all corporate qualified plans.
 
I.  Public School Systems and Certain Tax-Exempt Organizations.
 
    Under the  provisions of  Section  403(b) of  the  Code, payments  made  for
annuity  Contracts purchased for employees under annuity plans adopted by public
school systems  and certain  organizations which  are tax  exempt under  Section
501(c)(3)  of the Code are excludable from the gross income of such employees to
the extent that the aggregate payments for such annuity Contracts in any year do
not exceed the maximum contribution permitted under the Code.
 
    A Contract qualifying  under Section 403(b)  of the Code  must provide  that
withdrawals   or   other   distributions   attributable   to   salary  reduction
contributions (including earnings  thereon) may  not begin  before the  employee
attains  age 59 1/2, separates  from service, dies, or  becomes disabled. In the
case of hardship  a Contract Owner  may withdraw amounts  contributed by  salary
reduction,  but not the earnings on such amounts. Even though a distribution may
be permitted under  these rules  (e.g., for  hardship or  after separation  from
service),  it may  nonetheless be subject  to a  10% penalty tax  as a premature
distribution, in  addition  to income  tax.  The distribution  restrictions  are
effective  for years beginning after December 31, 1988, but only with respect to
amounts that were not held under the Contract as of that date.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
J.  Texas Optional Retirement Program.
 
    Under a  Code  Section  403(b)  annuity  contract  issued  as  a  result  of
participation in the Texas Optional Retirement Program, distributions may not be
received   except  in  the  case  of  the  participant's  death,  retirement  or
termination of employment in the Texas public institutions of higher  education.
These  restrictions are imposed  by reason of  an opinion of  the Texas Attorney
General interpreting the Texas laws governing the Optional Retirement Program.
 
K.  Section 457 Plans for State Governments and Tax-Exempt Entities.
 
    Code Section  457  allows  employees  of  a  state,  one  of  its  political
subdivisions,   or  certain  tax-exempt  entities  to  participate  in  eligible
government deferred compensation plans. An eligible plan, by its terms, must not
allow deferral of  more than  $7,500 or 33  1/3% of  a participant's  includible
compensation  for the taxable  year, whichever is  less. Includible compensation
does not include  amounts excludable  under the  eligible deferred  compensation
plan  or  amounts  paid  into  a  Code  Section  403(b)  annuity.  The  amount a
participant may defer  must be reduced  dollar-for-dollar by elective  deferrals
under  a SEP, 401(k) plan or a  deductible employee contribution to a 501(c)(18)
plan.  Under  eligible   deferred  compensation  plans   the  state,   political
subdivision, or tax-exempt entity will be owner of the Contract.
 
    If  an employee also participates in another eligible plan or contributes to
a Code Section 403(b) annuity, a single limit of $7,500 will be applied for  all
plans.  Additionally,  the employee  must designate  how much  of the  $7,500 or
33 1/3% limitation will be allocated  among the various plans. Contributions  to
an eligible plan will serve to reduce the maximum exclusion allowance for a Code
Section 403(b) annuity. Amounts received by employees under such plans generally
are includible in gross income in the year of receipt.
 
L.  Non-individual Owners.
 
    Non-individual  Owners (e.g.,  a corporation) of  deferred annuity contracts
generally will be currently taxed on any increase in the cash surrender value of
the deferred annuity attributable to contributions made after February 28, 1986.
This rule does not apply to immediate annuities or to deferred annuities held by
a qualified pension plan, an IRA, a 403(b) plan, estates, employers with respect
to terminated pension plans, or  a nominee or agent  holding a contract for  the
benefit  of an individual.  Corporate-owned annuities may  result in exposure to
the alternative  minimum  tax,  to  the extent  that  income  on  the  annuities
increases the corporation's adjusted current earnings.
 
                                    REPORTS
 
    A  Contract  Owner  is  sent a  report  semi-annually  which  states certain
financial information about  the Portfolios.  The Company will  also furnish  an
annual  report  to the  Contract  Owner containing  a  statement of  his  or her
account, including unit values and  other information as required by  applicable
law, rules and regulations.
 
                        LOANS (QUALIFIED CONTRACTS ONLY)
 
    Loans  are available to owners of TSA contracts (i.e. contracts issued under
Section 403(b) of the  Internal Revenue Code) and  to contracts issued to  plans
qualified  under Sections 401(a)  and 401(k) of  the Code. Loans  are subject to
provisions of the Code  and to applicable qualified  retirement plan rules.  Tax
advisors  and  plan fiduciaries  should be  consulted  prior to  exercising loan
privileges.
 
    Loaned amounts will first  be withdrawn from  Sub-Account and Fixed  Account
values  on a pro-rata basis until  exhausted. Thereafter, any additional amounts
will be withdrawn from the Guarantee  Period Accounts (pro-rata by duration  and
LIFO  (last-in,  first-out) within  each  duration), subject  to  any applicable
Market Value
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
Adjustments. The  maximum loan  amount will  be determined  under the  Company's
maximum  loan formula. The minimum loan amount  is $1,000. Loans will be secured
by a  security  interest  in  the  contract and  the  amount  borrowed  will  be
transferred  to a loan asset account within the Company's General Account, where
it will accrue interest  at a specified rate  below the then-current loan  rate.
Generally, loans must be repaid within five years or less and repayments must be
made  quarterly and in substantially equal amounts. Repayments will be allocated
pro-rata in accordance with the most recent payment allocation, except that  any
allocations to a Guarantee Period Account will instead be allocated to the Money
Market Portfolio.
 
                  CHANGES IN OPERATION OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT
 
    The  Company reserves the  right, subject to  compliance with applicable law
and to the  provisions of the  Participation Agreements to  (1) transfer  assets
from  any Separate Account  or Sub-Account to another  of the Company's variable
accounts or Sub-Accounts  having assets of  the same class,  (2) to operate  the
variable account or any Sub-Account as a management investment company under the
1940  Act or in any other form permitted  by law, (3) to deregister the Variable
Account under the 1940 Act in accordance with the requirements of the 1940  Act,
(4)  to substitute the shares of any other registered investment company for the
Portfolio shares held by a Sub-Account,  in the event that Portfolio shares  are
unavailable for investment, or if the Company determines that further investment
in  such  Portfolio  shares is  inappropriate  in  view of  the  purpose  of the
Sub-Account, (5) to change  the methodology for  determining the net  investment
factor,  and  (6)  to  change  the  names of  the  Variable  Account  or  of the
Sub-Accounts. In  no event  will the  changes described  above be  made  without
notice to Contract Owners in accordance with the 1940 Act.
 
                                  DISTRIBUTION
 
    The  Contracts  offered  by the  Prospectus  may be  purchased  from certain
independent broker-dealers, including representatives of Allmerica  Investments,
Inc.  (the  Principal Underwriter)  which  are registered  under  the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and are  members of the National Association of  Securities
Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").
 
    The   Company  pays   commissions  not  to   exceed  6.0%   of  payments  to
broker-dealers which sell  the Contracts. Alternative  commission schedules  are
available  with lower initial commission amounts based on payments, plus ongoing
annual compensation of up to  1% of contract value.  To the extent permitted  by
NASD  rules, promotional  incentives or  payments may  also be  provided to such
broker-dealers based on sales volumes, the assumption of wholesaling  functions,
or  other  sales-related criteria.  Additional payments  may  be made  for other
services not  directly related  to  the sale  of  the Contracts,  including  the
recruitment and training of personnel, production of promotional literature, and
similar services.
 
    The Company intends to recoup commissions and other sales expenses through a
combination  of anticipated contingent  deferred sales charges  and profits from
the Company's  General Account.  Commissions paid  on the  Contracts,  including
additional  incentives or  payments, do not  result in any  additional charge to
Contract Owners  or  to the  Variable  Account. Any  contingent  deferred  sales
charges assessed on a Contract will be retained by the Company.
 
    Contract  Owners may direct any  inquiries to their financial representative
or to Allmerica Investments, Inc., 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester,  Massachusetts
01653, 800-782-8380.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    There  are no legal proceedings  pending to which the  Variable Account is a
party.
 
                              FURTHER INFORMATION
 
    A Registration Statement under the Securities  Act of 1933 relating to  this
offering  has been  filed with the  Securities and  Exchange Commission. Certain
portions of the Registration Statement and amendments have been omitted in  this
Prospectus  pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Commission. The omitted
information  may  be  obtained  from   the  Commission's  principal  office   in
Washington, D.C., upon payment of the Commission's prescribed fees.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX A
                    MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FIXED ACCOUNT
 
    Because  of exemption  and exclusionary  provisions in  the securities laws,
interests in the Fixed Account are not generally subject to regulation under the
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 or the Investment Company Act of  1940.
Disclosures  regarding the fixed  portion of the annuity  contract and the Fixed
Account may  be  subject  to  the  provisions of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933
concerning  the accuracy and completeness of  statements made in the Prospectus.
The disclosures in this APPENDIX A have not been reviewed by the Securities  and
Exchange Commission.
 
    The  Fixed Account is  made up of all  of the general  assets of the Company
other than those  allocated to the  separate account. Allocations  to the  Fixed
Account  become  part of  the  assets of  the Company  and  are used  to support
insurance and  annuity obligations.  A portion  or all  of net  payments may  be
allocated  to accumulate at a fixed rate  of interest in the Fixed Account. Such
net amounts are guaranteed by the Company as to principal and a minimum rate  of
interest.  Under the  Contracts, the minimum  interest which may  be credited on
amounts allocated to  the Fixed  Account is 3%  compounded annually.  Additional
"Excess  Interest" may  or may  not be  credited at  the sole  discretion of the
Company.
 
    If a Contract is surrendered, or if an Excess Amount is withdrawn, while the
Contract is in force  and before the Annuity  Date, a contingent deferred  sales
charge  is imposed if such event occurs  before the payments attributable to the
surrender or withdrawal have  been credited to the  Contract less than six  full
contract years.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX B
               SURRENDER CHARGES AND THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
 
PART 1: SURRENDER CHARGES
 
    Full  Surrender -- Assume a Payment of $50,000  is made on the Date of Issue
and no additional Payments  are made. Assume there  are no withdrawals and  that
the  free withdrawal amount  is equal to  15% of the  current Account Value. The
table below presents  examples of  the surrender  charge resulting  from a  full
surrender  of the  Contract Owner's  Account, based  on Hypothetical Accumulated
Values.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           Hypothetical       Free         Surrender
 Account    Accumulated    Withdrawal       Charge       Surrender
  Year         Value         Amount       Percentage       Charge
- ---------  -------------  ------------  ---------------  ----------
 
<S>        <C>            <C>           <C>              <C>
        1     54,000.00       8,100.00            7%       3,213.00
        2     58,320.00       8,748.00            6%       2,974.32
        3     62,985.60       9,447.84            5%       2,500.00
        4     68,024.45      10,203.67            4%       2,000.00
        5     73,466.40      11,019.96            3%       1,500.00
        6     79,343.72      11,901.56            2%       1,000.00
        7     85,691.21      12,853.68            0%           0.00
</TABLE>
 
    Withdrawal -- Assume a Payment of $50,000  is made on the Date of Issue  and
no additional Payments are made. Assume that the free withdrawal amount is equal
to 15% of the current Account Value and there are withdrawals as detailed below.
The  table  below  presents  examples of  the  surrender  charge  resulting from
withdrawals from the Contract Owner's Account, based on Hypothetical Accumulated
Values.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           Hypothetical                     Free         Surrender
 Account    Accumulated                  Withdrawal       Charge        Surrender
  Year         Value       Withdrawal      Amount       Percentage       Charge
- ---------  -------------  ------------  ------------  ---------------  -----------
<S>        <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>              <C>
        1     54,000.00           0.00      8,100.00            7%           0.00
        2     58,320.00           0.00      8,748.00            6%           0.00
        3     62,985.60           0.00      9,447.84            5%           0.00
        4     68,024.45      30,000.00     10,203.67            4%         791.85
        5     41,066.40      10,000.00      6,159.96            3%         115.20
        6     33,551.72       5,000.00      5,032.76            2%           0.00
        7     30,835.85      10,000.00      4,625.38            0%           0.00
</TABLE>
 
PART 2: MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
 
The market value factor is:                   [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365-1
 
The following examples assume:
 
        1. The Payment was allocated to a ten year Guarantee Period Account with
           a guaranteed interest rate of 8%.
        2. The date of surrender is seven years (2555 days) from the  expiration
           date.
        3. The  value of the Guarantee Period  Account is equal to $62,985.60 at
           the end of three years.
        4. No transfers or withdrawals  affecting this Guarantee Period  Account
           have been made.
        5. Surrender charges, if any, are calculated in the same manner as shown
           in the examples in Part 1.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
Negative Market Value Adjustment (Uncapped)
 
Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (j) is 10.00% or 0.10
 
<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>
The market value factor       =  [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365-1
                              =  [(1+.08)/(1+.10)]2555/365-1
                              =  (.98182)7-1
                              =  -.12054
The market value adjustment   =  the market value factor multiplied by the withdrawal
                              =  -.12054X$62,985.60
                              =  -$7,592.11
</TABLE>
 
Positive Market Value Adjustment (Uncapped)
 
Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (j) is 7.00% or 0.07
 
<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>
The market value factor       =  [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365-1
                              =  [(1+.08)/(1+.07)]2555/365-1
                              =  (1.0093)7-1
                              =  .06694
The market value adjustment   =  the market value factor multiplied by the withdrawal
                              =  .06694X$62,985.60
                              =  $4,216.26
</TABLE>
 
Negative Market Value Adjustment (Capped)
 
Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (j) is 11.00% or 0.11
 
<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>
The market value factor       =  [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365-1
                              =  [(1+.08)/(1+.11)]2555/365-1
                              =  (.97297)7-1
                              =  -.17454
The market value adjustment   =  Minimum of the market value factor multiplied by the withdrawal or
                                 the negative of the excess interest earned over 3%
                              =  Minimum of (-.17454*$62,985.60 or -$8,349.25)
                              =  Minimum of (-$10,993.51 or -$8,349.25)
                              =  -$8,349.25
</TABLE>
 
Positive Market Value Adjustment (Capped)
 
Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (j) is 6.00% or 0.06
 
<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>
The market value factor       =  [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365-1
                              =  [(1+.08)/(1+.06)]2555/365-1
                              =  (1.01887)7-1
                              =  .13981
The market value adjustment   =  Minimum of the market value factor multiplied by the withdrawal or
                                 the excess interest earned over 3%
                              =  Minimum of (.13981X$62,985.60 or $8,349.25)
                              =  Minimum of ($8,806.02 or $8,349.25)
                              =  $8,349.25
</TABLE>
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX C
                               THE DEATH BENEFIT
 
PART 1: DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT -- WITHOUT ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER
Death Benefit Assuming No Withdrawals
 
Assume  a Payment  of $50,000  is made on  the Date  of Issue  and no additional
Payments are made.  Assume there are  no withdrawals. The  table below  presents
examples of the Death Benefit based on the Hypothetical Accumulated Value.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Hypothetical
           Hypothetical      Market                                                Hypothetical
            Accumulated       Value         Death         Death         Death         Death
  Year         Value       Adjustment    Benefit (a)   Benefit (b)   Benefit (c)     Benefit
- ---------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
 
<S>        <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
        1     53,000.00          0.00       53,000.00     50,000.00     50,000.00     53,000.00
        2     53,530.00        500.00       54,030.00     50,000.00     53,000.00     54,030.00
        3     58,883.00          0.00       58,883.00     50,000.00     54,030.00     58,883.00
        4     52,994.70        500.00       53,494.70     50,000.00     58,883.00     58,883.00
        5     58,294.17          0.00       58,294.17     50,000.00     58,883.00     58,883.00
        6     64,123.59        500.00       64,623.59     50,000.00     58,883.00     64,623.59
        7     70,535.95          0.00       70,535.95     50,000.00     64,623.59     70,535.95
        8     77,589.54        500.00       78,089.54     50,000.00     70,535.95     78,089.54
        9     85,348.49          0.00       85,348.49     50,000.00     78,089.54     85,348.49
       10     93,883.34          0.00       93,883.34     50,000.00     85,348.49     93,883.34
</TABLE>
 
Death  Benefit (a)  is the  Accumulated Value  increased by  any positive Market
Value Adjustment.
 
Death Benefit  (b) is  the  gross payments  reduced proportionately  to  reflect
withdrawals.
 
Death  Benefit (c) is the death benefit that would have been payable on the most
recent contact  anniversary, increased  for subsequent  payments, and  decreased
proportionately for subsequent withdrawals.
 
The  Hypothetical Death Benefit is equal to  the greatest of Death Benefits (a),
(b), or (c).
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
PART 2: DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT -- WITHOUT ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER
Death Benefit Assuming Withdrawals
 
Assume a $50,000 payment is made on the Date of Issue and no additional Payments
are made. Assume there are withdrawals as detailed in the table below. The table
below  presents  examples  of  the  Death  Benefit  based  on  the  Hypothetical
Accumulated Values.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Hypothetical
           Hypothetical                    Market                                                Hypothetical
            Accumulated     Partial         Value         Death         Death         Death         Death
  Year         Value       Withdrawal    Adjustment    Benefit (a)   Benefit (b)   Benefit (c)     Benefit
- ---------  -------------  ------------  -------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>        <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
        1     53,000.00           0.00         0.00       53,000.00     50,000.00     50,000.00     53,000.00
        2     53,530.00           0.00       500.00       54,030.00     50,000.00     53,000.00     54,030.00
        3      3,883.00      50,000.00         0.00        3,883.00      3,297.22      3,562.97      3,887.00
        4      3,494.70           0.00       500.00        3,994.70      3,297.22      3,883.00      3,994.70
        5      3,844.17           0.00         0.00        3,844.17      3,297.22      3,994.70      3,994.70
        6      4,228.59           0.00       500.00        4,728.59      3,297.22      3,994.70      4,728.59
        7      4,651.45           0.00         0.00        4,651.45      3,297.22      4,728.59      4,728.59
        8      5,116.59           0.00       500.00        5,616.59      3,297.22      4,728.59      5,616.59
        9      5,628.25           0.00         0.00        5,628.25      3,297.22      5,616.59      5,628.25
       10        691.07       5,000.00         0.00          691.07        368.05        628.25        691.07
</TABLE>
 
Death  Benefit (a)  is the  Accumulated Value  increased by  any positive Market
Value Adjustment.
 
Death Benefit  (b) is  the  gross payments  reduced proportionately  to  reflect
withdrawals.
 
Death  Benefit (c) is the death benefit that would have been payable on the most
recent contract anniversary,  increased for subsequent  payments, and  decreased
proportionately for subsequent withdrawals.
 
The  Hypothetical Death Benefit is equal to  the greatest of Death Benefits (a),
(b), or (c).
 
Death of Owner Who Is Not the Annuitant
 
Assume a payment  of $50,000  is made  on the Date  of Issue  and no  additional
Payments  are made. Assume there  are no withdrawals and  that the Death Benefit
Effective Annual Yield is equal to 5%. The table below presents examples of  the
Death Benefit based on the Hypothetical Accumulated Values.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Hypothetical
           Hypothetical      Market      Hypothetical
            Accumulated       Value         Death
  Year         Value       Adjustment      Benefit
- ---------  -------------  -------------  ------------
<S>        <C>            <C>            <C>
        1     53,000.00          0.00       53,000.00
        2     53,530.00        500.00       54,030.00
        3     58,883.00          0.00       58,883.00
        4     52,994.70        500.00       53,494.70
        5     58,294.17          0.00       58,294.17
        6     64,123.59        500.00       64,623.59
        7     70,535.95          0.00       70,535.95
        8     77,589.54        500.00       78,089.54
        9     85,348.49          0.00       85,348.49
       10     93,883.34          0.00       93,883.34
</TABLE>
 
The  Hypothetical  Death  Benefit  is the  Accumulated  Value  increased  by any
positive Market Value Adjustment.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>

                   FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                         STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                         FOR

 FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE AND FIXED ANNUITY CONTRACTS FUNDED THROUGH

                                   SUB-ACCOUNTS OF


                                 SEPARATE ACCOUNT KGC


   
THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NOT A PROSPECTUS.  IT SHOULD BE 
READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROSPECTUS FOR THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT DATED
DECEMBER __, 1996, ("THE PROSPECTUS").  THE PROSPECTUS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM
ALLMERICA INVESTMENTS, INC., 440 LINCOLN STREET, WORCESTER, MASSACHUSETTS 01653,
(800) 782-8380.
    

   
                               DATED DECEMBER __, 1996
    

<PAGE>

                         STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

TAXATION OF THE CONTRACT, THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND THE
COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

SERVICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

UNDERWRITERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

ANNUITY PAYMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

TAX-DEFERRED ACCUMULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7


                           GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY

Separate Account KGC ("Variable Account") is a separate investment account of 
First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company ("Company") authorized by 
vote of the Board of Directors on June 13, 1996.  Its Principal Office is 
located at 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts 01653, Telephone 
508-855-1000.  The Company is subject to the laws of the Commonwealth of 
Massachusetts governing insurance companies and to regulation by the 
Commissioner of Insurance of Massachusetts.  In addition, the Company is 
subject to the insurance laws and regulations of other states and 
jurisdictions in which it is licensed to operate.  On October 13, 1995, the 
Company converted from a mutual life insurance company to a stock life 
insurance company and adopted its present name. At that time the Company also 
became a wholly-owbed subsidiary of Allmerica Financial Corporation, 440 
Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts 01653.

As of  December 31, 1995 the Company and its subsidiaries had over 
$11 billion in combined assets and over $35.2 billion in life insurance in 
force.

Each Sub-Account invests in a corresponding investment  portfolio of  Kemper
Investors Fund ("the Fund"), a series type mutual fund registered with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") as an open-end, diversified
management investment company.  Currently, 14 Sub-Accounts of the Variable
Account are available under the Contracts.  The Money Market Portfolio, Total
Return Portfolio, High Yield Portfolio, Growth Portfolio, Government Securities
Portfolio, International Portfolio, Small Cap Growth Portfolio, Investment Grade
Bond Portfolio, Value Portfolio, Small Cap Value Portfolio, Value+Growth
Portfolio, Horizon 20+Portfolio, Horizon 10+Portfolio, and Horizon 5 Portfolio.
Each Portfolio available under the Contracts has its own investment objectives
and certain attendant risks.

                          TAXATION OF THE CONTRACT, VARIABLE
                               ACCOUNT AND THE COMPANY

The Company currently imposes no charge for taxes payable in connection with the
Contract, other than for state and local


                                         -2-
<PAGE>

premium taxes and similar assessments when applicable.  The Company reserves the
right to impose a charge for any other taxes that may become payable in the
future in connection with the Contracts or the Variable Account.

The Variable Account is considered to be a part of and taxed with the 
operations of the Company.  The Company is taxed as a life insurance company 
under subchapter L of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code") and files a 
consolidated tax return with its parent and affiliated companies.

The Company reserves the right to make a charge for any effect which the income,
assets, or existence of Contracts or the Variable Account may have upon its tax.
Such charge for taxes, if any, will be assessed on a fair and equitable basis in
order to preserve equity among classes of Contract Owners.  The Variable Account
presently is not subject to tax.

                                       SERVICES

CUSTODIAN OF SECURITIES.  The Company serves as custodian of the assets of the
Variable Account.  Trust shares owned by the Sub-Accounts are held on an open
account basis.  A Sub-Account's ownership of  Trust shares is reflected on the
records of the Trust and not represented by any transferable stock certificates.

EXPERTS.  The financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 1995 and
1994 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995,
included in this Statement of Additional Information constituting part of the
Registration Statement, have been so included in reliance on the report of Price
Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as
experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of the Company included herein should be considered
only as bearing on the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the
Contracts.

                                     UNDERWRITERS

Allmerica Investments, Inc., ("Allmerica Investments, Inc.") a registered 
broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a member of the 
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (NASD), serves as principal 
underwriter for the Contracts pursuant to a contract with the Company and the 
Separate Account.  Allmerica Investments distributes the Contracts on a best 
efforts basis.  Allmerica Investments, 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, 
Massachusetts 01653 was organized in 1969 as a wholly-owned subsidiary of 
First  Allmerica and is an  indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of First 
Allmerica.

The Contracts offered by this Prospectus are offered continuously and may be
purchased from certain independent broker-dealers which are NASD members and
whose representatives are authorized by applicable law to sell variable annuity
contracts.

All persons selling contracts are required to be licensed by their respective
state insurance authorities for the sale of variable annuity contracts. The
Company pays commissions not to exceed 6.0% of purchase payments to entities
which sell the Contracts.  To the extent permitted by NASD rules, promotional
incentives or payments may also be provided to such entities based on sales
volumes, the assumption of wholesaling functions, or other sales-related
criteria.  Additional payments may be made for other services not directly
related to the sale of the Contracts, including the recruitment and training of
personnel, production of promotional literature, and similar services.
Commissions paid on the Contracts, including additional incentives or payments,
do not result in any additional charge to Contract Owners or to the Variable
Account.



                                         -3-
<PAGE>

Commissions are paid by The Company and do not result in any charge to Contract
Owners or to the Variable Account in addition to the charges described under
"CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS" in the Prospectus.  The Company intends to recoup the
commission and other sales expense through a combination of anticipated
surrender, withdrawal, and/or annuitization charges, profits from The Company's
general account, including the investment earnings on amounts allocated to
accumulate on a fixed basis in excess of the interest credited on fixed
accumulations by The Company, and the profit, if any, from the mortality and
expense risk charge.

                                   ANNUITY PAYMENTS

The method by which the Accumulated Value under the Contract is determined is
described in detail under "COMPUTATION OF CONTRACT VALUES AND ANNUITY PAYMENTS"
in the Prospectus.

ILLUSTRATION OF ACCUMULATION UNIT CALCULATION USING HYPOTHETICAL EXAMPLE.  
The Accumulation Unit calculation for a daily Valuation Period may be 
illustrated by the following hypothetical example:  Assume that the Net 
Assets of a portfolio share held in a Sub-Account at the end of a one-day 
Valuation Period were $1.135000; that the Net Asset Value on the previous 
date was $1.132000; that the value of an Accumulation Unit on the previous 
date was $1.117500; and that during the Valuation Period, the dividends and 
capital gain distributions were $0.000335 per share. The Accumulation Unit 
Value at the end of the current Valuation Period would be calculated as 
follows:

   
(1) Accumulation Unit Value - Previous Valuation Period. . . . . . .$1.117500

(2) Net Asset Value - Previous Valuation Period. . . . . . . . . . .$1.132000

(3) Net Asset Value - Current Valuation Period . . . . . . . . . . .$1.135000

(4) Dividends and capital gain distributions . . . . . . . . . . . .$0.000335

(5) Annual Charge (one day equivalent of 1.10% per annum). . . . . . 0.000030

(6) Net Investment Factor {[(3) + (4)] DIVIDED BY (2)} - (5) . . . . 1.002917

(8) Accumulation Unit Value - Current Valuation Period (1)X(6) . . .$1.120760
    

The method for determining the amount of annuity payments is described in detail
under "COMPUTATION OF CONTRACT VALUES AND ANNUITY PAYMENTS" in the Prospectus.


ILLUSTRATION OF VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENT CALCULATION USING HYPOTHETICAL EXAMPLE.
The determination of the Annuity Unit value and the variable annuity payment may
be illustrated by the following hypothetical example:  Assume an Annuitant has
40,000 Accumulation Units in a Variable Account, and that the value of an
Accumulation Unit on the Valuation Date used to determine the amount of the
first variable annuity payment is $1.120000.  Therefore, the Accumulation Value
of the Contract is $44,800 (40,000 x $1.120000).  Assume also that the Contract
Owner elects an option for which the first monthly payment is $6.57 per $1,000
of Accumulated Value applied.  Assuming no premium tax or contingent deferred
sales charge, the first monthly payment would be 44.800 multiplied by $6.57, or
$294.34.

Next, assume that the Annuity Unit value for the assumed rate of 3-1/2% per
annum for the Valuation Date as of which the first payment was calculated was
$1.100000.  Annuity Unit values will not be the same as Accumulation Unit values
because


                                         -4-
<PAGE>

the former reflect the 3-1/2% assumed interest rate used in the annuity rate
calculations.  When the Annuity Unit value of $1.100000 is divided into the
first monthly payment the number of Annuity Units represented by that payment is
determined to be 267.5818.  The value of this same number of Annuity Units will
be paid in each subsequent month under most options.  Assume further that the
net investment factor for the Valuation Period applicable to the next annuity
payment is 1.000190.  Multiplying this factor by .999906 (the one-day adjustment
factor for the assumed interest rate of 3-1/2% per annum) produces a factor of
1.000096.  This is then multiplied by the Annuity Unit value on the immediately
preceding Valuation Date (assumed here to be $1.105000).  The result is an
Annuity Unit value of $1.105106 for the current monthly payment.  The current
monthly payment is then determined by multiplying the number of Annuity Units by
the current Annuity Unit value, or 267.5818 times $1.105106, which produces a
current monthly payment of $295.71.

Method for Determining Variable Annuity Option V Redemption and Illustration 
Using Hypothetical Example.  As discussed in the Prospectus under 
"DESCRIPTION OF VARIABLE ANNUITY OPTIONS," the Annuitant, or the beneficiary 
if the Annuitant has died, may choose at any time to withdraw the Contract 
and receive its commuted value.  Commuted value is the present value of 
remaining payments commuted at 3 1/2% interest.  However, if the annuitant 
elects the withdrawal, the remaining payments are deemed to be the remaining 
payments that would have been payable had the Surrender Value, rather than 
the Accumulation Value, been applied at the Annuity Date.  The determination 
of the commuted value upon redemption by an Annuitant may be illustrated by 
the following hypothetical example.

Assume an annuity period of 10 years or longer is elected.  The number of
Annuity Units each payment is based on would be calculated using the Accumulated
Value.  Assume this results in 267.5818 Annuity Units.  Assume the commuted
value is requested with 60 monthly payments remaining and a current Annuity Unit
Value of $1.200000.  Based on these assumptions, the dollar amount of remaining
payments would be $321.10 a month for 60 months.  If the commuted value was
requested by a beneficiary, the value would be based on the present value at 3
1/2% interest of this stream of annuity payments.  The commuted value would be
$17,725.49.  However, if the commuted value is requested by an Annuitant, the
value is calculated as if the Surrender Value, not the Accumulated Value, had
been used to calculate the number of Annuity units.  Assume this results in 250
Annuity units.  Based on these assumptions, the dollar amount of remaining
payments would be $300 a month for 60 months.  The present value at 3 1/2% of
all remaining payments would be $16,560.72.

                               PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

Performance information for a Sub-Account may be compared, in reports and
promotional literature, to certain indices described in the prospectus under
"PERFORMANCE INFORMATION."  In addition, The Company may provide advertising,
sales literature, periodic publications or other materials information on
various topics of interest to Contract owners and prospective Contract owners.
These topics may include the relationship between sectors of the economy and the
economy as a whole and its effect on various securities markets, investment
strategies and techniques (such as value investing, market timing, dollar cost
averaging, asset allocation, constant ratio transfer and account rebalancing),
the advantages and disadvantages of investing in tax-deferred and taxable
investments, customer profiles and hypothetical purchase and investment
scenarios, financial management and tax and retirement planning, and investment
alternatives to certificates of deposit and other financial instruments,
including comparisons between the Contracts and the characteristics of and
market for such financial instruments.

 TOTAL RETURN

"Total Return" refers to the total of the income generated by an investment in a
Sub-Account and of the changes of value of the principal invested (due to
realized and unrealized capital gains or losses) for a specified period, reduced
by the Sub-Accounts asset charge and any applicable contingent deferred sales
charge which would be assessed upon complete redemption of the investment.

Total Return figures are calculated by standardized methods prescribed by rules
of the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The quotations are computed by
finding the average annual compounded rates of return over the specified periods
that would equate the initial amount invested to the ending redeemable values,
according to the following formula:

            n
    P(1 + T)  = ERV

                                         -5-
<PAGE>

Where:   P = a hypothetical initial payment to the Variable Account of $1,000

         T = average annual total return

         n = number of years

       ERV = the ending redeemable value of the $1,000 payment at the end of
              the specified period

   
The calculation of Total Return includes the annual charges against the asset of
the Sub-Account.  This charge is 1.10% on an annual basis.  The calculation of
ending redeemable value assumes (1) the policy was issued at the beginning of
the period and (2) a complete surrender of the policy at the end of the period.
The deduction of the contingent deferred sales charge, if any, applicable at the
end of the period is included in the calculation, according to the following
schedule:
    

         Years from date of        Charge as Percentage of
         Payment                   New Payments Withdrawn*
         ------------------        -----------------------

              Less than 1                   7%
                   2                        6%
                   3                        5%
                   4                        4%
                   5                        3%
                   6                        2%
                   7                        0%
                   Thereafter               0%


*Subject to the maximum limit described in the prospectus.

No contingent deferred sales charge is deducted upon expiration of the 
periods specified above.  In all calendar years, an amount equal to (a) 15% 
of the Accumulated Value; or (b) cumulative earnings (Accumulated Value less 
total gross payments not previously withdrawn) is not subject to the 
contingent deferred sales charge.

The calculations of Total Return reflect the deduction of an 0.88 Annual 
Contract Fee, representing a pro-rata portion of the $35 Annual Contract Fee 
base on a mean Contract size of $40,000.

SUPPLEMENTAL TOTAL RETURN INFORMATION

The Supplemental Total Return information in this section refers to the total of
the income generated by an investment in a Sub-Account and of the changes of
value of the principal invested (due to realized and unrealized capital gains or
losses) for a specified period reduced by the Sub-Account's asset charges.
However, it is assumed that the investment is NOT withdrawn at the end of each
period.

The quotations of Supplemental Total Return are computed by finding the average
annual compounded rates of return over the specified periods that would equate
the initial amount invested to the ending values, according to the following
formula:

                 n
         P(1 + T)  = EV

Where:   P = a hypothetical initial payment to the Variable Account of $1,000

              T = average annual total return

              n = number of years

              EV = the ending value of the $1,000 payment at the end of the
                   specified period



                                         -6-
<PAGE>

   
The calculation of Supplemental Total Return reflects the 1.10% annual charge
against the assets of the Sub-Accounts.  The ending value assumes that the
policy is NOT withdrawn at the end of the specified period, and there is
therefore no adjustment for the contingent deferred sales charge that would be
applicable if the policy was withdrawn at the end of the period.
    

The calculations of Supplemental Total Return include the deduction of  an 
0.88 Annual Contract Fee, representing a pro-rata portion of the $35 Annual 
Contract Fee base on a mean Contract size of $40,000.

YIELD AND EFFECTIVE YIELD - MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT

Set forth below is yield and effective yield information for the Money Market
Sub-Account for the seven-day period ended December 31, 1995:

                                            Yield            4.22%
                                            Effective Yield  4.31%

   
The yield and effective yield figures are calculated by standardized methods
prescribed by rules of the SEC.  Under those methods, the yield quotation is
computed by determining the net change (exclusive of capital changes) in the
value of a hypothetical pre-existing account having a balance of one
accumulation unit of the Sub-Account at the beginning of the period, subtracting
a charge reflecting the annual 1.10% deduction for mortality and expense risk
and the administrative charge, dividing the difference by the value of the
account at the beginning of the same period to obtain the base period return,
and then multiplying the return for a seven-day base period by (365/7), with the
resulting yield carried to the nearest hundredth of one percent.
    


The Money Market Sub-Account computes effective yield by compounding the
unannualized base period return by using the formula:

                                                    (365/7)
         Effective Yield = [(base period return + 1)       ] - 1

The calculations of yield and effective yield do NOT reflect the $35 Annual
Contract fee.

                              TAX-DEFERRED ACCUMULATION

                        NON-QUALIFIED               CONVENTIONAL
                      ANNUITY CONTRACT              SAVINGS PLAN
                   After-tax contributions
                  and tax-deferred earnings
                ----------------------------
                                Taxable Lump   After-tax contributions
               No Withdrawals  Sum Withdrawal    and taxable earnings
               --------------  --------------  -----------------------
10 Years.....     $107,946        $ 86,448            $ 81,693
20 Years.....      233,048         165,137             133,476
30 Years.....      503,133         335,021             218,082

This chart compares the accumulation of a $50,000 initial investment into a 
non-qualified annuity contract and a conventional savings plan. Contributions 
to the non-qualified annuity contract and the conventional savings plan are 
made after-tax. Only the gain in the non-qualified annuity contract will be 
subject to income tax in a taxable lump sum withdrawal. The chart assumes a 
37.1% federal marginal tax rate and an 8% annual return. The 37.1% federal 
marginal tax is based on a marginal tax rate of 36%, representative of the 
target market, adjusted to reflect a decrease of $3 of itemized deductions 
for each $100 of income over $117,950. Tax rates are subject to change as is 
the tax-deferred treatment of the Contracts. Income on non-qualified annuity 
contracts is taxed as ordinary income upon withdrawal. A 10% tax penalty may 
apply to early withdrawals. See "Federal Income Taxes" in the prospectus.


   
The chart does not reflect the following charges and expenses under the 
contract: 0.95% for mortality and expense risk; 0.15% administration charges; 
7% maximum deferred withdrawal charge; and $35 annual records maintenance 
charge. The tax-deferred accumulation would be reduced if these charges were 
reflected. No implication is intended by the use of these assumptions that 
the return shown is guaranteed in any way or that the return shown represents 
an average or expected rate of return over the period of the Contracts. 
[IMPORTANT - THIS IS NOT AN ILLUSTRATION OF YIELD OR RETURN.]
    

Unlike savings plans, contributions to non-qualified annuity contracts 
provide tax-deferred treatment on earnings. In addition, contributions to 
tax-deferred retirement annuities are not subject to current tax in the year 
of contribution. When monies are received from a non-qualified annuity 
contract (and you have many different options on how you receive your funds), 
they are subject to income tax. At the time of receipt, if the person 
receiving the monies is retired, not working or has additional tax 
exemptions, these monies may be taxed at a lesser rate.

                                 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial Statements are included for First Allmerica Financial Life 
Insurance Company.  Financial Statements for Separate Account KGC are not 
included as the Variable Account has not begun operations.

                                         -7-

<PAGE>

















FIRST ALLMERICA
FINANCIAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY



FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1995

<PAGE>

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of 
First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
 (formerly known as State Mutual Life Assurance Company of America)

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related 
consolidated statements of income, of shareholder's equity, and of cash flows 
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of First 
Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company and its subsidiaries at December 
31, 1995 and 1994, and the results of their operations and their cash flows 
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, in 
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial 
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based 
on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with 
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform 
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on 
a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the 
financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and 
significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall 
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a 
reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.

As discussed in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial 
statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for investments 
(Notes 1 and 3) and postemployment benefits (Notes 11) in 1994 and for 
postretirement benefits (Note 10) in 1993.

/s/ Price Waterhouse LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 5, 1996


<PAGE>

FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(a wholly owned subsidiary of Allmerica Financial Corporation)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31 
(In millions, except per share data)                                  1995           1994           1993
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>            <C>
REVENUES
  Premiums                                                       $ 2,222.8      $ 2,181.8      $ 2,079.3
  Universal life and investment product policy fees                  170.4          156.8          143.7
  Net investment income                                              710.1          743.1          782.8
  Net realized investment gains                                       19.1            1.1           61.0
  Realized gain on sale of subsidiary                                   --             --           35.7
  Realized gain on sale of mutual fund processing business            20.7             --             --
  Realized gain on issuance of subsidiary common stock                  --             --           62.9
  Other income                                                        95.4          112.3           73.8
                                                                 ----------------------------------------
     Total revenues                                                3,238.5        3,195.1        3,239.2
                                                                 ----------------------------------------
BENEFITS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES                                           
  Policy benefits, claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses     2,008.3        2,047.0        1,987.2
  Policy acquisition expenses                                        470.3          475.7          435.8
  Other operating expenses                                           455.0          518.9          421.3
                                                                 ----------------------------------------
     Total benefits, losses and expenses                           2,933.6        3,041.6        2,844.3
                                                                 ----------------------------------------
Income before federal income taxes                                   304.9          153.5          394.9
                                                                 ----------------------------------------
FEDERAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)                                    
  Current                                                            119.7           45.4           95.1
  Deferred                                                           (37.0)           8.0          (20.4)
                                                                 ----------------------------------------
     Total federal income tax expense                                 82.7           53.4           74.7
                                                                 ----------------------------------------
Income before minority interest, extraordinary item, and
 cumulative effect of accounting change                              222.2          100.1          320.2
Minority interest                                                    (73.1)         (51.0)        (122.8)
                                                                 ----------------------------------------
Income before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of 
 accounting changes                                                  149.1           49.1          197.4
Extraordinary item - demutualization expenses                        (12.1)          (9.2)          (4.6)
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles                   --           (1.9)         (35.4)
                                                                 ----------------------------------------
Net income                                                       $   137.0      $    38.0      $   157.4
                                                                 ----------------------------------------
                                                                 ----------------------------------------
</TABLE>

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.

<PAGE>

FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(a wholly owned subsidiary of Allmerica Financial Corporation)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31 
(In millions, except per share data)                                                 1995                1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>                 <C>
ASSETS
  Investments:
    Fixed maturities-at amortized cost (fair value of $949.9 in 1994)          $       --          $    959.3
    Fixed maturities-at fair value (amortized cost of $7,467.9 and $6,724.6)      7,739.3             6,512.0
    Equity securities-at fair value (cost of $410.6 and $260.4)                     517.2               286.4
    Mortgage loans                                                                  799.5             1,106.7
    Real estate                                                                     179.6               180.3
    Policy loans                                                                    123.2               364.9
    Other long-term investments                                                      71.9                68.1
                                                                               -------------------------------
        Total investments                                                         9,430.7             9,477.7
                                                                               -------------------------------
  Cash and cash equivalents                                                         236.6               539.7
  Accrued investment income                                                         163.0               186.6
  Deferred policy acquisition costs                                                 735.7               802.8
                                                                               -------------------------------
  Reinsurance receivables:
    Future policy benefits                                                           97.1                59.7
    Outstanding claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses                         799.6               741.0
    Unearned premiums                                                                43.8                61.9
    Other                                                                            58.9                62.1
                                                                               -------------------------------
        Total reinsurance receivables                                               999.4               924.7
                                                                               -------------------------------
  Deferred federal income taxes                                                      81.2               189.1
  Premiums, accounts and notes receivable                                           526.7               510.3
  Other assets                                                                      361.4               324.9
  Closed Block assets                                                               818.9                  --
  Separate account assets                                                         4,348.8             2,965.7
                                                                               -------------------------------
        Total assets                                                           $ 17,702.4          $ 15,921.5
                                                                               -------------------------------
                                                                               -------------------------------
LIABILITIES                                                                            
  Policy liabilities and accruals:                                                     
    Future policy benefits                                                     $  2,639.3          $  3,416.4
    Outstanding claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses                       3,081.3             2,991.5
    Unearned premiums                                                               800.9               796.6
    Contractholder deposit funds and other policy liabilities                     2,737.4             3,435.7
                                                                               -------------------------------
        Total policy liabilities and accruals                                     9,258.9            10,640.2
                                                                               -------------------------------
   Expenses and taxes payable                                                       600.3               589.2
   Reinsurance premiums payable                                                      42.0                65.8
   Short-term debt                                                                   28.0                32.8
   Deferred federal income taxes                                                     47.8                13.8
   Long-term debt                                                                     2.8                 2.7
   Closed Block liabilities                                                         902.0                  --
   Separate account liabilities                                                   4,337.8             2,954.9
                                                                               -------------------------------
        Total liabilities                                                        15,219.6            14,299.4
                                                                               -------------------------------
   Minority interest                                                                758.5               629.7
   Commitments and contingencies (Notes 14 and 19)

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
   Common stock, $10 par value, 1 million shares authorized, 500,000 
    shares issued and outstanding                                                     5.0                  --
   Additional paid-in-capital                                                       392.4                  --
   Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments, net                       153.0               (79.0)
   Retained earnings                                                              1,173.9             1,071.4
                                                                               -------------------------------
        Total shareholders' equity                                                1,724.3               992.4
                                                                               -------------------------------
        Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                             $ 17,702.4          $ 15,921.5
                                                                               -------------------------------
                                                                               -------------------------------
</TABLE>

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.


2

<PAGE>

FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(a wholly owned subsidiary of Allmerica Financial Corporation)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Years Ended December 31 
(In millions)                                                                                  1995           1994           1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>            <C>            <C>
COMMON STOCK
  Balance at beginning of year                                                            $      --      $      --      $      --
  Demutualization transaction                                                                   5.0             --             --
                                                                                          ----------------------------------------
  Balance at end of year                                                                        5.0             --             --
                                                                                          ----------------------------------------
ADDITIONAL PAID-IN-CAPITAL                                                                         
  Balance at beginning of year                                                                   --             --             --
  Contributed from parent                                                                     392.4             --             --
                                                                                          ----------------------------------------
  Balance at end of year                                                                      392.4             --             --
                                                                                          ----------------------------------------
RETAINED EARNINGS
  Balance at beginning of year                                                              1,071.4        1,033.4          876.0
  Net income prior to demutualization                                                          93.2           38.0          157.4
                                                                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                                                            1,164.6        1,071.4        1,033.4
  Demutualization transaction                                                                 (34.5)            --             --
  Net income subsequent to demutualization                                                     43.8             --             --
                                                                                          ----------------------------------------
  Balance at end of year                                                                    1,173.9        1,071.4        1,033.4
                                                                                          ----------------------------------------
NET UNREALIZED APPRECIATION (DEPRECIATION) ON INVESTMENTS                                          
  Balance at beginning of year                                                                (79.0)          17.5           20.6
                                                                                          ----------------------------------------
  Cumulative effect of accounting change:
    Net appreciation on available-for-sale debt securities                                       --          296.1             --
    Provision for deferred federal income taxes and minority interest                            --         (149.1)            --
                                                                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                                                                 --          147.0             --
                                                                                          ----------------------------------------
  Effect of transfer of securities from held-to-maturity to available-for-sale:                    
    Net appreciation on available-for-sale debt securities                                     22.4             --             --
    Provision for deferred federal income taxes and minority interest                          (9.6)            --             --
                                                                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                                                               12.8             --             --
                                                                                          ----------------------------------------
  Appreciation (depreciation) during the period:                                                   
    Net appreciation (depreciation) on available-for-sale securities                         466.0          (492.1)          (9.6)
    (Provision) benefit for deferred federal income taxes                                   (163.1)          171.9            2.8
    Minority interest                                                                        (83.7)           76.7            3.7
                                                                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                                                             219.2          (243.5)          (3.1)
                                                                                          ----------------------------------------
    Balance at end of year                                                                   153.0           (79.0)          17.5
                                                                                          ----------------------------------------
       Total shareholders' equity                                                         $1,724.3       $   992.4      $ 1,050.9
                                                                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                                                          ----------------------------------------
</TABLE>

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.


                                                                               3
<PAGE>

FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(a wholly owned subsidiary of Allmerica Financial Corporation)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Years Ended December 31 
(In millions)                                                                             1995           1994           1993
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>            <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Net income                                                                        $    137.0     $     38.0     $    157.4 
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
   operating activities:                                                                       
    Minority interest                                                                     73.1           50.1          112.7 
    Net realized gains                                                                   (39.8)          (1.1)        (159.6)
    Deferred federal income taxes (benefits)                                             (37.0)           8.0          (20.4)
    Increase in deferred policy acquisition costs                                        (38.4)         (34.6)         (51.8)
    Increase in premiums and notes receivable, net of reinsurance payable                (42.0)         (25.6)         (37.5)
    (Increase) decrease in accrued investment income                                       7.0            4.6           (1.6)
    Increase in policy liabilities and accruals, net                                     116.2          175.9          131.7 
    (Increase) decrease in reinsurance receivable                                        (75.6)         (31.9)          18.6 
    Increase in expenses and taxes payable                                                 7.5           88.0          104.7 
    Separate account activity, net                                                        (0.1)           0.4           21.4 
    Other, net                                                                            23.9           59.9            2.7 
                                                                                    -----------------------------------------
      Net cash provided by operating activities                                          131.8          331.7          278.3 
                                                                                    -----------------------------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                                           
  Proceeds from disposals and maturities of available-for-sale 
   fixed maturities                                                                    2,738.4        2,097.8             -- 
  Proceeds from disposals of held-to-maturity fixed maturities                           271.3          304.4        2,094.9 
  Proceeds from disposals of equity securities                                           120.0          143.9          585.8 
  Proceeds from disposals of other investments                                            40.5           25.9           74.0 
  Proceeds from mortgages matured or collected                                           230.3          256.4          291.2 
  Purchase of available-for-sale fixed maturities                                     (3,273.3)      (2,150.1)            -- 
  Purchase of held-to-maturity fixed maturities                                             --         (111.6)      (2,577.1)
  Purchase of equity securities                                                         (254.0)        (172.2)        (673.3)
  Purchase of other investments                                                          (24.8)         (26.6)         (46.5)
  Proceeds from sale of businesses                                                        32.9             --           79.5 
  Capital expenditures                                                                   (14.1)         (43.1)         (37.5)
  Other investing activities, net                                                          4.7            2.4            1.3 
                                                                                    -----------------------------------------
      Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities                               (128.1)         327.2         (207.7)
                                                                                    -----------------------------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Deposits and interest credited to contractholder deposit funds                         445.8          786.3          738.7 
  Withdrawals from contractholder deposit funds                                       (1,069.9)      (1,187.0)        (894.0)
  Change in short-term debt                                                               (4.8)          (6.0)           1.4 
  Change in long-term debt                                                                 0.2            0.3             -- 
  Dividends paid to minority shareholders                                                 (4.1)          (4.2)          (3.9)
  Capital contributed from parent                                                        392.4             --          156.2 
  Payments for policyholders' membership interests                                       (27.9)            --             -- 
  Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt                                              --             --             -- 
  Other, net                                                                             (20.9)            --           (1.3)
                                                                                    -----------------------------------------
      Net cash used in financing activities                                             (289.2)        (410.6)          (2.9)
                                                                                    -----------------------------------------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents                                    (285.5)         248.3           67.7 
Net change in cash held in the Closed Block                                              (17.6)            --             -- 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                                             539.7          291.4          223.7 
                                                                                    -----------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                                              $    236.6     $    539.7     $    291.4 
                                                                                    -----------------------------------------
                                                                                    -----------------------------------------
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION                                                             
  Interest paid                                                                     $      4.1     $      4.3     $      1.7 
  Income taxes paid                                                                 $     90.6     $     46.1     $     57.3 
</TABLE>

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.


4
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company ("FAFLIC" or the "Company", 
formerly State Mutual Life Assurance Company of America ["State Mutual"]) was 
organized as a mutual life insurance company until October 16, 1995. FAFLIC 
converted to a stock life insurance company pursuant to a plan of 
reorganization effective October 16, 1995 and became a wholly owned 
subsidiary of Allmerica Financial Corporation ("AFC").  The consolidated 
financial statements have been prepared as if FAFLIC were organized as a 
stock life insurance company for all periods presented. Thus, generally 
accepted accounting principles for stock life insurance companies have been 
applied retroactively for all periods presented.

     The consolidated financial statements of FAFLIC include the accounts of 
Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company ("AFLIAC", formerly 
SMA Life Assurance Company) its wholly owned life insurance subsidiary, 
non-insurance subsidiaries (principally brokerage and investment advisory 
subsidiaries), and Allmerica Property and Casualty Companies, Inc. 
("Allmerica P&C", a 58.3%-owned non-insurance holding company). The Closed 
Block assets and liabilities at December 31, 1995 and its results of 
operations subsequent to demutualization are presented in the consolidated 
financial statements as single line items. Prior to demutualization such 
amounts are presented line by line in the consolidated financial statements 
(see Note 6). Unless specifically stated, all disclosures contained herein 
supporting the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 1995 and 
the year then ended exclude the Closed Block related amounts. All significant 
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. 

     Minority interest relates to the Company's investment in Allmerica P&C 
and its only significant subsidiary, The Hanover Insurance Company 
("Hanover"). Hanover's 81.1%-owned subsidiary is Citizens Corporation, the 
holding company for Citizens Insurance Company of America ("Citizens"). 
Minority interest also includes an amount related to the minority interest in 
Citizens Corporation.

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally 
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial 
statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the 
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

B. CLOSED BLOCK

As of October 16, 1995, the Company established and began operating a closed
block (the "Closed Block") for the benefit of the participating policies
included therein, consisting of certain individual life insurance participating
policies, individual deferred annuity contracts and supplementary contracts not
involving life contingencies which were in force on October 16, 1995; such
policies constitute the "Closed Block Business". The purpose of the Closed Block
is to protect the policy dividend expectations of such FAFLIC dividend paying
policies and contracts after the demutualization. Unless the Commissioner
consents to an earlier termination, the Closed Block will continue to be in
effect until the date none of the Closed Block policies are in force. On
October 16, 1995, FAFLIC allocated to the Closed Block assets in an amount that
is expected to produce cash flows which, together with future revenues from the
Closed Block Business, are reasonably sufficient to support the Closed Block
Business, including provision for payment of policy benefits, certain future
expenses and taxes and for continuation of policyholder dividend scales payable
in 1994 so long as the experience underlying such dividend scales continues. The
Company expects that the factors underlying such experience will fluctuate in
the future and policyholder dividend scales for Closed Block Business will be
set accordingly.

     Although the assets and income allocated to the Closed Block inure solely
to the benefit of the holders of policies included in the Closed Block, the
excess of Closed Block liabilities over Closed Block assets at October 16, 1995
measured on a GAAP basis represent the expected future post-tax income from the
Closed Block which may be recognized in income over the period the policies and
contracts in the Closed Block remain in force.

     If the actual income from the Closed Block in any given period equals or
exceeds the expected income for such period as determined at October 16, 1995,
the expected income would be recognized in income for that period. Further, any
excess of the actual income over the expected income would also be recognized in
income to the extent that the aggregate expected income for all prior periods
exceeded the aggregate actual income. Any remaining excess of actual income over
expected income would be accrued as a liability for policyholder dividends in
the Closed Block to be paid to the Closed Block policyholders. This accrual for
future dividends effectively limits the actual Closed Block income recognized in
income to the Closed Block income expected to emerge from operation of the
Closed Block as determined as of October 16, 1995.

     If, over the period the policies and contracts in the Closed Block remain
in force, the actual income from the Closed Block is less than the expected
income from the Closed Block, only such actual income

                                                                               5

<PAGE>

(which could reflect a loss) would be recognized in income. If the actual income
from the Closed Block in any given period is less than the expected income for
that period and changes in dividends scales are inadequate to offset the
negative performance in relation to the expected performance, the income inuring
to shareholders of the Company will be reduced. If a policyholder dividend
liability had been previously established in the Closed Block because the actual
income to the relevant date had exceeded the expected income to such date, such
liability would be reduced by this reduction in income (but not below zero) in
any periods in which the actual income for that period is less than the expected
income for such period.

C. VALUATION OF INVESTMENTS

Effective January 1, 1994, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in
Debt and Equity Securities" (SFAS No. 115). SFAS No. 115 requires that an
enterprise classify debt and equity securities into one of three categories;
held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading. Investments classified as
held-to-maturity shall be investments that the enterprise has the positive
intent and ability to hold until maturity. Trading securities are investments
which are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the
near term. Investments classified as neither trading securities nor
held-to-maturity shall be classified as available-for-sale securities. SFAS No.
115 also requires that unrealized holding gains and losses for trading
securities be included in earnings, while unrealized gains and losses for
available-for-sale securities be excluded from earnings and reported as a
separate component of shareholder equity until realized. SFAS No. 115 also
requires that for a decline in the fair value which is judged to be other than
temporary, the cost basis of the security should be written down to fair value,
and the amount of the write-down recognized in earnings as a realized loss.

     Previously, the Company classified all of its fixed maturities and equity
securities as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity investments. Fixed
maturities held-to-maturity consist of certain bonds, presented at amortized
cost, that management intends and has the ability to hold until maturity. Fixed
maturities available-for-sale consist of certain bonds and redeemable preferred
stocks, presented at fair value, that management may not hold until maturity.
Equity securities available-for-sale are comprised of common stocks which are
carried at fair value. Prior to January 1, 1994, all fixed maturity investments,
which included bonds and redeemable preferred stocks, were principally carried
at amortized cost. Equity securities, which included common and non-redeemable
preferred stock, were carried at fair value. Unrealized gains or losses on
investments classified as available-for-sale, net of deferred federal income
taxes, minority interest, deferred policy acquisition expenses and amounts
attributable to participating contractholders, are included as a separate
component of shareholders' equity. As discussed in Note 3, the Company
transferred all securities classified as held-to-maturity to available-for-sale
on November 30, 1995.

     Realized gains and losses on sales of fixed maturities and equity
securities are determined on the specific-identification basis using amortized
cost for fixed maturities and cost for equity securities. Fixed maturities and
equity securities with other than temporary declines in fair value are written
down to estimated fair value resulting in the recognition of realized losses.

     Mortgage loans on real estate are stated at unpaid principal balances, net
of unamortized discounts and reserves. Reserves on mortgage loans are based on
losses expected by management to be realized on transfers of mortgage loans to
real estate (upon foreclosure), on the disposition or settlement of mortgage
loans and on mortgage loans which management believes may not be collectible in
full. In establishing reserves, management considers, among other things, the
estimated fair value of the underlying collateral.

     Fixed maturities and mortgage loans that are delinquent are placed on
non-accrual status, and thereafter interest income is recognized only when cash
payments are received.

     Policy loans are carried principally at unpaid principal balances.

     Real estate that has been acquired through the foreclosure of mortgage
loans is valued at the estimated fair value at the time of foreclosure. The
Company considers several methods in determining fair value at foreclosure,
using primarily third-party appraisals and discounted cash flow analyses. After
foreclosure, the Company makes a determination as to whether the asset should be
held for production of income or held for sale.

     Real estate investments held for the production of income and held for sale
are carried at depreciated cost less valuation allowances, if necessary, to
reduce the carrying value to fair value. Depreciation is generally calculated
using the straight-line method.

     Realized investment gains and losses, other than those related to separate
accounts for which the Company does not bear the investment risk, are reported
as a component of revenues based upon specific identification of the investment
assets sold. When an other-than-temporary impairment of the value of a specific
investment or a group of investments is determined, a realized investment loss
is recorded. Changes in the valuation allowance for mortgage loans and real
estate are included in realized investment gains or losses. 

6

<PAGE>

D. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into transactions involving
various types of financial instruments, including debt, investments such as
fixed maturities, mortgage loans and equity securities, investment and loan
commitments, and interest rate futures contracts. These instruments involve
credit risk and also may be subject to risk of loss due to interest rate
fluctuation. The Company evaluates and monitors each financial instrument
individually and, when appropriate, obtains collateral or other security to
minimize losses.

E. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks and
highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity of three
months or less.

F. DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS

Acquisition costs consist of commissions, underwriting costs and other costs,
which vary with, and are primarily related to, the production of revenues.
Property and casualty, group life and group health insurance business
acquisition costs are deferred and amortized over the terms of the insurance
policies. Acquisition costs related to universal life products and
contractholder deposit funds are deferred and amortized in proportion to total
estimated gross profits over the expected life of the contracts using a revised
interest rate applied to the remaining benefit period. Acquisition costs related
to annuity and other life insurance businesses are deferred and amortized,
generally in proportion to the ratio of annual revenue to the estimated total
revenues over the contract periods based upon the same assumptions used in
estimating the liability for future policy benefits. Deferred acquisition costs
for each product are reviewed to determine if they are recoverable from future
income, including investment income. If such costs are determined to be
unrecoverable, they are expensed at the time of determination.

     Although realization of deferred policy acquisition costs is not assured,
management believes it is more likely than not that all of these costs will be
realized. The amount of deferred policy acquisition costs considered realizable,
however, could be reduced in the near term if the estimates of gross profits or
total revenues discussed above are reduced. The amount of amortization of
deferred policy acquisition costs could be revised in the near term if any of
the estimates discussed above are revised.

G. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, less
accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is provided using the
straight-line or accelerated method over the estimated useful lives of the
related assets which generally range from 3 to 30 years. Amortization of
leasehold improvements is provided using the straight-line method over the
lesser of the term of the leases or the estimated useful life of the
improvements.

H. SEPARATE ACCOUNTS

Separate account assets and liabilities represent segregated funds administered
and invested by the Company for the benefit of certain pension, variable annuity
and variable life insurance contractholders. Assets consist principally of
bonds, common stocks, mutual funds, and short-term obligations at market value.
The investment income, gains, and losses of these accounts generally accrue to
the contractholders and, therefore, are not included in the Company's net
income. Appreciation and depreciation of the Company's interest in the separate
accounts, including undistributed net investment income, is reflected in
shareholders' equity or net investment income.

I. POLICY LIABILITIES AND ACCRUALS

Future policy benefits are liabilities for life, health and annuity products.
Such liabilities are established in amounts adequate to meet the estimated
future obligations of policies in force. The liabilities associated with
traditional life insurance products are computed using the net level premium
method for individual life and annuity policies, and are based upon estimates as
to future investment yield, mortality and withdrawals that include provisions
for adverse deviation. Future policy benefits for individual life insurance and
annuity policies are computed using interest rates ranging from 2 1/2% to 6% for
life insurance and 2% to 9 1/2% for annuities. Estimated liabilities are
established for group life and health policies that contain experience rating
provisions. Mortality, morbidity and withdrawal assumptions for all policies are
based on the Company's own experience and industry standards. Liabilities for
universal life include deposits received from customers and investment earnings
on their fund balances, less administrative charges. Universal life fund
balances are also assessed mortality and surrender charges.

     Liabilities for outstanding claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses are
estimates of payments to be made on property and casualty and health insurance
for reported losses and estimates of losses incurred but not reported. These
liabilities are determined using case basis evaluations and statistical analyses
and represent estimates of the ultimate cost of all losses incurred but not
paid. These estimates are continually reviewed and adjusted as necessary; such
adjustments are reflected in current operations. Estimated amounts of salvage
and subrogation on unpaid property and casualty losses are deducted from the
liability for unpaid claims.

     Premiums for property and casualty, group life, and accident and health
insurance are reported as earned on a pro-rata basis over the contract period.
The unexpired portion of these premiums is recorded as unearned premiums.

                                                                               7
<PAGE>

     Contractholder deposit funds and other policy liabilities include
investment-related products such as guaranteed investment contracts, deposit
administration funds and immediate participation guarantee funds and consist of
deposits received from customers and investment earnings on their fund balances.

     All policy liabilities and accruals are based on the various estimates
discussed above. Although the adequacy of these amounts cannot be assured,
management believes that it is more likely than not that policy liabilities and
accruals will be sufficient to meet future obligations of policies in force. The
amount of liabilities and accruals, however, could be revised in the near term
if the estimates discussed above are revised.

J. PREMIUM AND FEE REVENUE AND RELATED EXPENSES

Premiums for individual life and health insurance and individual and group
annuity products, excluding universal life and investment-related products, are
considered revenue when due. Property and casualty and group life, accident and
health insurance premiums are recognized as revenue over the related contract
periods. Benefits, losses and related expenses are matched with premiums,
resulting in their recognition over the lives of the contracts. This matching is
accomplished through the provision for future benefits, estimated and unpaid
losses and amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs. Revenues for
investment-related products consist of net investment income and contract
charges assessed against the fund values. Related benefit expenses primarily
consist of net investment income credited to the fund values after deduction for
investment and risk charges. Revenues for universal life products consist of net
investment income, and mortality, administration and surrender charges assessed
against the fund values. Related benefit expenses include universal life benefit
claims in excess of fund values and net investment income credited to universal
life fund values.

K. POLICYHOLDER DIVIDENDS

Prior to demutualization, certain life, health and annuity insurance policies
contained dividend payment provisions that enabled the policyholder to
participate in the earnings of the Company. The amount of policyholders'
dividends was determined annually by the Board of Directors. The aggregate
amount of policyholders' dividends was related to the actual interest,
mortality, morbidity and expense experience for the year and the Company's
judgment as to the appropriate level of statutory surplus to be retained. The
participating life insurance in force was 16.2% of the face value of total life
insurance in force at December 31, 1994. The premiums on participating life,
health and annuity policies were 11.3%, 6.4% and 6.6% of total life, health and
annuity statutory premiums prior to demutualization in 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively. Total policyholders' dividends were $23.3 million, $32.8 million
and $24.2 million prior to demutualization in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

L. FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

AFC, FAFLIC, AFLIAC and FAFLIC's non-insurance domestic subsidiaries file a
consolidated United States federal income tax return. Entities included within
the consolidated group are segregated into either a life insurance or non-life
insurance company subgroup. The consolidation of these subgroups is subject to
certain statutory restrictions on the percentage of eligible non-life tax losses
that can be applied to offset life company taxable income. Allmerica P&C and its
subsidiaries file a separate United States federal income tax return.

     Deferred income taxes are generally recognized when assets and liabilities
have different values for financial statement and tax reporting purposes, and
for other temporary taxable and deductible differences as defined by Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" (SFAS
No. 109). These differences result primarily from loss reserves, policy
acquisition expenses, and unrealized appreciation/depreciation on investments.

M. NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In March 1995, SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of" was issued. This statement requires
companies to write down to fair value long-lived assets whose carrying value is
greater than the undiscounted cash flows of those assets. The statement also
requires that long-lived assets of which management is committed to dispose,
either by sale or abandonment, be valued at the lower of their carrying amount
or fair value less costs to sell. This statement is effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1995. Management expects that adoption of this
statement will not have a material effect on the financial statements.

N. RECLASSIFICATIONS

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year
presentation.

8

<PAGE>

2. SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS

Pursuant to the plan of reorganization effective October 16, 1995, AFC issued
37.5 million shares of its common stock to eligible policyholders. AFC also
issued 12.6 million shares of its common stock at a price of $21.00 per share in
a public offering, resulting in net proceeds of $248.0 million, and issued
Senior Debentures in the principal amount of $200.0 million which resulted in
net proceeds of $197.2 million. AFC contributed $392.4 million of these proceeds
to FAFLIC.

     Effective March 31, 1995, the Company entered into an agreement with TSSG,
a division of First Data Corporation, pursuant to which the Company sold its
mutual fund processing business and agreed not to engage in this business for
four years after that date. In accordance with this agreement, the Company
received proceeds of $32.1 million. A gain of $13.5 million, net of taxes of
$7.2 million, was recorded in March 1995.

     In March and April, 1993, Citizens Corporation, a newly formed holding
company for Citizens, issued approximately 19.35% of its common stock in an
initial public offering, generating net proceeds of $156.2 million (7.0 million
shares at $24.00 per share). Proceeds to Citizens Corporation were reduced by
underwriting and other stock issuance costs. A non-taxable gain of $62.9 million
was recorded in 1993 in connection with this initial public offering. This gain
is non-taxable because only newly-issued shares of Citizens Corporation were
issued to the public.

     Effective December 31, 1992, Hanover entered into a definitive agreement to
sell its wholly owned subsidiary, Beacon Insurance Company of America, and its
wholly owned subsidiary, American Select Insurance Company, for $89.7 million. A
gain of $20.7 million, net of taxes of $15.0 million, was recorded in 1993.

3. INVESTMENTS

A. FIXED MATURITIES AND EQUITY SECURITIES

Effective January 1, 1994, the Company adopted SFAS No. 115, which requires that
investments be classified into one of three categories: held-to-maturity,
available-for-sale, or trading.

     The effect of implementing SFAS No. 115 as of January 1, 1994 was an
increase in the carrying value of fixed maturity investments of $335.3 million,
a decrease in deferred policy acquisition costs of $20.8 million, an increase in
policyholder liabilities of $18.4 million, a net increase in deferred income tax
liabilities of $103.7 million, an increase in minority interest of $45.4
million, and an increase in shareholders' equity of $147.0 million, which
resulted from changing the carrying value of certain fixed maturities from
amortized cost to fair value and related adjustments. The implementation had no
effect on net income.

     In November 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued a Special
Report, A GUIDE TO IMPLEMENTATION OF STATEMENT 115 ON ACCOUNTING FOR CERTAIN
INVESTMENTS IN DEBT AND EQUITY SECURITIES, which permitted companies to
reclassify securities, where appropriate, based on the new guidance. As a
result, the Company transferred securities with amortized cost and fair value of
$696.4 million and $725.6 million, respectively, from the held-to-maturity
category to the available-for-sale category, which resulted in a net increase in
shareholders' equity of $12.8 million.

     The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale and
held-to-maturity fixed maturities and equity securities were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31 
(In millions)                                                                                  1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE                                                                       Gross           Gross
                                                                       Amortized    Unrealized      Unrealized             Fair
                                                                        Cost (1)         Gains          Losses            Value
<S>                                                                   <C>           <C>             <C>               <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. government and agency securities    $    377.0       $  21.0         $    --        $   398.0

States and political subdivisions                                        2,110.6          60.7             4.0          2,167.3

Foreign governments                                                         60.6           3.4             0.6             63.4

Corporate fixed maturities                                               4,582.1         200.8            16.4          4,766.5

   U.S. government mortgage-backed securities                              337.6           8.6             2.1            344.1

Total fixed maturities available-for-sale                              $ 7,467.9       $ 294.5         $  23.1        $ 7,739.3
                                                                       ---------------------------------------------------------
Equity securities                                                      $   410.6       $ 111.7         $   5.1        $   517.2
                                                                       ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       ---------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                                                               9
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31 
(In millions)                                                                                  1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE                                                                       Gross           Gross        
                                                                      Amortized     Unrealized      Unrealized             Fair
                                                                       Cost (1)          Gains          Losses            Value
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>                <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. government and agency securities    $   280.2      $     4.8        $    9.1         $  275.9

States and political subdivisions                                       2,011.3           14.9            76.2          1,950.0

Foreign governments                                                        96.8            1.8            12.8             85.8

Corporate fixed maturities                                              4,201.4           24.7           157.4          4,068.7

   U.S. government mortgage-backed securities                             134.9            0.4             3.7            131.6
                                                                      ----------------------------------------------------------
Total fixed maturities available-for-sale                             $ 6,724.6       $   46.6         $ 259.2        $ 6,512.0
                                                                      ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      ----------------------------------------------------------
Equity securities                                                     $   260.4       $   35.3         $   9.3        $   286.4
                                                                      ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      ----------------------------------------------------------
HELD-TO-MATURITY

State and political subdivisions                                      $     8.1        $   0.1         $   0.8              7.4

Foreign governments                                                        20.7            0.2             0.2             20.7

Corporate fixed maturities                                                927.3           13.7            22.5            918.5

Corporate mortgage-backed securities                                        3.2            0.1              --              3.3
                                                                      ----------------------------------------------------------
Total fixed maturities held-to-maturity                               $   959.3        $  14.1         $  23.5         $  949.9
                                                                      ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      ----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1) Amortized cost for fixed maturities and cost for equity securities.

     In March 1994, AFLIAC voluntarily withdrew its license in New York in order
to provide for certain commission arrangements prohibited by New York comparable
to AFLIAC's competitors. In connection with the withdrawal, FAFLIC, which is
licensed in New York, became qualified to sell the products previously sold by
AFLIAC in New York. AFLIAC agreed with the New York Department of Insurance to
maintain, through a custodial account in New York, a security deposit, the
market value of which will at all times equal 102% of all outstanding general
account liabilities of AFLIAC for New York policyholders, claimants and
creditors. At December 31, 1995, the amortized cost and market value of assets
on deposit were $295.0 million and $303.6 million, respectively. At December 31,
1994, the amortized cost and market value of assets on deposit were $327.9
million and $323.5 million, respectively. In addition, fixed maturities,
excluding those securities on deposit in New York, with an amortized cost of
$82.2 million and $67.0 million were on deposit with various state and
governmental authorities at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

     There were approximately $21.8 million of contractual fixed maturity
investment commitments at December 31, 1994 and none at December 31, 1995.

     The amortized cost and fair value by maturity periods for fixed maturities
are shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities
because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or
without call or prepayment penalties, or the Company may have the right to put
or sell the obligations back to the issuers. Mortgage backed securities are
included in the category representing their ultimate maturity.


10

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31
(In millions)                                               1995
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Available-for-Sale

                                             Amortized                Fair
                                                  Cost               Value
<S>                                          <C>                <C>
Due in one year or less                      $   970.8          $    975.6

Due after one year through five years          3,507.9             3,657.1

Due after five years through ten years         1,794.0             1,866.0

Due after ten years                            1,195.2             1,240.6
                                             -----------------------------
     Total                                   $ 7,467.9           $ 7,739.3
                                             -----------------------------
                                             -----------------------------
</TABLE>
     
     The proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities and the gross
realized gains and gross realized losses on those sales were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions) 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Proceeds from Sales    
                         of Available-for-Sale         Gross          Gross
1995                                Securities         Gains         Losses
<S>                      <C>                        <C>            <C>
Fixed maturities                     $ 1,612.3      $   23.7       $   33.0
                                     ---------------------------------------
Equity securities                    $   122.2      $   23.1       $    6.9
                                     ---------------------------------------
1994

Fixed maturities                     $  1,026.2     $   12.6       $   21.6
                                     ---------------------------------------
Equity securities                    $    124.3     $   17.4       $    4.5
                                     ---------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale and other securities, are
summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions)                                               
                                                                     Equity               
                                                       Fixed     Securities               
                                                  Maturities   and Other (1)         Total
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>          <C>                <C>
1995
Net appreciation (depreciation), 
beginning of year                                   $  (89.4)      $   10.4       $  (79.0)
                                                    ---------------------------------------
Effect of transfer of securities 
  between classifications:                                  
    Net appreciation on available-
      for-sale fixed maturities                         29.2             --           29.2
    Effect of transfer on deferred 
      policy acquisition costs and 
       on policy liabilities                            (6.8)            --           (6.8)
    Provision for deferred federal 
      income taxes and minority 
       interest                                         (9.6)            --           (9.6)
                                                    ---------------------------------------
                                                        12.8             --           12.8
                                                    ---------------------------------------
Net appreciation on available-
  for-sale securities                                  465.4           87.5          552.9
Net depreciation from the effect 
  on deferred policy acquisition 
   costs and on policy liabilities                     (86.9)                        (86.9)
Provision for deferred federal 
  income taxes and minority interest                  (193.2)         (53.6)        (246.8)
                                                    ---------------------------------------
                                                       185.3           33.9          219.2
                                                    ---------------------------------------
Net appreciation, end of year                       $  108.7       $   44.3       $  153.0
                                                    ---------------------------------------
                                                    ---------------------------------------
1994                                                        
Net appreciation, beginning of year                 $     --       $   17.5       $   17.5
                                                    ---------------------------------------
Cumulative effect of accounting 
  change:                                                   
    Net appreciation on available-
      for-sale fixed maturities                        335.3             --          335.3
    Net depreciation from the effect 
      of accounting change on 
       deferred policy acquisition 
        costs and on policy liabilities                (39.2)            --          (39.2)
    Provision for deferred federal 
      income taxes and minority 
       interest                                       (149.1)            --         (149.1)
                                                    ---------------------------------------
                                                       147.0           17.5          164.5
                                                    ---------------------------------------
Net depreciation on available-
  for-sale securities                                 (547.9)         (17.4)        (565.3)
Net appreciation from the effect 
  on deferred policy acquisition 
   costs and on policy liabilities                      73.2             --           73.2
Benefit for deferred federal income 
  taxes and minority interest                          238.3           10.3          248.6
                                                    ---------------------------------------
Net appreciation (depreciation), 
end of year                                         $  (89.4)      $   10.4       $  (79.0)
                                                    ---------------------------------------
                                                    ---------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Includes net appreciation on other investments of $6.9 million and $0.6
     million in 1995 and 1994, respectively.


                                                                              11
<PAGE>

B. MORTGAGE LOANS AND REAL ESTATE

FAFLIC's mortgage loans and real estate are diversified by property type and
location. Real estate investments have been obtained primarily through
foreclosure. Mortgage loans are collateralized by the related properties and
generally are no more than 75% of the property's value at the time the original
loan is made.

     The carrying values of mortgage loans and real estate investments net of
applicable reserves were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31
(In millions)                                               1995           1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>
Mortgage loans                                           $ 799.5      $ 1,106.7
                                                         -----------------------
Real estate:
  Held for sale                                            168.9          134.5
  Held for production of income                             10.7           45.8
                                                         -----------------------
  Total real estate                                        179.6          180.3
                                                         -----------------------
Total mortgage loans and real estate                     $ 979.1      $ 1,287.0
                                                         -----------------------
                                                         -----------------------
</TABLE>

     Reserves for mortgage loans were $33.8 million and $47.2 million as of
December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

     During 1995, 1994 and 1993, non-cash investing activities included real
estate acquired through foreclosure of mortgage loans, which had a fair value of
$26.1 million, $39.2 million and $26.7 million, respectively.

     At December 31, 1995, contractual commitments to extend credit under 
commercial mortgage loan agreements amounted to approximately $8.2 million in 
the Closed Block. These commitments generally expire within one year. There 
are no contractual commitments to extend credit under commercial mortgage 
loan agreements outside the Closed Block.

     Mortgage loans and real estate investments comprised the following property
types and geographic regions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31
(In millions)                                               1995           1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>
Property type:                                                  
  Office building                                        $ 435.9      $   553.6
  Residential                                              145.3          207.3
  Retail                                                   205.6          246.5
  Industrial / warehouse                                    93.8          144.1
  Other                                                    151.9          205.6
  Valuation allowances                                     (53.4)         (70.1)
                                                         -----------------------
Total                                                    $ 979.1      $ 1,287.0
                                                         -----------------------
                                                         -----------------------
Geographic region:                                              
  South Atlantic                                         $ 281.4      $   374.2
  Pacific                                                  191.9          238.7
  East North Central                                       118.2          138.5
  Middle Atlantic                                          148.9          151.2
  West South Central                                        79.7          102.3
  New England                                               94.9          103.1
  Other                                                    117.5          249.1
  Valuation allowances                                     (53.4)         (70.1)
                                                         -----------------------
Total                                                    $ 979.1      $ 1,287.0
                                                         -----------------------
                                                         -----------------------
</TABLE>

     At December 31, 1995, scheduled mortgage loan maturities were as follows:
1996 - $206.1 million; 1997 - $143.7 million; 1998 - $167.4 million; 1999 -
$109.9 million; 2000 - $124.2 million; and $48.2 million thereafter. Actual
maturities could differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have
the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties and loans
may be refinanced. During 1995, the Company refinanced $24.0 million of mortgage
loans based on terms which differed from those granted to new borrowers.


12

<PAGE>

C. INVESTMENT VALUATION ALLOWANCES

Investment valuation allowances which have been deducted in arriving at
investment carrying values as presented in the consolidated balance sheets and
changes thereto are shown below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1995                          Balance at                                   Balance at
                               January 1      Additions     Deductions    December 31
<S>                           <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>
Mortgage loans                   $  47.2        $   1.5        $  14.9        $  33.8
Real estate                         22.9           (0.6)           2.7           19.6
                                 -----------------------------------------------------
  Total                          $  70.1        $   0.9        $  17.6        $  53.4
                                 -----------------------------------------------------
                                 -----------------------------------------------------
1994                                    
Mortgage loans                   $  73.8        $  14.6        $  41.2        $  47.2
Real estate                         21.0            3.2            1.3           22.9
                                 -----------------------------------------------------
  Total                          $  94.8        $  17.8        $  42.5        $  70.1
                                 -----------------------------------------------------
                                 -----------------------------------------------------
1993                                    
Mortgage loans                   $  86.7        $   4.6        $  17.5        $  73.8
Real estate                          8.3           12.7             --           21.0
                                 -----------------------------------------------------
    Total                        $  95.0        $  17.3        $  17.5        $  94.8
                                 -----------------------------------------------------
                                 -----------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

D. FUTURES CONTRACTS

FAFLIC purchases and sells futures contracts on margin to hedge against interest
rate fluctuations and their effect on the net cash flows from the sales of
guaranteed investment contracts. The notional amount of such futures contracts
outstanding were $74.7 million and $126.6 million at December 31, 1995 and 1994,
respectively. Because the Company purchases and sells futures contracts through
brokers who assume the risk of loss, the Company's exposure to credit risk under
futures contracts is limited to the margin deposited with the broker. The
maturity of all futures contracts outstanding are less than one year. The fair
value of futures contracts outstanding were $75.7 million and $126.5 million at
December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

     Gains and losses on hedge contracts related to interest rate fluctuations
are deferred and recognized in income over the period being hedged corresponding
to related guaranteed investment contracts. Deferred hedging gains and (losses)
were $5.6 million, $(7.7) million, and $6.9 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively. Gains and losses on hedge contracts that are deemed ineffective by
management are realized immediately.

     A reconciliation of the notional amount of futures contracts is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions)                                      1995           1994           1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>            <C>
Contracts outstanding, 
  beginning of year                            $  126.6       $  141.7       $  120.0
New contracts                                     343.5          816.0          493.3
Contracts terminated                             (395.4)        (831.1)      $ (471.6)
                                               ---------------------------------------
Contracts outstanding, end of year             $   74.7       $  126.6       $  141.7
                                               ---------------------------------------
                                               ---------------------------------------
</TABLE>

E. FOREIGN CURRENCY SWAP CONTRACTS

The Company enters into foreign currency swap contracts to hedge exposure to
currency risk on foreign fixed maturity investments. Interest and principal
related to foreign fixed maturity investments payable in foreign currencies, at
current exchange rates, are exchanged for the equivalent payment translated at a
specific currency exchange rate. The Company's maximum exposure to counterparty
credit risk is the difference between the foreign currency exchange rate, as
agreed 


                                                                              13
<PAGE>

upon in the swap contract, and the foreign currency spot rate on the date of the
exchange. The fair values of the foreign currency swap contracts outstanding
were $104.2 million and $117.5 million at December 31, 1995 and 1994,
respectively.

     The difference between amounts paid and received on foreign currency swap
contracts is reflected in the net investment income related to the underlying
assets and is not material in 1995, 1994, and 1993. The Company had no deferred
gains or losses on foreign currency swap contracts.

     A reconciliation of the notional amount of swap contracts is as follows: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions)                                      1995           1994           1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>            <C>
Contracts outstanding, beginning
  of year                                      $  118.7       $  128.8       $   95.0
New Contracts                                        --            5.0           50.8
Contracts expired                                    --          (10.1)         (17.0)
Contracts terminated                              (14.1)          (5.0)            --
                                               ---------------------------------------
Contracts outstanding, end
  of year                                      $  104.6       $  118.7       $  128.8
                                               ---------------------------------------
                                               ---------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Expected maturities of foreign currency swap contracts are $36.0 million in
1996, $28.8 million in 1997, and $39.8 million in 1998 and thereafter.

F. OTHER

At December 31, 1995, FAFLIC had no concentration of investments in a single
investee exceeding 10% of shareholders' equity.


4. INVESTMENT INCOME AND GAINS AND LOSSES

A. NET INVESTMENT INCOME

The components of net investment income were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions)                                      1995           1994           1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>            <C>
Fixed maturities                               $  554.0       $  578.3       $  601.5
Mortgage loans                                     97.0          119.9          155.7
Equity securities                                  16.8           12.1            7.1
Policy loans                                       20.3           23.3           23.5
Real estate                                        48.5           44.6           43.4
Other long-term investments                         4.4            4.3            2.1
Short-term investments                             21.4            9.5            7.4
                                               ---------------------------------------
  Gross investment income                         762.4          792.0          840.7
Less investment expenses                          (52.3)         (48.9)         (57.9)
                                               ---------------------------------------
  Net investment income                        $  710.1       $  743.1       $  782.8
                                               ---------------------------------------
                                               ---------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     As of December 31, 1995, fixed maturities and mortgage loans on non-accrual
status were $1.4 million and $85.4 million, including restructured loans of
$46.8 million. The effect of non-accruals, compared with amounts that would have
been recognized in accordance with the original terms of the investments, was to
reduce net income by $0.6 million, $5.1 million and $14.0 million in 1995, 1994
and 1993, respectively.

     The payment terms of mortgage loans may from time to time be restructured
or modified. The investment in restructured mortgage loans, based on amortized
cost, amounted to $98.9 million , $126.8 million and $167.0 million at
December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. Interest income on restructured
mortgage loans that would have been recorded in accordance with the original
terms of such loans amounted to $11.1 million, $14.4 million and $18.1 million
in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. Actual interest income on these loans
included in net investment income aggregated $7.1 million, $8.2 million and
$10.6 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

     At December 31, 1995, fixed maturities with a carrying value of $1.4
million were non-income producing for the twelve months ended December 31, 1995.
There were no mortgage loans which were non-income producing for the twelve
months ended December 31, 1995.

B. REALIZED INVESTMENT GAINS AND LOSSES

Realized gains (losses) on investments were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions)                                      1995           1994           1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>             <C>           <C>
  Fixed maturities                              $  (7.0)        $  2.4        $  48.8
  Mortgage loans                                    1.4          (12.1)          (0.5)
  Equity securities                                16.2           12.4           29.8
  Real estate                                       5.3            1.4          (14.5)
  Other                                             3.2           (3.0)          (2.6)
                                                --------------------------------------
Net realized investment gains                   $  19.1         $  1.1        $  61.0
                                                --------------------------------------
                                                --------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     Proceeds from voluntary sales of investments in fixed maturities were
$1,612.3 million, $1,036.5 million and $817.5 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively. Realized gains on such sales were $23.7 million, $12.9 million and
$38.8 million; and realized losses were $33.0 million, $21.6 million and $2.6
million for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.


5. FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments", requires
disclosure of fair value information about certain financial instruments
(insurance contracts, real estate, goodwill and taxes are excluded) for which it
is practicable to estimate such values, whether or not these instruments are
included in the balance sheet. The fair values presented for certain financial
instruments are estimates 


14

<PAGE>

which, in many cases, may differ significantly from the amounts which could be
realized upon immediate liquidation. In cases where market prices are not
available, estimates of fair value are based on discounted cash flow analyses
which utilize current interest rates for similar financial instruments which
have comparable terms and credit quality. Fair values of interest rate futures
were not material at December 31, 1995 and 1994.

     The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value
of each class of financial instruments:

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

For these short-term investments, the carrying amount approximates fair value.

FIXED MATURITIES

Fair values are based on quoted market prices, if available. If a quoted market
price is not available, fair values are estimated using independent pricing
sources or internally developed pricing models using discounted cash flow
analyses.

EQUITY SECURITIES

Fair values are based on quoted market prices, if available. If a quoted market
price is not available, fair values are estimated using independent pricing
sources or internally developed pricing models.

MORTGAGE LOANS

Fair values are estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows using
the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar
credit ratings. The fair value of below investment grade mortgage loans are
limited to the lesser of the present value of the cash flows or book value.

REINSURANCE RECEIVABLES

The carrying amount reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximates
fair value.

POLICY LOANS

The carrying amount reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximates
fair value since policy loans have no defined maturity dates and are inseparable
from the insurance contracts.

INVESTMENT CONTRACTS (WITHOUT MORTALITY FEATURES)

Fair values for the Company's liabilities under guaranteed investment type
contracts are estimated using discounted cash flow calculations using current
interest rates for similar contracts with maturities consistent with those
remaining for the contracts being valued. Other liabilities are based on
surrender values.

DEBT

The carrying value of short-term debt reported in the balance sheet approximates
fair value. The fair value of long-term debt was estimated using market quotes,
when available, and, when not available, discounted cash flow analyses.


The estimated fair values of the financial instruments were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31
(In millions)                                                            1995                               1994        
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Carrying           Fair            Carrying           Fair
                                                                Value           Value               Value          Value
<S>                                                          <C>            <C>                 <C>            <C>
FINANCIAL ASSETS                                                      
  Cash and cash equivalents                                  $   236.6      $   236.6           $   539.7      $   539.7
  Fixed maturities                                             7,739.3        7,739.3             7,471.3        7,461.9
  Equity securities                                              517.2          517.2               286.4          286.4
  Mortgage loans                                                 799.5          845.4             1,106.7        1,105.8
  Policy loans                                                   123.2          123.2               364.9          364.9
                                                             ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             $ 9,415.8      $ 9,461.7           $ 9,769.0      $ 9,758.7
                                                             ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             ------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES                                                 
  Guaranteed investment contracts                            $ 1,632.8      $ 1,677.0           $ 2,170.6      $ 2,134.0
  Supplemental contracts without life contingencies               24.4           24.4                25.3           25.3
  Dividend accumulations                                          86.2           86.2                84.5           84.5
  Other individual contract deposit funds                         95.7           92.8               111.3          108.0
  Other group contract deposit funds                             894.0          902.8               980.3          969.6
  Individual annuity contracts                                   966.3          810.0               988.9          870.6
  Short-term debt                                                 28.0           28.0                32.8           32.8
  Long-term debt                                                   2.8            2.9                 2.7            2.7
                                                             ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             $ 3,730.2      $ 3,624.1           $ 4,396.4      $ 4,227.5
                                                             ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             ------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



                                                                              15
<PAGE>

6. CLOSED BLOCK

Included in other income in the Consolidated Statement of Income in 1995 is a
net pre-tax contribution from the Closed Block of $2.9 million. Summarized
financial information of the Closed Block as of September 30, 1995 (date used to
estimate financial information for the date of establishment of October 16,
1995) and December 31, 1995 and for the period October 1, 1995 through December
31, 1995 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In millions)                                         1995            
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            December 31   September 30
<S>                                         <C>           <C>
Assets
  Fixed maturities, at fair value 
    (amortized cost of $447.4 and 
      $313.3, respectively)                     $ 458.0        $ 318.4
  Mortgage loans                                   57.1           61.6
  Policy loans                                    242.4          245.3
  Cash and cash equivalents                        17.6           12.3
  Accrued investment income                        16.6           15.3
  Deferred policy acquisition costs                24.5           24.8
  Other assets                                      2.7            6.4
                                                -----------------------
Total assets                                    $ 818.9        $ 684.1
                                                -----------------------
                                                -----------------------
Liabilities                                            
  Policy liabilities and accruals               $ 899.2        $ 894.3
  Other liabilities                                 2.8            4.2
                                                -----------------------
Total liabilities                               $ 902.0        $ 898.5
                                                -----------------------
                                                -----------------------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Period from October 1 through December 31
(In millions)                                                     1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>
Revenues                                                              
  Premiums                                                    $   11.5
  Net investment income                                           12.8
                                                              ---------
Total revenues                                                    24.3
                                                              ---------
Benefits and expenses
  Policy benefits                                                 20.6
  Policy acquisition expenses                                      0.8
                                                              ---------
Total benefits and expenses                                       21.4
                                                              ---------
Contribution from the Closed Block                            $    2.9
                                                              ---------
                                                              ---------
Cash flows
  Cash flows from operating activities:
    Contribution from the Closed Block                        $    2.9
    Initial cash transferred to the Closed Block                 139.7
    Change in deferred policy acquisition costs, net               0.4
    Change in premiums and other receivables                      (0.1)
    Change in policy liabilities and accruals                      2.0
    Change in accrued investment income                           (1.3)
    Other, net                                                     0.8
                                                              ---------
  Net cash provided by operating activities                      144.4
                                                              ---------
                                                              ---------
  Cash flows from investing activities:
    Sales, maturities and repayments of investments               29.0
    Purchases of investments                                    (158.8)
    Other, net                                                     3.0
                                                              ---------
  Net cash used by investing activities                         (126.8)
                                                              ---------
Change in cash and cash equivalents and ending balance        $   17.6
                                                              ---------
                                                              ---------
</TABLE>

     On October 16, 1995, there were no valuation allowances transferred to the
Closed Block on mortgage loans. There are no valuation allowances on mortgage
loans at December 31, 1995.

     Many expenses related to Closed Block operations are charged to operations
outside the Closed Block; accordingly, the contribution from the Closed Block
does not represent the actual profitability of the Closed Block operations.
Operating costs and expenses outside of the Closed Block are, therefore,
disproportionate to the business outside the Closed Block.


16

<PAGE>

7. DEBT

Short- and long-term debt consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31
(In millions)                                                     1995           1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>
Short-Term                                                            
  Commercial paper                                             $  27.7        $  32.8
  Other                                                            0.3             --
                                                               -----------------------
Total short-term debt                                          $  28.0        $  32.8
                                                               -----------------------
                                                               -----------------------
Long-term debt                                                 $   2.8        $   2.7
                                                               -----------------------
                                                               -----------------------
</TABLE>

     FAFLIC issues commercial paper primarily to manage imbalances between
operating cash flows and existing commitments. Commercial paper borrowing
arrangements are supported by various lines of credit. As of December 31, 1995,
the weighted average interest rate for outstanding commercial paper was 5.8%.

     As of December 31, 1995, FAFLIC had approximately $245.0 million in
committed lines of credit provided by U.S. banks, of which $217.3 million was
available for borrowing. These lines of credit generally have terms of less than
one year, and require the Company to pay annual commitment fees ranging from
0.10% to 0.125% of the available credit. Interest that would be charged for
usage of these lines of credit is based upon negotiated arrangements.

     Interest expense was $4.1 million, $4.3 million and $1.6 million in 1995,
1994 and 1993, respectively.

     In October, 1995, AFC issued $200.0 million face amount of Senior
Debentures for proceeds of $197.2 million net of discounts and issuance costs.
These securities have an effective interest rate of 7.65%, and mature on October
16, 2025. Interest is payable semiannually on October 15 and April 15 of each
year. The Senior Debentures are subject to certain restrictive covenants,
including limitations on issuance of or disposition of stock of restricted
subsidiaries and limitations on liens. AFC is in compliance with all covenants.
The primary source of cash for repayment of the debt by AFC is dividends from
FAFLIC.

8. FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

Provisions for federal income taxes have been calculated in accordance with the
provisions of SFAS No. 109. A summary of the federal income tax expense
(benefit) in the consolidated statements of income is shown below: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions)                                      1995           1994           1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>            <C>
Federal income tax expense (benefit)                   
  Current                                      $  119.7       $   45.4       $   95.1
  Deferred                                        (37.0)           8.0          (20.4)
                                               ---------------------------------------
Total                                          $   82.7       $   53.4       $   74.7
                                               ---------------------------------------
                                               ---------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     The federal income taxes attributable to the consolidated results of
operations are different from the amounts determined by multiplying income
before federal income taxes by the expected federal income tax rate. The sources
of the difference and the tax effects of each were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions)                                      1995           1994           1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>            <C>
Expected federal income tax 
 expense                                       $  105.6       $   53.7       $  138.2
  Tax-exempt interest                             (32.2)         (35.9)         (32.8)
  Differential earnings amount                     (7.6)          35.0          (10.9)
  Non-taxable gain                                   --             --          (22.0)
  Dividend received deduction                      (4.0)          (2.5)          (1.3)
  Foreign tax credit                               (0.7)          (0.8)          (0.9)
  Changes in tax reserve estimates                 19.3            4.0            3.5
  Other, net                                        2.3           (0.1)           0.9
                                               ---------------------------------------
Federal income tax expense                     $   82.7       $   53.4       $   74.7
                                               ---------------------------------------
                                               ---------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     Until conversion to a stock life insurance company, FAFLIC, as a mutual
company, reduced its deduction for policyholder dividends by the differential
earnings amount. This amount was computed, for each tax year, by multiplying the
average equity base of the FAFLIC/AFLIAC consolidated group, as determined for
tax purposes, by the estimate of an excess of an imputed earnings rate over the
average mutual life insurance companies' earnings rate. The differential
earnings amount for each tax year was subsequently recomputed when actual
earnings rates were published by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). For its
1995 federal income tax return, FAFLIC has estimated that there will be no tax
effect from a differential earnings amount, including the expected effect of
future recomputations by the IRS. As a stock life company, FAFLIC is no longer
required to reduce its policyholder dividend deduction by the differential
earnings amount.


                                                                              17
<PAGE>

     The deferred income tax asset represents the tax effects of temporary
differences attributable to Allmerica P&C, a separate consolidated group for
federal tax return purposes. Its components were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31
(In millions)                                                     1995           1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
Deferred tax (assets) liabilities                                     
  AMT carryforwards                                           $   (9.8)      $  (11.9)
  Loss reserve discounting                                      (178.3)        (187.6)
  Deferred acquisition costs                                      55.1           54.2
  Employee benefit plans                                         (25.5)         (22.0)
  Investments, net                                                77.4          (22.7)
  Fixed assets                                                     2.5            4.5
  Bad debt reserve                                                (1.8)          (1.8)
  Other, net                                                      (0.8)          (1.8)
                                                              ------------------------
Deferred tax asset, net                                       $  (81.2)      $ (189.1)
                                                              ------------------------
                                                              ------------------------
</TABLE>

     The deferred income tax liability represents the tax effects of temporary
differences attributable to the FAFLIC/AFLIAC consolidated federal tax return
group. Its components were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31
(In millions)                                                     1995           1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
Deferred tax (assets) liabilities                                     
  NOL carryforwards                                           $     --       $   (3.3)
  AMT carryforwards                                                 --           (1.5)
  Loss reserve discounting                                      (129.1)        (118.2)
  Deferred acquisition costs                                     169.7          199.0
  Differential earnings amount                                      --           27.7
  Employee benefit plans                                         (14.6)         (15.4)
  Investments, net                                                67.0          (30.9)
  Fixed assets                                                    (1.7)          (0.9)
  Bad debt reserve                                               (26.3)         (27.9)
  Other, net                                                     (17.2)         (14.8)
                                                              ------------------------
Deferred tax liability, net                                   $   47.8       $   13.8
                                                              ------------------------
                                                              ------------------------
</TABLE>

     Gross deferred income tax assets totaled $405.1 million and $460.7 million
at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Gross deferred income tax
liabilities totaled $371.1 million and $285.4 million at December 31, 1995 and
1994, respectively.

     Management believes, based on the Company's recent earnings history and its
future expectations, that the Company's taxable income in future years will be
sufficient to realize all deferred tax assets. In determining the adequacy of
future income, management considered the future reversal of its existing
temporary differences and available tax planning strategies that could be
implemented, if necessary. At December 31, 1995, there are no available non-life
net operating loss carryforwards, and there are available alternative minimum
tax credit carryforwards of $9.8 million.

     The Company's federal income tax returns are routinely audited by the IRS,
and provisions are routinely made in the financial statements in anticipation of
the results of these audits. The IRS has examined the FAFLIC/AFLIAC consolidated
group's federal income tax returns through 1988. The IRS has also examined the
Allmerica P&C consolidated group's federal income tax returns through 1988.
Deficiencies asserted with respect to tax years 1977 through 1981 have been paid
and recorded, and the Company has filed a recomputation of such years with
appeals claiming a refund with respect to certain agreed upon issues. The
Company is currently considering its response to certain adjustments proposed by
the IRS with respect to FAFLIC/AFLIAC's federal income tax returns for 1982 and
1983, and to possible adjustments under consideration by the IRS with respect to
Allmerica P&C's federal income tax returns for 1989, 1990, and 1991. If upheld,
these adjustments would result in additional payments; however, the Company will
vigorously defend its position with respect to these adjustments. In
management's opinion, adequate tax liabilities have been established for all
years. However, the amount of these tax liabilities could be revised in the near
term if estimates of the Company's ultimate liability are revised.

9. PENSION PLANS

FAFLIC provides retirement benefits to substantially all of its employees under
three separate defined benefit pension plans. Through December 31, 1994,
retirement benefits were based primarily on employees' years of service and
compensation during the highest five consecutive plan years of employment.
Benefits under this defined benefit formula were frozen for most employees (but
not for eligible agents) effective December 31, 1994. In their place, the
Company adopted a defined benefit cash balance formula, under which the Company
annually provides an allocation to each eligible employee as a percentage of
that employee's salary, similar to a defined contribution plan arrangement. The
1995 allocation was based on 7.0% of each eligible employee's salary.
Continuation of the defined benefit cash balance formula is subject to the
resolution of certain technical issues, and may be subject to receipt of a
favorable determination letter from the IRS that the Company's pension plans, as
amended to reflect the cash balance formula, will continue to satisfy the
requirements of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company's
policy for the plans is to fund at least the minimum amount required by the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

18
<PAGE>

     Components of net pension expense were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions)                                      1995           1994           1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>           <C>
Service cost - benefits earned 
  during the year                               $  19.7        $  13.0       $    9.8
Interest accrued on projected 
  benefit obligations                              21.1           20.0           16.9
Actual return on assets                           (89.3)          (2.6)         (15.1)
Net amortization and deferral                      66.1          (16.3)          (5.8)
                                                --------------------------------------
Net pension expense                             $  17.6        $  14.1       $    5.8
                                                --------------------------------------
                                                --------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     The following table summarizes the combined status of the three pension
plans. At December 31, 1995 and 1994, each plan's projected benefit obligation
exceeded its assets.  

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31
(In millions)                                                     1995           1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit 
 obligations:                                          
  Vested benefit obligation                                    $ 325.6        $ 221.7
  Unvested benefit obligation                                      5.0            3.5
                                                               -----------------------
Accumulated benefit obligation                                 $ 330.6        $ 225.2
                                                               -----------------------
                                                               -----------------------
Pension liability included in 
 Consolidated Balance Sheets:                          
  Projected benefit obligation                                 $ 367.1        $ 254.6
  Plan assets at fair value                                      321.2          239.7
                                                               -----------------------
    Plan assets less than projected 
     benefit obligation                                          (45.9)         (14.9)
  Unrecognized net loss from 
   past experience                                                48.8           42.3
  Unrecognized prior service benefit                             (13.8)         (17.3)
  Unamortized transition asset                                   (26.5)         (28.3)
                                                               -----------------------
Net pension liability                                          $ (37.4)       $ (18.2)
                                                               -----------------------
                                                               -----------------------
</TABLE>

     Determination of the projected benefit obligations was based on a weighted
average discount rate of 7.0% in 1995 and 8.5% in 1994, and the assumed
long-term rate of return on plan assets was 9%. The actuarial present value of
the projected benefit obligations was determined using assumed rates of increase
in future compensation levels ranging from 5.5% to 6.5%. The effect of changes
in actuarial assumptions, including the decrease in the weighted average
discount rate, was an increase in the Company's projected benefit obligation of
$76.7 million at December 31, 1995. Plan assets are invested primarily in
various separate accounts and the general account of FAFLIC. The plans also hold
stock of AFC.

     The Company has a profit sharing and 401(k) plan for its employees.
Effective for plan years beginning after 1994, the profit sharing formula for
employees has been discontinued and a 401(k) match feature has been added to the
continuing 401(k) plan for the employees. Total plan expense in 1995, 1994 and
1993 was $5.2 million, $12.6 million and $22.6 million, respectively. In
addition to this Plan, the Company has a defined contribution plan for
substantially all of its agents. The Plan expense in 1995, 1994 and 1993 was
$3.5 million, $2.7 million and $2.4 million, respectively. 

10. OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

In addition to the Company's pension plans, the Company currently provides
postretirement medical and death benefits to certain full-time employees and
dependents, under several plans sponsored by FAFLIC, Hanover and Citizens.
Generally, employees become eligible at age 55 with at least 15 years of
service. Spousal coverage is generally provided for up to two years after death
of the retiree. Benefits include hospital, major medical and a payment at death
equal to retirees' final compensation up to certain limits. Effective January 1,
1996, the Company revised these benefits so as to establish limits on future
benefit payments and to restrict eligibility to current employees. The medical
plans have varying copayments and deductibles, depending on the plan. These
plans are unfunded.

     Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No.
106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions".
SFAS No. 106 requires employers to recognize the costs and obligations of
postretirement benefits other than pensions over the period ending with the date
an employee is fully eligible to receive benefits. Previously, such costs were
generally recognized as expenses when paid. The adoption increased accrued
liabilities by $69.1 million. The effect on the consolidated income statement
was $35.4 million, net of tax of $23.5 million and minority interest of $10.2
million, reported as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.
The ongoing effect of adopting the new standard increased 1993 net periodic
postretirement benefit expense by $6.6 million, and decreased net income by $4.3
million.

                                                                              19
<PAGE>

     The plans' funded status reconciled with amounts recognized in the
Company's consolidated balance sheet were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31
(In millions)                                                     1995           1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>             <C>
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:                        
  Retirees                                                     $  44.9         $ 35.2
  Fully eligible active plan participants                         14.0           15.2
  Other active plan participants                                  45.9           38.5
                                                               -----------------------
                                                                 104.8           88.9
Plan assets at fair value                                           --             --
                                                               -----------------------
Accumulated postretirement benefit 
 obligation in excess of plan assets                             104.8           88.9
Unrecognized loss                                                 13.4            4.7
                                                               -----------------------
Accrued postretirement benefit costs                           $  91.4         $ 84.2
                                                               -----------------------
                                                               -----------------------
</TABLE>

     The components of net periodic postretirement benefit expense were as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions)                                      1995           1994           1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <S>             <C>            <C>
Service cost                                     $  4.2         $  6.6         $  3.8
Interest cost                                       6.9            6.9            5.7
Amortization of (gain) loss                        (0.5)           1.4             --
                                                 -------------------------------------
Net periodic postretirement 
  benefit expense                                $ 10.6         $ 14.9         $  9.5
                                                 -------------------------------------
                                                 -------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     For purposes of measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
at December 31, 1995, health care costs were assumed to increase 10% in 1996,
declining thereafter until the ultimate rate of 5.5% is reached in 2001 and
remains at that level thereafter. The health care cost trend rate assumption has
a significant effect on the amounts reported. For example, increasing the
assumed health care cost trend rates by one percentage point in each year would
increase the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 1995
by $10.1 million, and the aggregate of the service and interest cost components
of net periodic postretirement benefit expense for 1995 by $1.2 million.

     The weighted-average discount rate used in determining the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation at January 1, 1993 was 8.5%. The rate was 7.0%
and 8.5% at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The effect of changes in
actuarial assumptions, including the decrease in the weighted average discount
rate, was an increase in the Company's accumulated postretirement benefit
obligation of $15.1 million at December 31, 1995.

11. POSTEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

Effective January 1, 1994, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 112, (SFAS No. 112), "Employers' Accounting
for Postemployment Benefits", which requires employers to recognize the costs
and obligations of severance, disability and related life insurance and health
care benefits to be paid to inactive or former employees after employment but
before retirement. Prior to adoption, the Company had recognized the cost of
these benefits on an accrual or paid basis, depending on the plan.
Implementation of SFAS No. 112 resulted in a transition obligation of $1.9
million, net of federal income taxes and minority interest, and is reported as a
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in the consolidated
statement of income. The impact of this accounting change, after recognition of
the cumulative effect, was not significant.

12. DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

Massachusetts, Delaware, New Hampshire and Michigan have enacted laws governing
the payment of dividends to stockholders by insurers. These laws affect the
dividend paying ability of FAFLIC, AFLIAC, Hanover and Citizens, respectively. 

     Massachusetts' statute limits the dividends an insurer may pay in any
twelve month period, without the prior permission of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts Insurance Commissioner, to the greater of (i) 10% of its statutory
policyholder surplus as of the preceding December 31 or (ii) the individual
company's statutory net gain from operations for the preceding calendar year (if
such insurer is a life company), or its net income for the preceding calendar
year (if such insurer is not a life company). In addition, under Massachusetts
law, no domestic insurer shall pay a dividend or make any distribution to its
shareholders from other than unassigned funds unless the Commissioner shall have
approved such dividend or distribution. At January 1, 1996, FAFLIC could pay
dividends of $144.9 million to AFC without prior approval of the Commissioner.

     Dividends from FAFLIC to AFC will be the primary source of cash for
repayment of the debt by AFC and payment of dividends to AFC stockholders.

     Pursuant to Delaware's statute, the maximum amount of dividends and other
distributions that an insurer may pay in any twelve month period, without the
prior approval of the Delaware Commissioner of 

20

<PAGE>

Insurance, is limited to the greater of (i) 10% of its policyholders' surplus as
of the preceding December 31 or (ii) the individual company's statutory net gain
from operations for the preceding calendar year (if such insurer is a life
company) or its net income (not including realized capital gains) for the
preceding calendar year (if such insurer is not a life company). Any dividends
to be paid by an insurer, whether or not in excess of the aforementioned
threshold, from a source other than statutory earned surplus would also require
the prior approval of the Delaware Commissioner of Insurance. At January 1,
1996, AFLIAC could pay dividends of $4.3 million to FAFLIC without prior
approval.

     Pursuant to New Hampshire's statute, the maximum dividends and other
distributions that an insurer may pay in any twelve month period, without the
prior approval of the New Hampshire Insurance Commissioner, is limited to 10% of
such insurer's statutory policyholder surplus as of the preceding December 31.
At January 1, 1996, the maximum dividend and other distributions that could be
paid to Allmerica P&C by Hanover, without prior approval of the Insurance
Commissioner, was approximately $72.8 million.

     Pursuant to Michigan's statute, the maximum dividends and other
distributions that an insurer may pay in any twelve month period, without prior
approval of the Michigan Insurance Commissioner, is limited to the greater of
10% of policyholders' surplus as of December 31 of the immediately preceding
year or the statutory net income less realized gains, for the immediately
preceding calendar year. At January 1, 1996, Citizens Insurance could pay
dividends of $45.6 million to Citizens Corporation without prior approval.

13. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company offers financial products and services in two major areas: Risk
Management and Retirement and Asset Management. Within these broad areas, the
Company conducts business principally in five operating segments. 

     The Risk Management group includes two segments: Regional Property and
Casualty and Corporate Risk Management Services. The Regional Property and
Casualty segment includes property and casualty insurance products, such as
automobile insurance, homeowners insurance, commercial multiple-peril insurance,
and workers' compensation insurance. These products are offered by Allmerica P&C
through its operating subsidiaries, Hanover and Citizens. Substantially all of
the Regional Property and Casualty segment's earnings are generated in Michigan
and the Northeast (Connecticut, Massachusetts, New York, New Jersey, New
Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont and Maine). The Corporate Risk Management
Services segment, formerly known as the Employee Benefit Services segment,
includes group life and health insurance products and services which assist
employers in administering employee benefit programs and in managing the related
risks. 

     The Retirement and Asset Management group includes three segments: Retail
Financial Services, Institutional Services and Allmerica Asset Management. The
Retail Financial Services segment, formerly known as the Individual Financial
Services segment, includes variable annuities, variable universal life-type,
traditional and health insurance products distributed via retail channels to
individuals across the country. The Institutional Services segment includes
primarily group retirement products such as 401(k) plans, tax-sheltered
annuities and GIC contracts which are distributed to institutions across the
country via work-site marketing and other arrangements. Allmerica Asset
Management, formerly included in the results of the Institutional Services
segment, is a Registered Investment Advisor which provides investment advisory
services to other institutions, such as insurance companies and pension plans. 

                                                                              21
<PAGE>
     Summarized below is financial information with respect to business segments
for the year ended and as of December 31.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In millions)                                      1995           1994           1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>
Revenues:
  Risk Management                                                     
    Regional Property and Casualty           $  2,095.1     $  2,004.8     $  2,051.1
    Corporate Risk Management                     328.5          302.4          296.0
                                             -----------------------------------------
      Subtotal                                  2,423.6        2,307.2        2,347.1
                                             -----------------------------------------
  Retirement and Asset Management                      
    Retail Financial Services                     486.7          507.9          524.0
    Institutional Services                        344.1          397.9          382.0
    Allmerica Asset Management                      4.4            4.0              -
                                             -----------------------------------------
      Subtotal                                    835.2          909.8          906.0
  Eliminations                                    (20.3)         (21.9)         (13.9)
                                             -----------------------------------------
Total                                        $  3,238.5     $  3,195.1     $  3,239.2
                                             -----------------------------------------
                                             -----------------------------------------
Income (loss) from continuing 
 operations before income taxes:                       
  Risk Management                                      
    Regional Property and Casualty           $    206.3     $    113.1     $    331.3
    Corporate Risk Management                      18.3           19.9           18.1
                                             -----------------------------------------
      Subtotal                                    224.6          133.0          349.4
                                             -----------------------------------------
                                             -----------------------------------------
  Retirement and Asset Management                      
    Retail Financial Services                      35.2           14.2           61.6
    Institutional Services                         42.8            4.4          (16.1)
    Allmerica Asset Management                      2.3            1.9             --
                                             -----------------------------------------
      Subtotal                                     80.3           20.5           45.5
                                             -----------------------------------------
Total                                        $    304.9     $    153.5     $    394.9
                                             -----------------------------------------
                                             -----------------------------------------
Identifiable assets:                                   
  Risk Management                                      
    Regional Property and Casualty           $  5,741.8     $  5,408.7     $  5,198.1
    Corporate Risk Management                     458.9          386.3          367.6
                                             -----------------------------------------
      Subtotal                                  6,200.7        5,795.0        5,565.7
                                             -----------------------------------------
  Retirement and Asset Management                      
    Retail Financial Services                   7,218.7        5,639.8        5,104.5
    Institutional Services                      4,280.9        4,484.5        4,708.2
    Allmerica Asset Management                      2.1            2.2             --
                                             -----------------------------------------
      Subtotal                                 11,501.7       10,126.5        9,812.7
                                             -----------------------------------------
Total                                        $ 17,702.4     $ 15,921.5     $ 15,378.4
                                             -----------------------------------------
                                             -----------------------------------------
</TABLE>

14. LEASE COMMITMENTS

Rental expenses for operating leases, principally with respect to buildings,
amounted to $36.4 million, $35.2 million and $31.9 million in 1995, 1994 and
1993, respectively. At December 31, 1995, future minimum rental payments under
non-cancelable operating leases were approximately $84.6 million, payable as
follows: 1996 - $29.4 million; 1997 - $21.5 million; 1998 - $14.6 million; 1999
- - $8.7 million; 2000 - $5.5 million; and $4.9 million thereafter.

15. REINSURANCE

In the normal course of business, the Company seeks to reduce the loss that may
arise from catastrophes or other events that cause unfavorable underwriting
results by reinsuring certain levels of risk in various areas of exposure with
other insurance enterprises or reinsurers. Reinsurance transactions are
accounted for in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 113.
     Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent
with the claim liability associated with the reinsured policy. Reinsurance
contracts do not relieve the Company from its obligations to policyholders.
Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to the
Company; consequently, allowances are established for amounts deemed
uncollectible. The Company determines the appropriate amount of reinsurance
based on evaluation of the risks accepted and analyses prepared by consultants
and reinsurers and on market conditions (including the availability and pricing
of reinsurance). The Company also believes that the terms of its reinsurance
contracts are consistent with industry practice in that they contain standard
terms with respect to lines of business covered, limit and retention,
arbitration and occurrence. Based on its review of its reinsurers' financial
statements and reputations in the reinsurance marketplace, the Company believes
that its reinsurers are financially sound.

     The Company is subject to concentration of risk with respect to reinsurance
ceded to various residual market mechanisms. As a condition to the ability to
conduct certain business in various states, the Company is required to
participate in various residual market mechanisms and pooling arrangements which
provide various insurance coverages to individuals or other entities that are
otherwise unable to purchase such coverage voluntarily provided by private
insurers. These market mechanisms and pooling arrangements include the
Massachusetts Commonwealth Automobile Reinsurers ("CAR"), the Maine Workers'
Compensation Residual 

22
<PAGE>

Market Pool ("MWCRP") and the Michigan Catastrophic Claims Association ("MCCA").
As of December 31, 1995, the MCCA and CAR were the only two reinsurers which
represented 10% or more of the Company's reinsurance business. As a servicing
carrier in Massachusetts, the Company cedes a significant portion of its private
passenger and commercial automobile premiums to CAR. Net premiums earned and
losses and loss adjustment expenses ceded to CAR in 1995, 1994 and 1993 were
$49.1 million and $37.9 million, $50.0 million and $34.6 million, and $45.0
million and $31.7 million, respectively.

     From 1988 through 1992, the Company was a servicing carrier in Maine, and
ceded a significant portion of its workers' compensation premiums to the Maine
Workers' Compensation Residual Market Pool, which is administered by The
National Council on Compensation Insurance ("NCCI"). The Company is currently
involved in legal proceedings regarding the MWCRP's deficit which through a
legislated settlement issued on June 23, 1995 provided for an initial funding of
$220.0 million, of which the insurance carriers were responsible for $65.0
million. Hanover paid its allocation of $4.2 million in December 1995. Some of
the small carriers are currently appealing this decision. The Company's right to
recover reinsurance balances for claims properly paid is not at issue in any
such proceedings. The Company expects to collect its reinsurance balance;
however, funding of the cash flow needs of the MWCRP may in the future be
affected by issues related to certain litigation, the outcome of which the
Company cannot predict. The Company ceded to MCCA net premiums earned and losses
and loss adjustment expenses in 1995, 1994 and 1993 of $66.8 million and $62.9
million, $80.0 million and $24.2 million, and $76.4 million and $126.8 million,
respectively. Because the MCCA is supported by assessments permitted by statute,
and all amounts billed by the Company to CAR, MWCRP and MCCA have been paid when
due, the Company believes that it has no significant exposure to uncollectible
reinsurance balances.

     The effects of reinsurance were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions)                                      1995           1994           1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>            <C>
Life insurance premiums:
  Direct                                      $   438.9      $   447.2      $   453.0
  Assumed                                          71.0           54.3           31.3
  Ceded                                          (150.3)        (111.0)         (83.2)
                                              ----------------------------------------
Net premiums                                  $   359.6      $   390.5      $   401.1
                                              ----------------------------------------
                                              ----------------------------------------
Property and casualty 
 premiums written:                                     
  Direct                                      $ 2,039.4      $ 1,992.4      $ 1,906.2
  Assumed                                         125.0          128.6          106.3
  Ceded                                          (279.1)        (298.1)        (267.4)
                                              ----------------------------------------
Net premiums                                  $ 1,885.3      $ 1,822.9      $ 1,745.1
                                              ----------------------------------------
                                              ----------------------------------------
Property and casualty 
 premiums earned:                                      
  Direct                                      $ 2,021.7      $ 1,967.1      $ 1,870.1
  Assumed                                         137.7          116.1          114.8
  Ceded                                          (296.2)        (291.9)        (306.7)
                                              ----------------------------------------
Net premiums                                  $ 1,863.2      $ 1,791.3      $ 1,678.2
                                              ----------------------------------------
                                              ----------------------------------------
Life insurance and other individual 
 policy benefits, claims, losses and 
  loss adjustment expenses:                            
  Direct                                      $   749.6      $   773.0      $   819.4
  Assumed                                          38.5           28.9            6.8
  Ceded                                           (69.5)         (61.6)         (38.4)
                                              ----------------------------------------
Net policy benefits, claims, losses 
 and loss adjustment expenses                 $   718.6      $   740.3      $   787.8
                                              ----------------------------------------
                                              ----------------------------------------
Property and casualty benefits, 
 claims, losses and loss 
  adjustment expenses:                                 
  Direct                                      $ 1,372.7      $ 1,364.4      $ 1,310.3
  Assumed                                         146.1          102.7           98.8
  Ceded                                          (229.1)        (160.4)        (209.7)
                                              ----------------------------------------
Net policy benefits, claims, losses 
 and loss adjustment expenses                 $ 1,289.7      $ 1,306.7      $ 1,199.4
                                              ----------------------------------------
                                              ----------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                                                              23
<PAGE>

16. DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION EXPENSES

The following reflects the amount of policy acquisition expenses deferred and
amortized:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions)                                      1995           1994           1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>            <C>
Balance at beginning of year                   $  802.8       $  746.9       $  700.4
  Acquisition expenses deferred                   504.8          510.3          482.3
  Amortized to expense 
   during the year                               (470.3)        (475.7)        (435.8)
  Adjustment to equity 
   during the year                                (50.4)          21.3             --
  Transferred to the Closed Block                 (24.8)            --             --
  Adjustment for cession of
   term life insurance                            (26.4)            --             --
                                               ---------------------------------------
Balance at end of year                         $  735.7       $  802.8       $  746.9
                                               ---------------------------------------
                                               ---------------------------------------
</TABLE>

17. LIABILITIES FOR OUTSTANDING CLAIMS, LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES

The Company regularly updates its estimates at liabilities for outstanding
claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses as new information becomes available
and further events occur which may impact the resolution of unsettled claims for
its property and casualty and its accident and health lines of business. Changes
in prior estimates are reflected in results of operations in the year such
changes are determined to be needed and recorded. 

     The liability for outstanding claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses
related to the Company's accident and health business was $375.9 million, $305.0
million and $276.3 million at December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
Accident and health claim liabilities have been re-estimated for all prior years
and were increased by $26.4 million, $6.5 million and $12.7 million in 1995,
1994 and 1993, respectively. Unfavorable development in the accident and health
business during 1995 is primarily due to reserve strengthening and adverse
experience in the Company's individual disability line of business.

     The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending
property and casualty reserve for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
(LAE):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions)                                      1995           1994           1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>            <C>
Reserve for losses and LAE, 
 beginning of year                            $ 2,821.7      $ 2,717.3      $ 2,598.9
Incurred losses and LAE, net 
 of reinsurance recoverable:                           
  Provision for insured events of 
   the current year                             1,427.3        1,434.8        1,268.2
  Decrease in provision for insured 
   events of prior years                         (137.6)        (128.1)         (68.8)
                                              ----------------------------------------
Total incurred losses and LAE                   1,289.7        1,306.7        1,199.4
                                              ----------------------------------------
Payments, net of reinsurance 
 recoverable:                                          
  Losses and LAE attributable to 
   insured events of current year                 652.2          650.2          523.5
  Losses and LAE attributable to 
   insured events of prior years                  614.3          566.9          564.3
                                              ----------------------------------------
Total payments                                  1,266.5        1,217.1        1,087.8
                                              ----------------------------------------
Less reserves assumed by purchaser 
 of Beacon                                           --             --          (28.8)
                                              ----------------------------------------
Change in reinsurance recoverable 
 on unpaid losses                                  51.1           14.8           35.6
                                              ----------------------------------------
Reserve for losses and LAE, 
 end of year                                  $ 2,896.0      $ 2,821.7      $ 2,717.3
                                              ----------------------------------------
                                              ----------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     As part of an ongoing process, the property and casualty reserves have been
re-estimated for all prior accident years and were decreased by $137.6 million,
$128.1 million and $68.8 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. The
increase in favorable development on prior years' reserves of $9.5 million in
1995 results primarily from a $34.6 million increase in favorable development at
Citizens. Favorable development in Citizens' personal automobile and workers'
compensation lines increased $16.6 million and $15.5 million, to favorable
development of $4.4 million and $32.7 million, respectively. Hanover's favorable
development, not including the effect of voluntary and involuntary pools, was
relatively unchanged at $90.2 million in 1995 compared to $91.7 million in 1994.
Favorable development in Hanover's workers' compensation line increased $27.7
million to $31.0 million during 1995. This was offset by decreases of $14.6
million and 


24

<PAGE>

$12.6 million, to $45.5 million and $0.1 million, in the personal automobile
and commercial multiple peril lines, respectively. Favorable development in
Hanover's voluntary and involuntary pools decreased $23.6 million to $0.4
million during 1995.

     The increase in favorable development on prior years' reserves of $59.3
million in 1994 primarily results from an increase in favorable development in
the voluntary and involuntary pools of $47.0 million in 1994. The remainder of
the favorable reserve development in 1994 is the result of favorable severity
trends, primarily in the personal automobile and commercial multiple peril
lines. 

     This favorable development reflects the Regional Property and Casualty
subsidiaries' reserving philosophy consistently applied over these periods.
Conditions and trends that have affected development of the loss and LAE
reserves in the past may not necessarily occur in the future.

     Due to the nature of business written by the Regional Property and Casualty
subsidiaries, the exposure to environmental liabilities is relatively small.
Losses and LAE reserves related to environmental damage and toxic tort
liability, included in the total reserve for losses and LAE, were $28.6 million
and $19.4 million, net of reinsurance of $8.4 million and $8.1 million, at the
end of 1995 and 1994, respectively. During 1995, the Regional Property and
Casualty subsidiaries redefined their environmental liabilities in conformity
with new guidelines issued by the NAIC. The 1994 liability has been conformed to
the 1995 presentation. This had no impact on results of operations. Management
believes that, notwithstanding the evolution of case law expanding such
liability, recorded reserves for environmental liability are adequate, and is
not aware of any litigation or pending claims that may result in additional
material liabilities in excess of recorded reserves. During 1995, Hanover
performed an actuarial review of its environmental reserves. This resulted in
Hanover's providing additional reserves for "IBNR" (incurred but not reported)
claims, in addition to existing reserves for reported claims. At Citizens,
environmental reserves are primarily related to reported claims. Although these
claims are not material, their existence gives rise to uncertainty and is
discussed because of the possibility, however remote, that they may become
material. The environmental liability could be revised in the near term if the
estimates used in determining the liability are revised.

18. MINORITY INTEREST

The Company's interest in Allmerica P&C, is represented by ownership of 58.3%,
57.4% and 57.4% of the outstanding shares of common stock at December 31, 1995,
1994 and 1993, respectively. Earnings and shareholders' equity attributable to
minority shareholders are included in minority interest in the consolidated
financial statements.

19.  CONTINGENCIES

REGULATORY AND INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENTS

Unfavorable economic conditions have contributed to an increase in the number of
insurance companies that are under regulatory supervision. This is expected to
result in an increase in mandatory assessments by state guaranty funds, or
voluntary payments by, solvent insurance companies to cover losses to
policyholders of insolvent or rehabilitated companies. Mandatory assessments,
which are subject to statutory limits, can be partially recovered through a
reduction in future premium taxes in some states. The Company is not able to
reasonably estimate the potential effect on it of any such future assessments or
voluntary payments.

LITIGATION

On June 23, 1995, the governor of Maine approved a legislative settlement for
the Maine Workers' Compensation Residual Market Pool deficit for the years 1988
through 1992. The settlement provides for an initial funding of $220.0 million
toward the deficit. The insurance carriers are liable for $65.0 million payable
on or before January 1, 1996, and employers will contribute $110.0 million
payable through surcharges on premiums over the course of the next ten years.
The major insurers are responsible for 90% of the $65.0 million. Hanover's
allocated share of the settlement is approximately $4.2 million, which was paid
in December 1995. The remainder of the deficit of $45.0 million will be paid by
the Maine Guaranty Fund Surplus payable in quarterly contributions over ten
years. The smaller carriers have recently filed litigation to appeal the
settlement. The Company believes that adequate reserves have been established
for any additional liability. 

     The Company has been named a defendant in various other legal proceedings
arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, based on
the advice of legal counsel, the ultimate resolution of these proceedings will
not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
However, liabilities related to these proceedings could be established in the
near term if estimates of the ultimate resolution of these proceedings are
revised.

RESIDUAL MARKETS

The Company is required to participate in residual markets in various states.
The results of the residual markets are not subject to the predictability
associated with the Company's own managed business, and are significant to the
workers' compensation line of business and both the private passenger and
commercial automobile lines of business.

                                                                              25
<PAGE>

20.  STATUTORY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The insurance subsidiaries are required to file annual statements with state
regulatory authorities prepared on an accounting basis prescribed or permitted
by such authorities (statutory basis). Statutory surplus differs from
shareholders' equity reported in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles for stock life insurance companies primarily because policy
acquisition costs are expensed when incurred, investment reserves are based on
different assumptions, postretirement benefit costs are based on different
assumptions and reflect a different method of adoption, life insurance reserves
are based on different assumptions and income tax expense reflects only taxes
paid or currently payable. Statutory net income and surplus are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In millions)                                      1995           1994           1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>             <C>            <C>
Statutory net income (Unconsolidated)                  
  Property and Casualty Companies             $   139.8       $   74.5       $  166.8
  Life and Health Companies                       134.3           40.7          114.8
                                              ----------------------------------------
Statutory Shareholders' 
  Surplus (Unconsolidated)                             
  Property and Casualty Companies             $ 1,151.7       $  989.8       $  960.1
  Life and Health Companies                       965.6          465.3          526.4
                                              ----------------------------------------
</TABLE>

21. QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

The quarterly results of operations for 1995 and 1994 are summarized below:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Three Months Ended 
(In millions)                                                         
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
1995                                                          March 31        June 30       Sept. 30        Dec. 31
Total revenues                                                $  841.4       $  793.4       $  819.2       $  784.5
                                                              ------------------------------------------------------
Income before extraordinary item                              $   39.2       $   29.9       $   34.8       $   45.2
Extraordinary item - demutualization expenses                     (2.5)          (3.5)          (4.7)          (1.4)
                                                              ------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                                    $   36.7       $   26.4       $   30.1       $   43.8
                                                              ------------------------------------------------------
                                                              ------------------------------------------------------
1994  
Total revenues                                                $  815.4       $  786.8       $  799.3       $  793.6
                                                              ------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item                       $  (10.9)      $   15.7       $   26.6       $   17.7
Extraordinary item - demutualization expenses                     (1.6)          (2.5)          (2.8)          (2.3)
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles             (1.9)            --             --             --
                                                              ------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                                    $  (14.4)      $   13.2       $   23.8       $   15.4
                                                              ------------------------------------------------------
                                                              ------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

26

<PAGE>

                              PART C.  OTHER INFORMATION

Item 24.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.

(a) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN PART A
    None

    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN PART B
    Financial Statements for First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance
    Company

    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN PART C
    None

(b) EXHIBITS

   
Exhibit 1 -   Vote of Board of Directors Authorizing Establishment of
              Registrant dated June 13, 1996 was previously filed in Initial
              Registration Statement on August 9, 1996 and is incorporated by
              reference herein.
    

Exhibit 2 -   Not Applicable.  Pursuant to Rule 26a-2, the Insurance Company
              may hold the assets of the Registrant NOT pursuant to a trust
              indenture or other such instrument.

   
Exhibit 3 -   (a)  Wholesaling Agreement is filed herewith.
              (b)  Sales Agreement is filed herewith.
    

              (c)  Broker's Agreement and Specimen Schedule of Sales
                   Commissions for Variable Annuity Policies were previously
                   filed on November 3, 1994 in Registration Statement 
                   No. 33-85916, and are incorporated by reference herein.
   
Exhibit 4 -   Policy Form previously filed in Initial Registration Statement
                   on August 9, 1996 and is incorporated by reference herein.
    

   
Exhibit 5 -   Application Form was previously filed in Initial Registration
                   Statement on August 9, 1996 and is incorporated by 
                   reference herein.
    

   
Exhibit 6 -   The Depositor's Articles of Incorporation, as amended effective
              October 1, 1995 to reflect its new name, and Bylaws was previously
              filed in Initial Registration Statement on August 9, 1996 and is
              incorporated by reference herein.
    

Exhibit 7 -   Not Applicable.

Exhibit 8 -   None

Exhibit 9 -   Consent and Opinion of Counsel is filed herewith

Exhibit 10 -  Consent and Opinion of Independent Accountants is filed herewith

Exhibit 11 -  None.

Exhibit 12 -  None.

Exhibit 13 -  None.

   
Exhibit 15-   Form of Participation Agreement is filed herewith.
    


<PAGE>

Item 25. DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE DEPOSITOR.

         The principal business address of all the following Directors and
         Officers is:
         440 Lincoln Street
         Worcester, Massachusetts 01653
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Name and Position                  Principal Occupation
         -----------------                  --------------------
<S>                                <C>
Bruce C. Anderson                 Director of First Allmerica since 1996;
                                  Vice President, First Allmerica

Abigail M. Armstrong              Secretary of First Allmerica since 1996;
                                  Counsel, First Allmerica

   
John F. Kelly                     Director of First Allmerica since 1996;
                                  Senior Vice President, General Counsel,
                                  First Allmerica
    

James R. McAuliffe                Director of First Allmerica since 1996;
                                  President and CEO, Citizens Insurance Company
                                  of America since 1994; Vice President from 
                                  1982 - 1994 and Chief Investment Officer, 
                                  First Allmerica, 1986 to 1994

<PAGE>

John F. O'Brien                   Director, Chairman of the Board, President and
                                  Chief Executive Officer, First Allmerica

Edward J. Parry, III              Vice President and Treasurer, First Allmerica
                                  since 1993; Assistant Vice President, 1992 
                                  to 1993; Manager, Price Waterhouse, 1987 to 
                                  1992

Richard M. Reilly                 Director of First Allmerica since 1996; Vice
                                  President, First Allmerica; Director, 
                                  Allmerica Investments, Inc.; Director and 
                                  President, Allmerica Investment Management 
                                  Company, Inc. since 1990

Larry C. Renfro                   Director of First Allmerica since 1996;
                                  Vice President of First Allmerica

Phillip E. Soule                  Director of First Allmerica since 1996;
                                  Vice President of First Allmerica

Eric A. Simonsen                  Director of First Allmerica since 1996;
                                  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer,
                                  First Allmerica

John P. Kavanaugh                 Director of First Allmerica since 1996;
                                  Vice President and Chief Investment Officer,
                                  First Allmerica

</TABLE>

Item 26.  PERSONS UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT.  See attached 
          organization chart.


                  ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


           NAME                                   ADDRESS              TYPE OF BUSINESS
           ----                                   -------              ----------------
<S>                                          <C>                      <C>
AAM Equity Fund                             440 Lincoln Street       Massachusetts Grantor
                                            Worcester MA 01653         Trust

Allmerica Asset Management, Inc.            440 Lincoln Street       Investment advisory
                                            Worcester MA 01653         services

Allmerica Employees Insurance               440 Lincoln Street       Insurance Agency
  Agency, Inc.                              Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Financial Life Insurance          440 Lincoln Street       Life insurance, accident
  and Annuity Company                       Worcester MA 01653         & health insurance,
                                                                       annuities, variable
                                                                       annuities and variable
                                                                       life insurance

Allmerica Financial Services                440 Lincoln Street       Insurance Agency
  Insurance Agency, Inc.                    Worcester, MA 01653

Allmerica Funds                             440 Lincoln Street       Investment Company
                                            Worcester MA 01653



Allmerica Institutional Services, Inc.      440 Lincoln Street       Accounting, marketing
                                            Worcester MA 01653       and shareholder

<PAGE>

                                                                      services for investment
                                                                      companies

Allmerica Investment Services, Inc.         440 Lincoln Street       Holding Company
  (formerly Allmerica Financial             Worcester, MA 01653
  Services, Inc.)

Allmerica Investment Management             440 Lincoln Street       Investment Advisory
  Company, Inc.                             Worcester MA 01653         Services

Allmerica Investments, Inc.                 440 Lincoln Street       Securities, retail broker-
                                            Worcester MA 01653         dealer

Allmerica Investment Trust                  440 Lincoln Street       Investment Company
  (formerly SMA Investment Trust)           Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Property and Casualty             440 Lincoln Street       Holding Company
 Companies, Inc.                            Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Realty Advisors, Inc.             440 Lincoln Street       Investment Advisory
                                            Worcester MA 01653         services

Allmerica Securities Trust                  440 Lincoln Street       Investment Company
                                            Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Services, Inc.                    440 Lincoln Street       Service Company
                                            Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Trust Company, N.A.               440 Lincoln Street       Limited purpose national
                                            Worcester MA 01653         trust company

AMGRO, Inc.                                 472 Lincoln Street       Premium financing
                                            Worcester MA 01653

APC Funding Corp.                           440 Lincoln Street       Special purpose funding
                                            Worcester MA 01653         vehicle for commercial
                                                                       paper

Beltsville Drive Limited                    440 Lincoln Street       Real estate partnership
  Partnership                               Worcester MA 01653

Citizens Corporation                        440 Lincoln Street       Holding Company
                                            Worcester MA 01653

Citizens Insurance Company of America       645 West Grand River     Multi-line fire &
                                            Howell MI 48843            casualty insurance


Citizens Insurance Company of Ohio          645 West Grand River     Multi-line fire &
                                            Howell MI 48843            casualty insurance

Citizens Management, Inc.                   645 West Grand River     Services management
                                            Howell MI 48843            company

Greendale Special Placements Fund           440 Lincoln Street       Massachusetts Grantor
                                            Worcester MA 01653         Trust

The Hanover American Insurance              100 North Parkway        Multi-line fire &
  Company                                   Worcester MA 01653         casualty insurance

The Hanover Insurance Company               100 North Parkway        Multi-line fire &
                                            Worcester MA 01605         casualty insurance

Hanover Texas Insurance                     801 East Campbell Road   Incorporated Branch
  Management Company, Inc.                  Richardson TX  75081       Office of The Hanover
                                                                       Insurance Company

Hanover Lloyd's Insurance Company           801 East Campbell Road   Multi-line fire &
                                            Richardson TX 75081        casualty insurance

<PAGE>

Hollywood Center, Inc.                      440 Lincoln Street       General business
                                            Worcester MA 01653         corporation

Linder Skokie Real Estate                   440 Lincoln Street       General business
  Corporation                               Worcester MA 01653         corporation

Lloyds Credit Corporation                   440 Lincoln Street       Premium financing
                                            Worcester MA 01653         service franchises

Logan Wells Water Company, Inc.             603 Heron Drive          Water Company, serving
                                            Bridgeport NJ 08014        land development
                                                                       investment

Massachusetts Bay Insurance                 100 North Parkway        Multi-line fire &
  Company                                   Worcester MA 01653         casualty

SMA Financial Corp.                         440 Lincoln Street       Holding Company
                                            Worcester MA 01653

Somerset Square, Inc.                       440 Lincoln Street       General business
                                            Worcester MA 01653         corporation

Sterling Risk Management Services, Inc.     100 North Parkway        Risk management
                                            Worcester MA 01605         services

</TABLE>

Item 27.  NUMBER OF CONTRACT OWNERS.

     The Variable Account has no Policyholders because 
operations have not yet begun

Item 28.  INDEMNIFICATION.

Article VIII of the Bylaws of the Depositor state:  Each Director and each
Officer of the Corporation, whether or not in office, (and his executors or
administrators), shall be indemnified or reimbursed by the Corporation against
all expenses actually and necessarily incurred by him in the defense or
reasonable settlement of any action, suit, or proceeding in which he is made a
party by reason of his being or having been a Director or Officer of the
Corporation, including any sums paid in settlement or to discharge judgement,
except in relation to matters as to which he shall be finally adjudged in such
action, suit or proceeding to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the
performance of his duties as such Director or Officer;  and the foregoing right
of indemnification or reimbursement shall not affect any other rights to which
he may be entitled under the Articles of Incorporation, any statute, bylaw,
agreement, vote of stockholders, or otherwise.

   
Item 29.  PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS.

(a)  Allmerica Investments, Inc. also acts as principal underwriter for the
following:
      -  VEL Account, VEL II Account, Group Vel, Separate Accounts VA-A, VA-B,
         VA-C, VA-G, VA-H, VA-K, VA-P, Allmerica Select Separate Account,
         Inheiritage Account, Fulcrum Separate Account and Separate Account KG
         of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company
      -  Separate Accounts I, VA-K, VA-P, VEL II Account, Inheiritage Account,
         Group VEL, Separate Account KG, Separate Account KGC and Allmerica
         Select Separate Account of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance
         Company.
      -  Allmerica Investment Trust
    

(b) The Principal Business Address of each of the following Directors and
    Officers of Allmerica Investments, Inc. is:
         440 Lincoln Street
         Worcester, Massachusetts 01653

    Name                               Position or Office with Underwriter
    ----                               -----------------------------------

Emil J. Aberizk                        Vice President

Abigail M. Armstrong                   Secretary and Counsel

Phillip J. Coffey                      Vice President

Thomas J. Cunningham                   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
                                       and Controller

<PAGE>

John F. Kelly                          Director

William F. Monroe, Jr.                 Vice Presdient

David J. Mueller                       Vice Presdient

John F. O'Brien                        Director

Stephen Parker                         President, Director and Chief
                                       Executive Officer

Edward J. Parry, III                   Treasurer

Richard M. Reilly                      Director

Eric a. Simonsen                       Director

Mark Steinberg                         Senior Vice President



Item 30.  LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS.

Each account, book or other document required to be maintained by Section 31(a)
of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and Rules 31a-1 to 31a-3 thereunder are
maintained by the Company at 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts or on
behalf of the Company by The First Data Investor Services, Inc. at 4400 Computer
Drive, Westboro, Massachusetts 01581.

Item 31.  MANAGEMENT SERVICES.

The Company provides daily unit value calculations and related services for 
the Company's separate accounts.

Item 32.  UNDERTAKINGS.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of Section 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file with
the Securities and Exchange Commission such supplementary and periodic
information, documents, and reports as may be prescribed by any rule or
regulation of the Commission heretofore or hereafter duly adopted pursuant to
authority conferred in that section.

(b) The registrant hereby undertakes to include in the prospectus a postcard
that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement of Additional Information.

(c) The registrant hereby undertakes to deliver a Statement of Additional
Information promptly upon written or oral request, according to the requirements
of Form N-4.

(d) Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the 1933 Act may be
permitted to Directors, Officers and Controlling Persons of Registrant under any
registration statement, underwriting agreement or otherwise, Registrant has been
advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by Registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a Director, Officer or Controlling Person of Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
Director, Officer or Controlling Person in connection with the securities being
registered, Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has
been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.


   
Rule 26(e) Representations.

The Company hereby undertakes that the aggregate fees and charges under the 
contract are reasonable in relation to the services rendered, the expenses 
expected to be incurred, and the risks assumed by the Insurance Company.
    

Item 33.  REPRESENTATIONS CONCERNING WITHDRAWAL RESTRICTIONS ON SECTION 403(b)
PLANS AND UNDER THE TEXAS OPTIONAL RETIREMENT PROGRAM.

Registrant, a separate account of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance 
Company ("Company"), states that it is (a) relying on Rule 6c-7 under the 
1940 Act with respect to withdrawal restrictions under the Texas Optional 
Retirement Program ("Program") and (b) relying on the "no-action" letter 
(Ref. No. IP-6-88) issued on November 28, 1988 to the American Council of 
Life Insurance, in applying the withdrawal restrictions of Internal Revenue 
Code Section 403(b)(11).  Registrant has taken the following steps in 
reliance on the letter:

1.  Appropriate disclosures regarding the redemption restrictions imposed by
    the Program and by Section 403(b)(11) have been included in the prospectus
    of each registration statement used in connection with the offer of the


<PAGE>

    Company's variable contracts.

2.  Appropriate disclosures regarding the redemption restrictions imposed by
    the Program and by Section 403(b)(11) have been included in sales
    literature used in connection with the offer of the Company's variable
    contracts.

3.  Sales Representatives who solicit participants to purchase the variable
    contracts have been instructed to specifically bring the redemption
    restrictions imposed by the Program and by Section 403(b)(11) to the
    attention of potential participants.

4.  A signed statement acknowledging the participant's understanding of (I) the
    restrictions on redemption imposed by the Program and by Section 403(b)(11)
    and (ii) the investment alternatives available under the employer's
    arrangement will be obtained from each participant who purchases a variable
    annuity contract prior to or at the time of purchase.

Registrant hereby represents that it will not act to deny or limit a transfer
request except to the extent that a Service-Ruling or written opinion of
counsel, specifically addressing the fact pattern involved and taking into
account the terms of the applicable employer plan, determines that denial or
limitation is necessary for the variable annuity contracts to meet the
requirements of the Program or of Section 403(b).  Any transfer request not so
denied or limited will be effected as expeditiously as possible.

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT TABLE

   
Exhibit 3(a) -  Wholesaling Agreement

Exhibit 3(b) -  Sales Agreement

Exhibit 9    -  Consent and Opinion of Counsel.

Exhibit 10   -  Consent and Opinion of Independent Accountants

Exhibit 15   -  Participation Agreement
    


<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

   
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment 
Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Pre-Effective 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed by the undersigned, 
thereunto duly authorized in the City of Worcester, and Commonwealth of 
Massachusetts, on the 11th day of December, 1996.
    

                                    SEPARATE ACCOUNT KGC OF
                                    FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE
                                    COMPANY

                                    By: /s/ Abigail M. Armstrong
                                       ------------------------------------
                                       Abigail M. Armstrong, Secretary


SIGNATURES                  TITLE                          DATE
- ----------                  -----                          ----
   

/s/ John F. O'Brien     Director, President and Chief
John F. O'Brien         Executive Officer

/s/ Bruce C. Anderson   Director and Vice President
Bruce C. Anderson

/s/ John P. Kavanaugh   Director and Vice President       December 11, 1996
John P. Kavanaugh

/s/ John F. Kelly       Director, Senior Vice President
John F. Kelly           and General Counsel

/s/ James R. McAuliffe  Director
James R. McAuliffe

/s/ Edward J. Parry     Vice President and Treasurer
Edward J. Parry         (Chief Accounting Officer)

/s/ Richard M. Reilly   Director and Vice President
Richard M. Reilly

/s/ Larry C. Renfro     Director and Vice President
Larry C. Renfro

/s/ Eric A. Simonsen    Director, Vice President and Chief
Eric A. Simonsen        Financial Officer

/s/ Phillip E. Soule    Director and Vice President
Phillip E. Soule
    


<PAGE>
                                                                      Exhibit 3a
                              WHOLESALING AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT dated as of November 5, 1996 by and between FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL
LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a Massachusetts insurance company (the "Company"),
ALLMERICA INVESTMENTS, INC., a Massachusetts corporation (the "Underwriter"),
Kemper Distributors, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("KDI"),  ZKI Agency, Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("ZKIA" and, together with KDI, collectively, the
"Wholesaler"), and the insurance agency affiliates of the Wholesaler listed on
Schedule 1 to this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the "Wholesaler Agency
Affiliates").

                                   WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company has registered or proposes to register with the Securities
and Exchange Commission interests in certain variable annuity contracts and
variable life insurance contracts under the Securities Act of 1933 and proposes
to issue and sell such contracts through the Underwriter acting as the principal
underwriter for such contracts; and

WHEREAS, the Company, the Underwriter and the Wholesaler desire to establish an
arrangement whereby the Wholesaler will act as the wholesaler for such variable
annuity contracts and variable life insurance contracts and, as such, will
recruit business firms to distribute such contracts;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Company, the
Underwriter and the Wholesaler hereby agree as follows:

<PAGE>

1. DEFINITIONS

   a.  ACCOUNT -- Each and any separate account established by the Company 
   and listed on Schedule 2 to this Agreement, as amended from time to 
   time.  The phrase "Account supporting the Contracts" or "Account 
   supporting a class of Contracts" shall mean the separate account 
   identified in such Contracts as the separate account to which the 
   Purchase Payments made under such Contracts are allocated and as to 
   which income, gains and losses, whether or not realized, from assets 
   allocated to such separate account, are, in accordance with such 
   Contracts, credited to or charged against such separate account without 
   regard to other income, gains, or losses of the Company or any other 
   separate account established by the Company.

   b.  CONTRACTS -- The variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance
   contracts described more specifically on Schedule 3 to this Agreement, as
   amended from time to time.  The term "Contracts" shall include various
   Account sub-account investment options, investment options in the Company's
   general account and Guarantee Period Accounts, if available, any riders to
   such contracts and any other contracts offered in connection therewith or
   any contracts for which such Contracts may be exchanged or converted.  The
   phrase "a class of Contracts" shall mean those variable annuity contracts or
   variable life insurance contracts, as the case may be, issued on the same
   policy form or forms and covered by the same Registration Statement, as
   shown on Schedule 3 to this Agreement.

   c.  REGISTRATION STATEMENT -- At any time while this Agreement is in effect,
   the currently effective registration statement filed with the SEC under the
   1933 Act, or currently effective post-effective amendment thereto, relating
   to a class of Contracts, including financial statements included in, and all
   exhibits to, such registration statement or post-effective amendment. (For
   purposes of Sections 5.a. and 11 of this Agreement, however, the term
   "Registration Statement" means any document that is or at any time was a
   Registration Statement within the meaning of this Section 1.c.).

                                       2

<PAGE>

   d.  PROSPECTUS -- The prospectus and any statement of additional information 
   included within a Registration Statement, except that, if the prospectus and
   statement of additional information most recently filed with the SEC
   pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act after the date on which the
   Registration Statement became effective differs from the prospectus and
   statement of additional information included within the Registration
   Statement at the time it became effective, the term "Prospectus" shall refer
   to the most recently filed prospectus and statement of additional
   information filed under Rule 497 under the 1933 Act from and after the date
   on which they each shall have been filed. (For purposes of Sections 5.a. 
   and 11 of this Agreement, however, the term "any Prospectus" means any
   document that is or at any time was a Prospectus within the meaning of this
   Section l.d.).

   e.    FUND --Kemper Investors Fund.

   f.  FUND REGISTRATION STATEMENT -- At any time while this Agreement is in
   effect, the currently effective registration statement filed with the SEC
   under the 1933 Act, or currently effective post-effective amendment thereto,
   for shares of the Fund. (For purposes of Section 11 of this Agreement,
   however, the term "Fund Registration Statement" means any document that is
   or at any time was a Fund Registration Statement within the meaning of this
   Section l.f.).

   g.  FUND PROSPECTUS -- At any time while this Agreement is in effect, the
   prospectus and statement of additional information for the Fund most
   recently filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act. (For
   purposes of Section 11 of this Agreement, however, the term "Fund
   Prospectus" means any document that is or at any time was a Fund Prospectus
   within the meaning of this Section l.g.).

   h.  1933 ACT -- The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

   i.  1934 ACT -- The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                                       3

<PAGE>

   j.  1940 ACT -- The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

   k.  SEC -- The Securities and Exchange Commission.

   l.  NASD -- The National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

   m.  REGULATIONS -- The rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC under
   the 1933 Act, the  1934  Act  and  the 1940 Act as in effect at the  time 
   this  Agreement  is  executed  or thereafter promulgated, and as they may be
   amended from time to time.

   n.  STATE -  The state of New York and/or the state of Hawaii.

   o.  BROKER-DEALER -- An entity registered as a broker-dealer and licensed as
   a life insurance agent or affiliated with an entity so licensed, and
   recruited by the Wholesaler and subsequently authorized by the Company and
   the Underwriter to distribute the Contracts pursuant to a sales agreement
   with the Company and the Underwriter entered into in accordance with Section
   3 of this Agreement.

   p.  ASSOCIATED PERSON -- This term as used in this Agreement shall have the
   meaning assigned to it in the 1934 Act.

   q.  REPRESENTATIVE -- An Associated Person of the Wholesaler or a Broker-
   Dealer registered with the NASD as a registered representative or principal
   of the Wholesaler or Broker-Dealer, as  the  case may be.

   r.  PURCHASE PAYMENT -- A payment made under a Contract by an applicant or
   purchaser to purchase benefits under the Contract.  


                                       4

<PAGE>

   s.  PROCEDURES -- The administrative procedures prepared and distributed by
   the Company, as such may be amended or supplemented from time to time,
   relating to the solicitation, sale and delivery of the Contracts.  Provided,
   however, that Broker-Dealers shall only be responsible for compliance with
   those Procedures which have been furnished to them in writing.

   t.  PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT -- The agreement dated as of ____________, 1996,
   among the Company, KDI, Zurich Kemper Investments and the Fund relating to
   the investment of assets of the separate accounts of the Company in the
   Fund.

2. APPOINTMENT AND WHOLESALING RIGHTS

   a.  The Company hereby authorizes the Wholesaler to represent the Company in
   the wholesaling activities contemplated by this Agreement.  Where required
   by relevant State insurance law, the Company hereby appoints the Wholesaler
   as an agent under such State insurance laws to represent the Company in the
   wholesaling activities contemplated by this Agreement.  In those States in
   which the Wholesaler is not licensed as an insurance agent and the relevant
   State insurance law requires that the Wholesaler be licensed as an insurance
   agent, the Company hereby appoints the appropriate entity or individual
   ("Wholesaler Agency Affiliate") affiliated with the Wholesaler (as set forth
   on Schedule 1 to this Agreement, as such Schedule may be amended from time
   to time by the Wholesaler to reflect changes in the licensing status, if
   any, as required by relevant state insurance law of  the Wholesaler or
   Wholesaler Agency Affiliates) as its agent under the insurance laws to
   engage in such wholesaling activities.  The Underwriter hereby authorizes
   the Wholesaler under applicable securities laws to engage in the activities
   contemplated in this Agreement relating to the wholesaling of the Contracts
   for which the Underwriter acts or may act as principal underwriter.

   In jurisdictions where neither the Wholesaler nor any Wholesaler Agency
   Affiliate is licensed as contemplated by  the first paragraph of this
   Section 2.a., when requested in writing by the Wholesaler, the 


                                       5

<PAGE>

   Company will perform such wholesaling activities related to the Contracts 
   contemplated by this Agreement as are mutually agreed upon by the Company 
   and the Wholesaler.  Any such wholesaling activities will be performed by 
   the Company as agent and for the benefit of the Wholesaler, until such 
   time as the Wholesaler notifies the Company and the Underwriter that the 
   Wholesaler or its Wholesaler Agency Affiliate is so licensed.  The 
   Company shall be compensated by the Wholesaler for its performance of 
   such wholesaling activities on such basis as is mutually agreed upon by 
   the Company and the Wholesaler.

   b.  The Wholesaler (both on its own behalf and on behalf of Wholesaler
   Agency Affiliates) undertakes to use its best efforts to recruit Broker-
   Dealers in accordance with Section 3 of this Agreement, consistent with
   market conditions and in compliance with its responsibilities under the
   federal securities laws and NASD rules and regulations.  The obligations of
   the Wholesaler and Wholesaler Agency Affiliates hereunder are further
   subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company
   and the Underwriter contained in this Agreement and to the performance by
   the Company of its obligations hereunder.

   c.  The appointment and authorization of the Wholesaler and Wholesaler
   Agency Affiliates to engage in wholesaling activities pursuant to this
   Agreement is exclusive as to the Contracts listed on Schedule 3, as amended
   from time to time in accordance with Section 2.e. of this Agreement. 
   Neither the Company nor the Underwriter shall authorize any other person (as
   principal underwriter or otherwise) to engage in wholesaling or distribution
   activities with respect to the Contracts or to recruit business firms to
   engage in wholesaling or distribution activities with respect to the
   Contracts (other than business firms recommended by the Wholesaler pursuant
   to Section 3 of this Agreement) without the Wholesaler's prior written
   consent, nor shall the Company or the Underwriter, without the Wholesaler's
   prior written consent, separately engage in wholesaling or distribution
   activities relating to the Contracts.

   The Company shall design the Contracts,  and any amendments or riders
   thereto,  subject to approval by the Wholesaler.  Throughout the term of
   this Agreement, the Contracts shall be issued and offered for sale by the
   Company and the variable portion thereof shall be supported by the Accounts. 
   The Company alone 

                                       7

<PAGE>


   shall be responsible for filing the initial Registration Statements and 
   any amendments thereto with the SEC in accordance with the 1933 Act, 1934 
   Act, 1940 Act and the Regulations to register interests in each class of 
   Contracts.  The Company will not make any amendment or rider to the 
   Contracts or a class of Contracts, or file a Registration Statement, or 
   make an amendment to a Registration Statement or supplement to a 
   Prospectus, without the Wholesaler having been given the opportunity to 
   review any such filing, amendment, rider or supplement.  However, such 
   opportunity to review shall not make the Wholesaler responsible for the 
   content of any such filing, amendment, rider or supplement; the Company 
   alone shall be responsible for such content.

   The Company shall register its Accounts with the SEC.  All amounts available
   under the Contracts shall be invested only in the Fund (through the
   Account(s) supporting the Contracts) and/or allocated to the Company's
   general account, or to one or more of the Guarantee Period Accounts referred
   to in the Prospectus,  provided that such amounts may also be invested in an
   investment company or investment vehicle other than the Fund if: (1) such
   other investment company is advised by the Fund's investment adviser; (2)
   the Fund and/or Wholesaler, in their sole discretion, consents to the use of
   such other investment company or investment vehicle; (3) there is a
   substitution of the Fund made in accordance with Section 10.1(e) of the
   Participation Agreement; or (4) the Participation Agreement is terminated
   pursuant to Article X of the Participation Agreement.  The Company will not
   take action to operate any Account or any subaccount(s) of an Account, as a
   management investment company under the 1940 Act without the Fund's and
   Wholesaler's prior written consent.   

   All assets in the Guarantee Period Accounts referred to in the Prospectus
   shall be managed by Zurich Investment Management, Inc. ("ZIM") pursuant to
   the Investment Management Agreement being executed contemporaneously
   herewith by the Company and ZIM for so long as such Investment Management
   Agreement is in effect.

                                       7

<PAGE>

   d.  The Company shall obtain appropriate authorizations, to the extent
   necessary, whether by registration, qualification, approval or otherwise,
   for the issuance and sale of the Contracts (including all investment
   options) in each State. The Company shall also use its best efforts to
   obtain any additional State regulatory approvals necessary for the sale and
   issuance of the Contracts.  From time to time, the Company shall notify the
   Wholesaler in writing of all States in which the Contracts can then lawfully
   be offered.  To the extent that the Company is not authorized to issue the
   Contracts in a State,  the Company shall employ all reasonable efforts to
   obtain such authorization in such State.

   e.  The Wholesaler may unilaterally amend Schedule 1 from time to time
   pursuant to Section 2.a. of this Agreement.  The parties to this Agreement
   may amend Schedules 2 and 3 to this Agreement from time to time by mutual
   agreement to reflect changes in or relating to the Contracts and the
   Accounts and to add new classes of variable annuity contracts and variable
   life insurance contracts to be issued by the Company or for which the
   Wholesaler will act as wholesaler.  Schedule 2 to this Agreement will be
   automatically amended by the Company from time to time to reflect the
   addition and deletion of subaccounts and Fund portfolios.   The provisions
   of this Agreement shall be equally applicable to each such class of
   Contracts, unless the context otherwise requires.  Schedule 4 to this
   Agreement may be amended only by mutual agreement of the parties to this
   Agreement pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement.

                                       8

<PAGE>

3. RECRUITMENT OF BROKER-DEALERS AND RELATED RESPONSIBILITIES

   a.  The Company and the Underwriter hereby authorize the Wholesaler and any
   Wholesaler Agency Affiliates to contact and recommend business firms to act
   as Broker-Dealers for the sale of the Contracts.  The Company shall have the
   right to reject any such recommendation, but shall not do so arbitrarily or
   unreasonably,  and any such rejection shall be in writing and state the
   reasons therefor.

   b.  The Company and the Underwriter shall have the responsibility for: (i)
   executing appropriate sales agreements with the business firms recommended
   by the Wholesaler or Wholesaler Agency Affiliates and (ii) appointing such
   business firms, and/or Associated Persons of such firms, as insurance agents
   of the Company in those States where such business firms and/or Associated
   Persons possess insurance agent licenses.  None of the Wholesaler, the
   Wholesaler Agency Affiliates, the Company or the Underwriter shall have
   responsibility for, or bear the cost of, any registration or licensing of
   Broker-Dealers or any of their Associated Persons with the SEC, NASD or any
   State insurance, governmental or regulatory agency.  The costs of
   appointment shall be borne as provided in Section 9.c. hereof.  The Company
   shall maintain the appointment records of all agents appointed by the
   Company to distribute the Contracts or, if required by relevant State law,
   to engage in the wholesaling activities contemplated by this Agreement.  The
   Company shall provide KDI with a complete listing of all agents appointed by
   the Company to distribute the Contracts and shall provide KDI with an
   updated listing at least monthly.

   c.  Any sales agreement entered into by the Company and/or the Underwriter
   with a Broker-Dealer shall provide that:

     (i) The Broker-Dealer (or an affiliated person duly registered as a
     broker-dealer with the SEC) shall train, supervise, and be solely
     responsible for the conduct of all of its Associated Persons in the proper
     method of solicitation, sale and delivery of the Contracts for the purpose
     of complying on a continuous basis with 

                                       9

<PAGE>

     the NASD Rules of Fair Practice and with federal and State securities and 
     insurance law requirements applicable in connection with the offering and 
     sale of the Contracts;

     (ii) Purchase Payments for the Contracts  shall be made payable to the
     Company and shall be delivered together with all applications and related
     information in accordance with the Procedures;

     (iii) The Broker-Dealer and/or its duly licensed insurance agency
     affiliates shall be solely responsible for all compensation paid to its
     Representatives and all related tax reporting that may be required under
     applicable law;

     (iv) The Broker-Dealer and its Representatives shall not use, develop or
     distribute any promotional, sales or advertising material that has not been
     approved in writing by the Company,  the Underwriter and the Wholesaler and
     filed with the appropriate governmental or regulatory agencies; and

     (v)  The Broker-Dealer shall not have authority, on behalf of the Company,
     the Underwriter, the Wholesaler or the  Wholesaler Agency Affiliates,  to
     make, alter or discharge any Contract or other contract entered into
     pursuant to a Contract; to waive any Contract forfeiture provision; to
     extend the time of paying any Purchase Payment; to receive any monies or
     Purchase Payments (except for the sole purpose of forwarding monies or
     Purchase Payments to the Company); or to expend, or contract for the
     expenditure of, funds of the Company,  the Underwriter,  the Wholesaler or
     the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates.

   d.  The Wholesaler and Wholesaler Agency Affiliates shall provide such
   assistance to the Company in the appointment procedure applicable to Broker-
   Dealers and their Representatives as may be reasonably requested by the
   Company.

                                       10

<PAGE>

   e.  The Wholesaler shall train, supervise, and be solely responsible for the
   conduct of all of its Associated Persons (including Wholesaler Agency
   Affiliates, but not Broker-Dealers or their Representatives unaffiliated
   with the Wholesaler or the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates), for the purpose of
   complying on a continuous basis with the NASD Rules of Fair Practice and
   with federal and State securities and insurance laws applicable to the
   wholesaling activities contemplated in this Agreement.  The Wholesaler and
   the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates shall be responsible for the maintenance of
   licenses, certifications or permits that they determine to be necessary for
   themselves and/or their Associated Persons pursuant to any federal or State
   securities law or State insurance law.

   f.  None of the Wholesaler, the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates, the Company or
   the Underwriter will have any supervisory responsibility (as such
   supervision is contemplated by the 1934 Act or the NASD's Rules of Fair
   Practice) with respect to Broker-Dealers or their Representatives.  Under no
   circumstances will the Wholesaler or the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates be
   responsible for Broker-Dealers' or their Representatives' failure to comply
   with applicable law or the Procedures.

   g.  The Wholesaler shall not have authority on behalf of the Company to
   make, alter or discharge any Contract or other contract entered into
   pursuant to a Contract; to waive any Contract forfeiture provision; to
   extend the time of paying any Purchase Payment; or to receive any monies or
   Purchase Payments.  The Wholesaler shall not expend, nor contract for the
   expenditure of, funds of the Company; nor shall the Wholesaler possess or
   exercise any authority on behalf of the Company other than that expressly
   conferred on the Wholesaler by this Agreement.

   h.  The Wholesaler and the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates shall act as
   independent contractors in the performance of their duties and obligations
   under this Agreement and nothing contained in this Agreement shall
   constitute the Wholesaler or any Wholesaler Agency Affiliate or their
   respective Associated Persons as employees of the Company or the Underwriter
   in connection with the wholesaling activities contemplated by this Agreement
   or otherwise.

                                       11

<PAGE>

   i.  It is the intention of the parties hereto that the wholesaling 
   activities contemplated by this Agreement shall not involve the 
   solicitation of any insurance business from the public, or any act or 
   activity which would require registration as a life insurance or variable 
   annuity agent dealing with the public, including without limitation, 
   activities or conduct involving the solicitation, negotiation, 
   procurement, collection or transmittal of any premium or other 
   consideration on any insurance policy or annuity contract, or any other 
   act involving the consummation or delivery of any insurance policy or 
   annuity contract to a policy holder or the general public.


4. MARKETING AND SALES

   a.  Except as otherwise agreed to by the Company and the Wholesaler, the
   Wholesaler shall be responsible for the design and cost of all promotional,
   sales and advertising material relating to the Contracts, which include the
   marketing brochure, application, broker-dealer guide book, asset allocator
   worksheet and Prospectus covers.

   Prior to use with any member of the public, the Wholesaler shall provide to
   the Company copies of all promotional, sales and advertising material
   developed by the Wholesaler for the Company's review and written approval. 
   Upon receipt of such material from the Wholesaler, the Company shall be
   given a reasonable amount of time to complete its review.  The Company will
   respond on a prompt and timely basis in approving any such material. 
   Failure to respond shall not relieve the Wholesaler of the obligation to
   obtain the prior written approval of the Company.

   In the event that the Company shall design any promotional, sales or
   advertising material relating to the Contracts, the Company shall provide to
   the Wholesaler copies of such material for the Wholesaler's review and
   written approval.  Upon receipt of such material from the Company, the
   Wholesaler shall be given a reasonable amount of time to complete its
   review.  The Wholesaler will respond on a prompt and timely 

                                       12

<PAGE>

   basis in approving any such material.  Failure to respond shall not 
   relieve the Company of the obligation to obtain the prior written 
   approval of the Wholesaler.

   The Underwriter shall be responsible for filing, as required, all
   promotional, sales or advertising material, whether developed by the
   Company, the Underwriter or the Wholesaler, with the NASD and any federal
   and state securities, governmental or regulatory agencies.  The Company
   shall be responsible for filing, as required, such material, whether
   developed by the Company, the Underwriter or the Wholesaler, with any State
   insurance, governmental or regulatory agencies.  Neither the Wholesaler nor
   the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates shall have any responsibility for any of
   the filings referred to in this paragraph.

   If any such promotional, sales or advertising material names the Fund or the
   Fund's investment adviser, the Company shall furnish such material to the
   Fund or the Fund's distributor (if other than the Wholesaler) prior to its
   use.  Such material shall not be used unless written approval has been
   obtained from the Fund or the Fund's distributor.  Failure of the Fund or
   the Fund's distributor to respond shall not relieve the Company or the
   Underwriter of the obligation to obtain the prior written approval of the
   Fund or the Fund's distributor.

   b.  The Wholesaler acknowledges that the Company shall have the right to
   reject, in whole or in part, any application for a Contract, provided (i)
   that there must be a reasonable basis (as determined by the Company) for any
   such rejection, which basis shall be specified in writing by the Company
   upon request by the Wholesaler and (ii) that the projected profitability or
   lack of profitability of a Contract shall not be a basis for rejection.   In
   the event an application is rejected, any Purchase Payment submitted will be
   returned by or on behalf of the Company to the applicant.  The Company will
   notify the Wholesaler and the Broker-Dealer who submitted the Purchase
   Payment of such action.  In the event that a purchaser exercises his/her
   free look right under his/her Contract, any amount to be refunded as
   provided in such Contract will be so refunded to the purchaser by or on
   behalf of the Company.  The Company will notify the Wholesaler and the
   Broker-Dealer who solicited the sale of the Contract of such action.

                                       13

<PAGE>

   c.  The Company and the Wholesaler shall equally share the costs (other than
   those borne by the Fund pursuant to the Participation Agreement) for
   printing any preliminary and all definitive Prospectuses for the Contracts
   and Fund Prospectuses and any supplements thereto.

   d.  The Wholesaler will pay the following expenses related to its
   wholesaling activities contemplated by this Agreement: 

       (i) the compensation, if any, of its Associated Persons;

       (ii) expenses associated with the initial licensing, if any, and training
       of its Associated Persons involved in the wholesaling activities;

       (iii) the development,  printing and mailing of any promotional, sales or
       advertising material for use in connection with the distribution of the
       Contracts;

       (iv) the printing, mailing, and all other activities associated with 
       proxy solicitations;
 
       (v) expenses associated with telecommunications with the Company at the 
       sites of the Wholesaler or its Associated Persons, including site 
       installations and purchases, leases or rentals of modems, terminals and 
       other hardware, and lease line telephone charges; and 

       (vi) any other expenses incurred by the Wholesaler or its Associated
       Persons for the purpose of carrying out the obligations of the Wholesaler
       hereunder. 

       Except for such expenses and the expenses described in Section 4.c. of 
       this Agreement, the Wholesaler shall not be responsible for any expenses 
       relating to the Contracts or distribution of the Contracts or the 
       processing of Contracts or applications, including without limitation 

                                       14

<PAGE>

       any expenses incurred in connection with the return of Purchase Payments 
       solicited by Broker-Dealers for applications rejected or not timely 
       received by the Company.

   e.  The Company will pay all expenses in connection with:

       (i) the preparation and filing with appropriate governmental or 
       regulatory agencies of the Registration Statements and each preliminary 
       Prospectus and definitive Prospectus;

       (ii) the preparation and issuance of the Contracts;

       (iii) any authorization, registration, qualification or approval of the
       Contracts required under the securities, blue-sky laws or insurance laws 
       of the States; 

       (iv) registration fees for the Contracts payable to the SEC, the NASD or
       any other governmental or regulatory agency;

       (v) the mailing of Prospectuses for the Contracts and Fund Prospectuses, 
       any supplements thereto, as required by federal securities laws, and 
       periodic reports relating to the Fund or the Accounts to Contract owners;

       (vi) the preparation of administrative forms utilized in connection with
       the distribution of the Contracts; 

       (vii) the preparation of Contract owner lists for the purposes of proxy
       solicitations; and
 
       (viii) compensation as provided in Section 9 hereof.


                                       15

<PAGE>

   f.  The Company alone shall be responsible for and bear the cost of 
   administration of the Contracts following their issuance, including all 
   Contract owner service and communication activities, but the Wholesaler 
   shall be responsible for answering inquiries from Broker-Dealers or 
   Representatives regarding the investment performance of the Contracts, as 
   permitted by applicable law. The Company agrees that its service standards 
   for the Contracts shall be always equal to or better than its current 
   service standards for the other variable annuity and variable life 
   insurance contracts that it is actively marketing on the effective date of 
   this Agreement.

   g.  The Company, as agent for the Underwriter, will confirm to each
   applicant for and owner of a Contract in accordance with Rule lOb-10 under
   the 1934 Act its acceptance of Purchase Payments and such other transactions
   as are required by Rule l0b-10 or administrative interpretations thereunder
   and in accordance with Release 8389 under the 1934 Act.

   h.  At the end of 15 months from the later of the date (a) on which the
   Company and its affiliate, Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity
   Company ("AFLIAC") notify  the Underwriter and the Wholesaler that they have
   received approval of (i) "Kemper Gateway Elite" variable annuity contracts
   and (ii)  "Kemper Gateway Custom"  variable annuity contracts (collectively, 
   the "Contracts") from at least thirty  (30) states  or (b) on which both the
   Company and AFLIAC versions of the Contracts may be legally distributed
   under the Federal Securities Laws, reimbursement (if any) from the
   Wholesaler for development and administrative costs of the Contracts shall
   be computed and paid to the Company and AFLIAC as provided in Sections 4.h.
   and 21.a. of the Wholesaling Agreement between the Wholesaler and AFLIAC
   being executed contemporaneously herewith.  In accordance with the terms of
   such Wholesaling Agreement, Wholesaler shall be responsible for only a
   single reimbursement amount, and such reimbursement shall be divided between
   the Company and AFLIAC, as they may mutually agree.

                                       16

<PAGE>


5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

   a.  The Company and the Underwriter each represent and warrant to the
   Wholesaler and each Wholesaler Agency Affiliate, on the effective date of
   each Registration Statement for the Contracts (or class of Contracts) and at
   each time that a Contract is sold and, with respect to Clauses (vi), (vii),
   (x), and (xi) below, also on the date of this Agreement, as follows:

      (i) The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the SEC or
      has become effective in accordance with the Regulations.
      
      (ii) The Registration Statements and the Prospectuses each comply in 
      all material respects with the provisions of the 1933 Act and the 1940 
      Act and the Regulations, and neither the Registration Statements  nor 
      the Prospectuses contain an untrue statement of a material fact or 
      omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or 
      necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in light of 
      the circumstances in which they were made; provided, however, that none 
      of the representations and warranties in this Clause (ii) shall apply 
      to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statements or 
      Prospectuses made in reliance upon and in conformity with information 
      furnished to the Company in writing by the Wholesaler expressly for use 
      in the Registration Statements.

      (iii) Neither the Company nor the Underwriter has received any notice 
      from the SEC with respect to the Registration Statement or the Account 
      supporting the Contracts  described in the Registration Statements 
      pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act and no stop order under the 
      1933 Act has been issued and no proceeding therefor has been instituted 
      or threatened by the SEC.

      (iv) The accountants who certified the financial statements included in 
      the Registration Statements and Prospectuses are independent public 
      accountants as required by the 1933 Act and the Regulations and such 
      independent public accountants shall have certified that the financial 
      statements included in the

                                       17

<PAGE>

      Registration Statements present fairly the respective financial 
      positions of the Company and the Account supporting the Contracts 
      described in the Registration Statements as of the dates indicated; and 
      such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with 
      generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied 
      on a consistent basis.

      (v) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in
      the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, there has not been any
      material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, of the
      Company, the Underwriter or the Account supporting the Contracts described
      in the Registration Statements that would cause such information to be
      materially misleading.

      (vi) The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a
      corporation in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of
      Massachusetts with full power and authority to own, lease and operate its
      properties and conduct its business in the manner described in the
      Prospectus; is duly qualified to transact the business of a life insurance
      company; and is in good standing in each State.

      (vii) The Underwriter has been duly organized and is validly existing as a
      corporation in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of
      Massachusetts with full power and authority to own, lease and operate its
      properties and conduct its business in the manner described in the
      Prospectuses; is duly registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC and with
      the securities commission of each State where such registration is
      required; and is a member in good standing with the NASD.

      (viii) Each Account supporting the Contracts described in the 
      Registration Statements has been duly authorized and established and is 
      validly existing as a separate account under the insurance laws of the 
      Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and is duly registered with the SEC as a 
      unit investment trust under the 1940 Act.

                                       18

<PAGE>

      (ix) The form of the Contracts has been approved to the extent required by
      the Insurance Commissioner of each State.

      (x) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation 
      of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement have been duly 
      authorized by all necessary corporate action by the Company and the 
      Underwriter and when so executed and delivered this Agreement will be 
      the valid and binding obligation of the Company and the Underwriter, 
      enforceable in accordance with its terms.

      (xi) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this 
      Agreement, and the fulfillment of the  terms of this Agreement, will 
      not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and 
      provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) 
      a default under, the charter or bylaws of the Company or the 
      Underwriter, or any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed or trust, or 
      other instrument to which the Company or the Underwriter is a party or 
      by which either is bound, or violate any law, or, to the best of the 
      Company's or the Underwriter's knowledge, any order rule or regulation 
      applicable to the Company or the Underwriter of any court or any 
      federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or any other 
      governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Company or 
      the Underwriter or any of their respective properties.
 
      (xii) No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or
      governmental authority or agency is required for the issuance or sale of
      the Contracts or for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by
      this Agreement, that has not been obtained.

      (xiii) The Company has filed with the SEC all statements and other 
      documents required for registration under the provisions of the 1940 
      Act and the Regulations thereunder of the Account supporting the 
      Contracts described in the Registration Statement, and such 
      registration has been effected; there are no agreements or documents 
      required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, or the Regulations to be filed 
      with the SEC as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that have not 
      been so filed; and the Company has 

                                       19

<PAGE>

      obtained all exemptive or other orders of the SEC necessary to make the 
      public offering and consummate the sale of the Contracts pursuant to 
      this Agreement and to permit the operation of the Accounts supporting 
      the Contracts described in the Registration Statements, as contemplated 
      in the Prospectuses.

      (xiv) The Contracts have been duly authorized by the Company and 
      conform to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statements and 
      the Prospectuses and, when issued as contemplated by the Registration 
      Statements, will constitute legal, validly issued and binding 
      obligations of the Company in accordance with their terms.

   b. KDI and ZKIA represent and warrant to the Company on the date hereof as
      follows:

      (i) KDI and ZKIA have taken all action including, without limitation, 
      those necessary under their respective certificates of incorporation, 
      by-laws and applicable state corporate law, necessary to authorize the 
      execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and have taken 
      or will take all requisite action to enable them to perform all 
      transactions contemplated hereunder in accordance with the terms 
      hereof; and

      (ii) KDI is and during the term of this Agreement shall remain duly 
      registered as a broker-dealer under the 1934 Act, a member in good 
      standing with the NASD, and duly registered as a broker-dealer under 
      applicable state securities laws.

                                       20

<PAGE>

6. ADDITIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE COMPANY

   a. The Company shall use its best efforts:

      (i) to maintain the registration of the Contracts with the SEC and any 
      State securities commissions  where the securities or blue-sky laws of 
      such State require registration of the Contracts, including without 
      limitation using its best efforts to prevent a stop order from being 
      issued or if a stop order has been issued to cause such stop order to 
      be withdrawn;

      (ii) to gain approval or other authorization of the Contract forms 
      where required under the insurance laws and regulations of each State; 
      and

      (iii) to keep such registration, approval and authorization in effect 
      thereafter so long as the Contracts are outstanding.

   b. During the term of this Agreement the Company shall take all action
   required to cause each class of Contracts to comply, and to continue to
   comply, as annuity contracts or life insurance contracts, as the case may
   be, and to cause the Registration Statements and the Prospectus for each
   class of Contracts to comply, and to continue to comply, with all applicable
   federal laws and regulations and all applicable laws and regulations of each
   State.

   c. The Company, during the term of this Agreement, shall notify the
      Wholesaler immediately:

     (i) when each Registration Statement has become effective or any
     post-effective amendment with respect to the Registration Statement
     thereafter becomes effective;

                                       21

<PAGE>

      (ii) of any request by the SEC for any amendment to a Registration
      Statement or supplement to a Prospectus or for additional information;

      (iii) of any event that makes any material statement made in a 
      Registration Statement or a Prospectus untrue in any material respect 
      or results in a material omission in a Registration Statement or a 
      Prospectus;

      (iv) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order with respect to a 
      Registration Statement or any amendment thereto, or the initiation of 
      any proceedings for that purpose, or for any other purpose relating to 
      the registration and/or offering of the Contracts (or a class of 
      Contracts);

      (v) in which States  registration of the Contracts (or a class of 
      Contracts) is required under the securities or blue-sky laws, and when 
      such registrations have become effective.

   d. The Company shall furnish to the Wholesaler without charge promptly
   after filing five (5) copies of each Registration Statement as originally
   filed and any pre-effective or post-effective amendment thereto, including
   financial statements and all exhibits, including exhibits incorporated
   therein by reference.

   e. The Company shall timely file all reports, statements and amendments
   required to be filed by or for each Account or class of Contracts under the
   1933 Act and/or the 1940 Act or the Regulations.

   f. The Company shall deliver to the Wholesaler, as soon as practicable
   after it becomes available, the Annual Statements for the Company and for
   each Account in the form filed with their respective state of domicile, and
   any quarterly reports upon the Wholesaler's request.

   g. The Company and the Underwriter will provide the Wholesaler access to
   such records, officers and employees of the Company,  the Underwriter and
   each Account at reasonable times as is necessary to 

                                       22

<PAGE>

   enable the Wholesaler to fulfill its obligations under the federal 
   securities laws and NASD rules. The Wholesaler will provide the Company 
   and the Underwriter access to such of its records, officers and employees 
   at reasonable times as is necessary to enable the Company and the 
   Underwriter to fulfill their obligations under the federal securities 
   laws and NASD rules.

   h. The Company shall provide the Wholesaler at least monthly with a sales
   report or reports and an assets under management report in such form as
   shall be acceptable to both the Company and the Wholesaler.  Any such sales
   report shall include, among other items, a break-down of sales by
   Representative, Broker-Dealer, product type and Contract state of issue.
 
7. CONFIDENTIALITY

   a. The Company and the Underwriter acknowledge that the names and addresses
   of all customers and  prospective customers (for purposes of this Section
   7.a., the terms "customers" and "prospective customers" shall not mean
   Broker-Dealers) of the Wholesaler, of its parent company and of any
   affiliated person of the Wholesaler, the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates and
   the names and addresses of all customers and prospective customers of any
   Broker-Dealer that may come to the attention of the Company,  the
   Underwriter or any person affiliated with the Company or the Underwriter
   solely as a result of their relationship with the Wholesaler, its parent
   company or any affiliated person of the Wholesaler, the Wholesaler Agency
   Affiliates  or any Broker-Dealer and not from any independent source, are
   confidential and shall not be used by the Company, the Underwriter or any
   person affiliated with the Company or the Underwriter for any purpose
   whatsoever except as may be necessary in connection with the administration
   of the Contracts sold by the Broker-Dealers, including responses to specific
   requests made to the Company for service by Contract owners, efforts to
   prevent the replacement of such Contracts or communications with customers
   concerning option rights available under the terms of the Contracts.  The
   restrictions set forth in the previous sentence do not apply if and to the
   extent a Broker-Dealer knowingly discloses the names and addresses of its
   customers or prospective customers to the Company or the Underwriter outside

                                       23

<PAGE>

   the operation of this Agreement.  In no event shall the names and addresses
   of such customers and prospective customers,  whether disclosed to the
   Company or the Underwriter by the Wholesaler or by any Broker-Dealer, be
   furnished by the Company, the  Underwriter or any of  their affiliated
   persons to any other person.  The intent of this paragraph is that neither
   the Company nor the Underwriter, nor persons affiliated with the Company or
   the Underwriter, shall utilize, or permit to be utilized, for any purpose
   other than for the sale and administration of the Contracts or for the sale
   and administration of other financial products distributed or managed by the
   Wholesaler and/or its affiliates, their knowledge of  the Wholesaler, of its
   parent company or of any affiliated person of the Wholesaler, the Wholesaler
   Agency Affiliates or the identity of all customers and prospective
   customers, derived solely as a result of the relationship created through
   the funding and sale of the Contracts.  This paragraph shall remain
   operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this
   Agreement, and shall survive any such termination.

   In addition to the foregoing, the Company and the Underwriter agree that
   neither during the term of this Agreement nor after its termination shall
   the names and addresses of Broker-Dealers and their Representatives
   recruited by the Wholesaler to solicit the Contracts be furnished by the
   Company, the Underwriter or any of their affiliated persons to any other
   person, or be utilized by the Company, the Underwriter or their affiliated
   persons for any purpose except as the Company deems necessary or appropriate
   for the sale and administration of the Contracts subject to this Agreement.

8. RECORDS

   The Company, the Underwriter, the Wholesaler and the Wholesaler Agency
   Affiliates shall each maintain such accounts, books and other documents as
   are required to be maintained by each of them by applicable laws and
   regulations and shall preserve such accounts, books and other documents for
   the periods prescribed by such laws and regulations.  The accounts, books
   and records of the Company, the Underwriter, the Account, the Wholesaler and
   the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates as to all transactions hereunder shall be
   maintained so as to clearly and accurately disclose the nature and details
   of the 

                                       24

<PAGE>

   transactions, including such accounting information as is necessary
   to support the reasonableness of the amounts paid by the Company hereunder. 
   Each party shall have the right to inspect and audit such accounts, books
   and records of the other party during normal business hours upon reasonable
   written notice to the other party.  Each party shall keep confidential all
   information obtained pursuant to such an inspection or audit, and shall
   disclose such information to third parties only upon receipt of written
   authorization from the other party, except as required by law.

9. BROKER-DEALER COMPENSATION AND WHOLESALER PROMOTIONAL ALLOWANCES

   a. The Company shall compensate Broker-Dealers and/or their duly licensed
   insurance affiliates for sales of the Contracts by their Representatives
   pursuant to Schedule 4 to this Agreement, as such Schedule may be amended
   from time to time upon mutual agreement of the parties to this Agreement. 
   As of the effective date of this Agreement, Schedule 4 governs only
   compensation and Promotional Allowances related to sales of Kemper Gateway
   Elite and Custom annuity Contracts.  When additional Contracts are developed
   and offered for sale, Schedule 4 will be appropriately amended to reflect
   the compensation and Promotional Allowances payable as a result of sales of
   such additional Contracts.  Such compensation shall be based on Purchase
   Payments received and accepted by the Company for all Contracts issued on
   applications obtained by the Broker-Dealers or any of their respective
   Representatives.  The Company will pay compensation due Broker-Dealers
   and/or their insurance affiliates in accordance with the procedures set
   forth in Schedule 4. The compensation provided for in this Section 9 shall
   be payable to the Broker-Dealer and/or its duly licensed insurance affiliate
   in accordance with the sales agreement between the Underwriter and the
   Broker-Dealer for so long as the Contracts are outstanding,  regardless of
   whether this Agreement is still in effect. In addition to the compensation
   payable to the Broker-Dealers and their insurance affiliates, the Company
   shall pay the Wholesaler a Promotional Allowance as a reimbursement for its
   expenses incurred relating to its wholesaling activities contemplated by
   this Agreement.  Promotional Allowances shall be payable to the Wholesaler
   in such amount and in accordance with the procedures as set forth in
   Schedule 4, as such Schedule may be amended from time to time upon mutual
   agreement of 

                                       25

<PAGE>

   the parties to this Agreement.  Promotional Allowances shall be
   payable to the Wholesaler for so long as the Contracts are outstanding,
   regardless of whether this Agreement and the Participation Agreement are
   still in effect.  Nothing herein or in any sales agreement shall be
   construed to create any obligation on the part of the Wholesaler to
   compensate any Broker-Dealer for sales of the Contracts.

   If either State by insurance rule, regulation or statute, prohibits payment
   of Promotional Allowances to the Wholesaler, the Wholesaler shall designate
   in writing a business entity or natural person, including Wholesaler Agency
   Affiliates, meeting the requirements of such State to receive any amounts
   that may otherwise be payable to the Wholesaler hereunder.  The Wholesaler
   may change such designation from time to time upon written notice to the
   Company.  Any payments made by the Company to any person or entity so
   designated by the Wholesaler shall discharge the Company's liability to the
   Wholesaler hereunder.

   If a purchaser rescinds a Contract or exercises a right to surrender a 
   contract for return of all Purchase Payments, the Wholesaler will pay to 
   the Company on demand the amount of any Promotional Allowances it 
   received on the Purchase Payments returned.  Promotional Allowance 
   chargebacks will be calculated by the Company on the same basis, as 
   described in Schedule 4 hereto, as was utilized in calculating the 
   Contract Promotional Allowances received.

   b. INDEBTEDNESS.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as giving
   the Wholesaler the right to incur any indebtedness on behalf of the Company.

   c. APPOINTMENT FEES.  The Company will pay the initial and renewal fees for
   agent appointments by the Company of duly licensed Wholesaler Agency
   Affiliates and Broker-Dealers and their respective Associated Persons;
   provided, however, (a) that if total Aggregate Annual Sales of the
   Contracts, as described in Section 21.a., do not exceed $60 million during
   any calendar year beginning after December 31, 1997, the Wholesaler will
   reimburse the Company for the total amount of initial or renewal fees paid
   by the Company during such calendar year(s), and (b) that the Company
   reserves the right to refuse to pay renewal fees for 

                                       26

<PAGE>

   Representatives not meeting such minimal sales as may be agreed upon from 
   time to time.  For purposes of (b) above, the minimal sales target for 
   Representatives shall be $25,000 per calendar year, unless the parties 
   hereto mutually agree on a different sales target for a calendar year.

   Notwithstanding Clause (a) above, in calculating the amount of agent fee
   reimbursements, if an agent solicited products of the Company in addition to
   the Contracts described in this Agreement, the reimbursement otherwise
   required under Clause (a) will be pro-rated, as described below:

        The otherwise reimbursable amount shall be multiplied by a
        fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Kemper products
        covered by this Agreement on the date of determination (two as of
        the effective date of this Agreement) and the denominator of
        which is the aggregate number of products of the Company and its
        insurance affiliates being solicited by the agent on the date of
        determination.

   d. REPORTING.  The Wholesaler shall be responsible for all tax reporting
   information, if any, that the Wholesaler is required to provide under
   applicable tax law to its Associated Persons with respect to the Contracts. 
   Nothing contained in this Agreement or any sales agreement with a Broker-
   Dealer is to be construed to require the Wholesaler to provide any tax
   reporting information directly or indirectly to any Broker-Dealer or its
   Representatives.

   e. SURVIVAL.  Except for Section 9.c.(a), this Section 9 shall remain
   operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this
   Agreement, and shall survive any such termination.

10. INVESTIGATION AND PROCEEDINGS

   a. The Company, the Underwriter and the Wholesaler will cooperate fully in
   any securities, insurance, governmental or regulatory investigation or
   proceeding or judicial proceeding arising out of or in connection 

                                       27

<PAGE>

   with the offering, sale or distribution of the Contracts for which the 
   Wholesaler acts as wholesaler pursuant to this Agreement.  Without 
   limiting the foregoing, the Company,  the Underwriter and the Wholesaler 
   agree to notify one another promptly of any customer complaint or notice 
   of any governmental, judicial or regulatory investigation or proceeding 
   described in this Section 10.

   b. In the case of a substantive customer complaint, the Company,  the
   Underwriter, the Wholesaler and the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates will
   cooperate in investigating such complaint and any response by the Company or
   Underwriter, as one party, or the Wholesaler or Wholesaler Agency
   Affiliates, as another party, to such complaint will be sent to the other
   party for approval not less than five business days prior to its being sent
   to the customer or to any governmental or regulatory agency, except that if
   a more prompt response is required, the proposed response shall be
   communicated by telephone, telegraph or facsimile.  Neither such party will
   release any such response without the other party's prior written approval,
   unless otherwise required by applicable law.  Failure of any party to object
   to a proposed response within four business days shall be deemed to
   constitute approval of a proposed response by the non-objecting party.

11. INDEMNIFICATION

   a. The Company and the Underwriter, jointly and severally, shall indemnify
   and hold harmless the Wholesaler and the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates and
   each person who controls or is associated with the Wholesaler or the
   Wholesaler Agency Affiliates within the meaning of such terms under the
   federal securities laws, and any officer, director, employee or agent of the
   foregoing, against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint
   or several (including any investigative, legal and other expenses reasonably
   incurred in connection with, and any amounts paid in settlement of, any
   action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted), to which the Wholesaler,
   the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates and/or such person may become subject,
   under any statute or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such
   losses, claims, damages or liabilities:

                                       28

<PAGE>

        (i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
        untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration
        Statement, Prospectus, blue sky application or other document executed
        by the Company specifically for the purpose of qualifying any or all of
        the Contracts for sale under the securities laws of either State,
        promotional, sales or advertising material for the Contracts prepared by
        the Company, or the Contracts themselves (or any amendment or supplement
        to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission
        or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
        stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
        misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made;
        provided that this obligation to indemnify shall not apply if such
        untrue statement or omission or such alleged untrue statement or alleged
        omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information
        furnished in writing to the Company or the Underwriter by the Wholesaler
        specifically for use in the preparation of any such Registration
        Statement, Prospectus or blue-sky application or other document,
        material or Contract (or any such amendment or supplement thereto); or

        (ii) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
        untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Fund Registration
        Statement, Fund Prospectus, blue sky application or other document
        executed by the Fund specifically for the purpose of qualifying any or
        all of the shares of the Fund for sale under the securities laws of
        either State, or in any promotional, sales or advertising material or
        written information relating to the shares of the Fund authorized by the
        Fund (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise
        out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state
        therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
        make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances
        in which they were made, in each case to the extent, but only to the
        extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or
        omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity
        with information furnished in writing to the Wholesaler or the Fund by
        the Company specifically for use in the preparation of any such Fund
        Registration Statement, Fund Prospectus, blue-sky application or other
        document (or any such amendment or supplement thereto); or

                                       29

<PAGE>

        (iii) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
        untrue statement or omission or alleged omission of a material fact by
        or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriter (other than statements or
        representations contained in the Fund Registration Statement, Fund
        Prospectus or promotional, sales or advertising material of the Fund
        that were not supplied by the Company, the Underwriter or persons under
        their control) or wrongful conduct of the Company or the Underwriter or
        persons under their control with respect to the sale or distribution of
        the Contracts; or

        (iv) result because of the terms of any Contract or because of any
        material breach by the Company or the Underwriter of any terms of this
        Agreement or of any Contract or that proximately result from any
        activities of the Company's or Underwriter's officers, directors,
        employees or agents or their failure to take action in connection with
        the sale of a Contract, to the extent of the Company's or the
        Underwriter's obligations under this Agreement or otherwise, or the
        processing or administration of the Contracts.

        This indemnification obligation will be in addition to any liability
        that the Company or Underwriter may otherwise have; provided, however,
        that no person shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this
        Section 11.a. if such loss, claim, damage or liability is due to the
        willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard
        of duty by the person seeking indemnification.

   b. The Wholesaler shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the
   Underwriter and each person who controls or is associated with the Company
   or the Underwriter within the meaning of such terms under the federal
   securities laws and any officer, director, employee or agent of the
   foregoing, against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint
   or several (including any investigative, legal and other expenses reasonably
   incurred in connection with, and any amounts paid in settlement of, any
   action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted), to which the Company, the
   Underwriter and/or any such person may become subject under any statute or
   regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims,
   damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon:

                                       30

<PAGE>

        (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
        contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or blue-sky
        application or other document executed by  the Company specifically for
        the purpose of qualifying any or all of the Contracts for sale under the
        securities laws of either State (or any amendment or supplement to the
        foregoing), or omission or alleged omission to state therein a material
        fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the
        statements therein not misleading, in light of the circumstances in
        which they were made, in each case to the extent, but only to the
        extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or
        omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity
        with information furnished in writing to the Company or the Underwriter
        by the Wholesaler specifically for use in the preparation of any such
        Registration Statement, Prospectus, such blue-sky application or other
        document (or any such amendment or supplement thereto), the parties
        hereby confirming that the only such information is the information
        which appears in the Prospectus under the sub-caption "Kemper Investors
        Fund" and in the Statement of Additional Information filed with the
        Prospectus under the caption "Performance Information;" or

        (ii) any use of promotional, sales or advertising material for the
        Contracts not approved in writing by the Company or any verbal or
        written misrepresentations or any unlawful sales practices concerning
        the Contracts by the Wholesaler or the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates
        under federal securities laws or NASD regulations (but not including
        State insurance laws, compliance with which is a responsibility of the
        Company or the Underwriter under this Agreement or otherwise); or

        (iii) claims by agents, representatives or employees of the Wholesaler
        for compensation or other remuneration of any type other than claims by
        any Broker-Dealer relating to compensation described or referred to in
        Schedule 4 hereto; or

        (iv) any material breach by the Wholesaler or the Wholesaler Agency
        Affiliates of any provision of this Agreement.

                                       31

<PAGE>

        This indemnification obligation will be in addition to any liability
        that the Wholesaler may otherwise have; provided, however, that no
        person shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section
        11.b. if such loss, claim, damage or liability is due to the willful
        misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duty
        by the person seeking indemnification.

   c.  If the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable to an
   indemnified party under paragraphs (a) or (b) hereof in respect to any
   losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each
   applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified
   party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified
   party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities in such
   proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company
   and the Underwriter, on the one hand, and the Wholesaler, on the other, as
   well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of
   the Company and the Underwriter, on the one hand, and the Wholesaler, on the
   other, with respect to untrue or alleged untrue statements of material fact
   or omissions or alleged omissions of material facts shall be determined by
   reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue
   statement of a  material fact or the omission to state a material fact
   relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriter, on the
   one hand, and by the Wholesaler, on the other, and the parties' relative
   intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or
   prevent such statement or omission.  The amount paid or payable by a party
   as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to above
   shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably
   incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any
   action or claim.

   The Company, the Underwriter and the Wholesaler agree that it would not be
   just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section were determined
   by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not
   take account of the equitable considerations referred to in  the immediately
   preceding paragraph.

                                       32

<PAGE>

   If the Company and the Underwriter, as one party, and the Wholesaler, as the
   other party, cannot agree on the appropriate amount of any contribution
   payable pursuant to this Section, the matter shall be settled by arbitration
   pursuant to Section 16 hereof.  The costs of any such arbitration shall be
   divided equally between the Company and the Underwriter, as one party, and
   the Wholesaler, as the other party.

   d.  After receipt by a party entitled to indemnification ("indemnified
   party") under this Section 11 of notice of the commencement of any action,
   if a claim in respect thereof is to be made by the indemnified party against
   any person obligated to provide indemnification under this Section 11
   ("indemnifying party"), such indemnified party will notify the indemnifying
   party in writing of the commencement thereof as soon as practicable
   thereafter, provided that the omission to so notify the indemnifying party
   will not relieve it from any liability under this Section 11, except to the
   extent that the omission results in a failure of actual notice to the
   indemnifying party and such indemnifying party is damaged as a result of the
   failure to give such notice.  The indemnifying party, upon the request of
   the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the
   indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the
   indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees
   and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding.  In any such
   proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own
   counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense
   of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the
   indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such
   counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any
   impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified
   party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be
   inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. 
   The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any
   proceeding effected without its written consent but if settled with such
   consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnified
   party shall indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or
   liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.

                                       33

<PAGE>

   e.  The indemnification provisions contained in this Section 11 shall remain
   operative in full force and effect, regardless of (i) any investigation made
   by or on behalf of the Company or by or on behalf of any controlling person
   thereof, (ii) delivery of any Contracts and Purchase Payments therefor, or
   (iii) any termination of this Agreement.  A successor by law of the
   Wholesaler or the Company, as the case may be, shall be entitled to the
   benefits of the indemnification provisions contained in this Section 11.

12. TERMINATION

   a. This Agreement may be terminated at the option of any party upon twelve
   months advance written notice to the other parties, such termination to be
   effective no earlier than six years following the date on which the first
   Contract is issued to the public. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this
   Agreement shall terminate automatically on the termination date of the
   Participation Agreement among the Fund, Zurich Kemper Investments Inc., KDI
   and the Company entered into contemporaneously herewith.

   b.  This Agreement may not be assigned without the express written consent
   of the other parties hereto.  This Agreement may be terminated at the option
   of the Company and the Underwriter, as one party, or the Wholesaler and the
   Wholesaler Agency Affiliates, as one party, upon the other party's material
   breach of any provision of this Agreement, if any such breach is not cured
   within ninety days after notice thereof to the breaching party and all other
   parties.

   c.  Upon termination of this Agreement all authorizations, rights and
   obligations shall cease except: (i) the obligation to continue to pay
   compensation to Broker-Dealers and compensation and Promotional Allowances
   to the Wholesaler, as set forth in Section 9.a. and Schedule 4; (ii) the
   provisions contained in Sections 7, 9 and 11 of this Agreement; and (iii)
   the indemnification provisions set forth in Section 11 of this Agreement, or
   as otherwise specifically noted in this Agreement. 

                                       34

<PAGE>

13. RIGHTS, REMEDIES, ETC. ARE CUMULATIVE 

The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement are 
cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies and 
obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties to this Agreement are 
entitled to under state and federal laws. Failure of the Wholesaler or 
the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates, as one party, or the Company or the 
Underwriter, as another party, to insist upon strict compliance by the 
other party with any of the conditions of this Agreement shall not be 
construed as a waiver of any of the conditions, but the same shall remain 
in full force and effect.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this 
Agreement shall be deemed, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other 
provisions, whether or not similar, nor shall any waiver constitute a 
continuing waiver.

14.     NOTICES

   All notices hereunder are to be made in writing and shall be given:

        if to the Company to:

             Lila M. Weihs,  Assistant Vice President
             First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
             440 Lincoln Street
             Worcester, MA  01653

        if to the Underwriter to:

             Stephen Parker, President
             Allmerica Investments, Inc.
             440 Lincoln Street 
             Worcester, MA 01653

                                       35

<PAGE>


   if to the Wholesaler or Wholesaler Agency Affiliates, to any such party at:

             [Name of Party]
             222 South Riverside Plaza
             Chicago, IL 60606
             Attention:  President

   or such other address as such party may hereafter specify in writing.  
   Each such notice  to a party shall be either hand delivered or 
   transmitted by registered or certified United States mail with return 
   receipt requested, and shall be effective upon delivery.

15. INTERPRETATION, JURISDICTION, ETC. 

   This Agreement constitutes the whole agreement between the parties to this
   Agreement relating to the wholesaling activities contemplated in this
   Agreement, and supersedes all prior oral or written negotiations between the
   parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this
   Agreement.  The parties acknowledge that the Company, the Wholesaler and the
   Fund have entered into the Participation Agreement in contemplation of
   entering into this Agreement.  This Agreement shall be construed and the
   provisions of this Agreement interpreted under and in accordance with the
   internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without giving effect to
   principles of conflict of laws.

16. ARBITRATION

   Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or
   the breach of  this Agreement, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance
   with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration
   Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may
   be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

                                       36

<PAGE>


17. HEADINGS

   The headings in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference 
   only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions of this 
   Agreement or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

18. COUNTERPARTS

   This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which
   taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

19. SEVERABILITY

   This is a severable agreement and in the event that any part or parts of
   this Agreement shall be held to be unenforceable to its or their full
   extent, then it is the intention of the parties to this Agreement that such
   part or parts shall be enforced to the extent permitted under the law, and,
   in any event, that all other parts of this Agreement shall remain valid and
   duly enforceable as if the unenforceable part or parts had never been a part
   of this Agreement.

20. REGULATION

   This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 1933 Act, 1934 
   Act and 1940 Act and the Regulations and the rules and regulations of the 
   NASD, from time to time in effect, including such exemptions from the 
   1940 Act as the SEC may grant, and the terms of this Agreement shall be 
   interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.

                                       37

<PAGE>

21. MISCELLANEOUS

   a. For the purposes of Section 9.c.(a),  "Aggregate Annual Sales" shall
   refer to the total annual sales of the Contracts pursuant both to this
   Agreement and to the Wholesaling Agreement with Allmerica Financial Life
   Insurance and Annuity Company ("AFLIAC") and "total amount of initial or
   renewal fees" shall refer to the aggregate amount of such fees incurred by
   the Company and AFLIAC. 

   b. The Company and the Underwriter acknowledge that the names "Gateway 
   Elite," "Gateway Custom," "Kemper Gateway Elite" and "Kemper Gateway 
   Custom," and any and all variations thereof, are the exclusive property 
   of the Wholesaler and their respective affiliates, and that any use of 
   any such names or any variation thereof during or after the term of this 
   Agreement are and will be subject to the express prior written consent of 
   KDI and/or ZKIA  thereto.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, KD and ZKIA 
   hereby specifically permit the Company to use the above names as the 
   Company deems necessary or appropriate in its administration of the 
   Contracts subject to this Agreement.  The Company and the Wholesaler 
   agree that in the event of any breach of this Section 21.b, as a remedy 
   therefor and in addition to all other remedies, the Wholesaler shall be 
   entitled to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief 
   without proof of actual damages, and that the Company and the Underwriter 
   will not oppose or impede the granting of such relief.


                                       38

<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto represents that the officer signing this
Agreement on the party's behalf is duly authorized to execute this Agreement;
and each party has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by such authorized
officer on the date specified below.


                            FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


Date:  11/6/96              By:     /s/ Richard M. Reilly
       -------                      ------------------------------

                            Name:   Richard M. Reilly
                                    -------------------------------

                            Title:  Vice President
                                    -------------------------------



                            ALLMERICA INVESTMENTS, INC.


Date:  11/6/96              By:     /s/ Richard M. Reilly
       -------                      -------------------------------

                            Name:   Richard M. Reilly
                                    -------------------------------

                            Title:  Director
                                    -------------------------------



                            KEMPER DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
                            (on its own behalf and on behalf of
                            the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates)


Date:  11/5/96              By:     /s/ James L. Greenawalt
       -------                      -------------------------------

                            Name:   James L. Greenawalt
                                    -------------------------------

                            Title:  President
                                    -------------------------------


                            ZKI AGENCY, INC.


Date:  11/5/96              By:     /s/ James L. Greenawalt
       -------                      -------------------------------

                            Name:   James L. Greenawalt
                                    -------------------------------

                            Title:  President
                                    -------------------------------


                                       39

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE 1

                          Wholesaler Agency Affiliates

                          Effective _____________, 1996

 

 Name of                                State(s) In
 Wholesaler Agency Affiliate            Which Licensed

        None


<PAGE>

                                   Schedule 2

                               Separate Accounts 
                          Available under the Contracts

                           Effective ___________, 1996






                                              Separate Account Subaccounts are 
                                              invested in the following Kemper 
     Name of Separate Account                 Investors Fund Portfolios
     ------------------------                 ---------------------------------

     Separate Accounts KG (Kemper                 MM
     Gateway Elite) and KGC (Kemper               Gov Sec
     Gateway Custom) of First  Allmerica          Inv Grade
     Financial Life Insurance                     High Yield
     Company                                      Horizon 5
                                                  Horizon 10+
                                                  Horizon 20+
                                                  Total Return
                                                  Growth
                                                  Value
                                                  Value and Growth
                                                  Small Cap Value
                                                  Small Cap Growth
                                                  International

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE 3

                   Contracts Subject to Wholesaling Agreement

                          Effective _____________, 1996



                                                                   SEC
        Marketing                      Policy                 Registration
          Name                        Form No.                     No.
      -------------                --------------            ---------------


Kemper Gateway Elite                 A3025-96                    333-10285


Kemper Gateway Custom                A3026-96                    333-10395


<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE 4
                         Broker-Dealer Compensation and
                    Wholesaler Promotional Allowance Schedule



The Broker-Dealer Compensation payable by the Company with respect to the sale
and distribution of the Contracts, based on initial and subsequent Purchase
Payments received and accepted by the Company, shall be computed under one of
the options shown below:

     For non-401(k) contracts:
          Option A:  6.00% and no trail

     For 401(k) contracts:
          Option A:  5% and no trail

These amounts shall be payable to Broker-Dealers as sales commissions.  Such 
amounts will be paid according to the then current practice of  the Company, but
no less frequently than twice each calendar month.   Alternative sales
commission options involving a combination of both up-front amounts and asset
based trails may be made available by mutual agreement, if permissible under
applicable State laws and regulations.

Promotional Allowances shall be payable to the Wholesaler as reimbursement for
its expenses incurred with respect to the distribution of the Contracts
("Support Services"); provided, however, that the Company shall pay such amounts
from Promotional Allowances  to Broker-Dealers who provide Support Services, as
the Wholesaler may from time to time direct.

Promotional Allowances shall be determined as follows:

     -    .15% on an annual basis of  the average daily assets in the Elite
          separate accounts (excluding the GPA accounts); plus

     -    .15% on an annual basis of the average monthly account balance in the
          GPA and fixed accounts for both the Elite and Custom Contracts; plus

     -    .25% of initial and subsequent Purchase Payments received and accepted
          by the Company on any Contract for which commission Option B was
          chosen; plus

<PAGE>

     -    1.00% of initial and subsequent Purchase Payments received and
          accepted by the Company for 401(k) Contracts.

Promotional allowances will be reduced by the following amounts:

     -    .50% of initial and subsequent Purchase Payments for Contracts issued
          in a State which levies an up-front premium tax; plus

     -    $35 each contract anniversary and on surrender for Contracts issued to
          fund 401(k) plans with Contract values of $50,000 or less.


The net Promotional Allowance will be paid to the Wholesaler according to the
then current practice of the Company, but no less frequently than monthly.


<PAGE>

                              ALLMERICA FINANCIAL
                 PRINCIPAL OFFICE: WORCESTER, MASSACHUSETTS 01653

FORM OF SALES AGREEMENT

First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company and Allmerica Financial Life
Insurance and Annuity Company (herein collectively referred to as "the Assurance
Companies" and individually as "First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance
Company" and "Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company",
respectively) and Allmerica Investments, Inc. (herein referred to as "the
Underwriter") do hereby
appoint________________________________________and______________________________
the NASD Registered Broker-Dealer (herein "Broker") their Broker to solicit
application for life insurance and annuity policies, this appointment to be
effective on___________________, 199__.

Broker accepts this appointment, subject to the terms and provisions set forth
in this Agreement.

AUTHORITY TO SOLICIT BUSINESS

SECTION 1.     Through appointed sub-agents, Broker may solicit life insurance
               and annuity policy applications for the Assurance Companies on a
               non-exclusive basis.

RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES

SECTION 2.     Nothing in this Agreement will be construed to create the
               relationship of employer and employee between either Assurance
               Company or the Underwriter and any sub-agent or employee of
               Broker. Broker and any sub-agent of Broker wil be free to
               exercise their independent judgment as to the time, place and
               manner of solicitation and servicing of business underwritten by
               the Assurance Companies. However, neither Broker nor any employee
               or sub-agent of Broker shall have authority to act on behalf of
               the Assurance Companies or the Underwriter in a manner which does
               not conform to applicable statues, ordinances, or governmental
               regulations or to reasonable rules adopted from time to time by
               the Assurance Companies or the Underwriter.

               Broker understands and agrees that it is responsible for its
               continued compliance and the continued compliance of Broker's
               sub-agents with the NASD Rules of Fair Practice and Federal and
               state securities laws.

SUB-AGENTS

SECTION 3.     Broker may not only solicit life insurance and annuity policy
               applications on behalf of the Assurance Companies through sub-
               agents properly licensed with the Assurance Companies.

LIMITATIONS ON AUTHORITY

SECTION 4.     Neither Broker nor any sub-agent of Broker will have authority to
               accept risks of any kind; to make, alter or discharge contracts
               of insurance or annuities; to waive forfeitures or exclusions; to
               fix any premium for hazardous or stubstandard risks; to alter or
               amend any papers received from either Assurance Company; to
               deliver any policy of insurance or any document, agreement or
               endorsement changing the amount of insurance coverage if Broker
               knows or has reason to believe that the insured is uninsurable;
               to collect any premium after the expiration of the policy grace
               period except in connection with a policy reinstatement; or to
               accept payment of any premium unless the premium meets the
               minimum premium requirement for the policy established by the
               Assurance Company.

APPLIED AUTHORITY

SECTION 5.     Neither Broker nor any sub-agent of Broker will have any power or
               authority other than as expressly provided in this Agreement and
               no other power or authority shall be implied from the grant or
               denial of power specifically mentioned in this agreement.

_______________COMPLIANCE NEGATIVE OBLIGATIONS

SECTION 6.     Broker agrees that neither Broker nor any sub-agent of Broker
               will intentionally violate any applicable state or Federal law,
               ruling or regulation pertaining to the business of the Assurance
               Companies or any rule or regulation of either Assurance Company
               or the Underwriter.  Neither Broker nor any sub-agent of Broker
               will knowlingly engage in any activity which is detrimental to
               the best interests of either Assurance Company or the Underwriter
               or any of their affiliates.

               Broker shall have the sole responsibility for the training and
               supervision of all persons appointed as sub-agents hereunder.
               Broker shall obtain and maintain for itself, its officers,
               directors, employees and sales personnel, all licenses,
               registrations and appointments required by any law, regulation or
               other requirement of the SEC, the NASD or of any jurisdiction
               where variable life insurance or variable annuity policies are
               sold.  Broker shall comply and shall have the responsibility to
               ensure that all persons associated with it

                                        -2-

<PAGE>

               comply with all laws; rules and regulations applicable to
               variable life insurance or variable annuity products, including
               those requirements applicable to delivery of prospectuses and
               determination of client suitability.  Broker is responsible for
               the education, supervision and instruction of all its associated
               persons, including sub-agents of Broker, in the proper method of
               solicitation, sale and delivery of variable life insurance or
               variable annuity policies.  Broker and all persons associated
               with it shall use only those sales, advertising and promotional
               materials which have been approved in writing by the affected
               Assurance Company and the Underwriter.

SUBMISSION OF APPLICATIONS; DELIVERY OF POLICIES; REJECTED BUSINESS

SECTION 7.     Broker will submit directly to the Principal Office of the
               Assurance Companies all Assurance Company life insurance and
               annuity policy applications solicited by sub-agents of the
               Broker.  Broker will deliver, or cause to be delivered, within 10
               days of the date of issue all policies issued on applications
               submitted by sub-agents of Broker and will return to the
               Assurance Companies any policy which is declined by the applicant
               or which cannot be delivered within the time permitted by the
               Assurance Company's rules.

ILLUSTRATIONS AND PROPOSALS

SECTION 8.     Neither Broker nor any sub-agent of Broker will furnish any
               prospective policyowner an illustration of the financial or other
               aspects of a policy or a proposal for a policy of either
               Assurance Company unless the same has been either furnished by
               the Assurance Companies or prepared from computer software or
               other material furnished or approved by the Assurance Companies.
               Any illustration or proposal delivered by Broker or by any sub-
               agent of Broker will conform to standards of completeness and
               accuracy established by the Assurance Companies.  If the proposal
               or illustration was not furnished by the Assurance Companies,
               Broker will relate in its records for availablility to the
               Assurance Companies a copy thereof or the means to duplicate the
               same.  Any computer software or materials furnished by either
               Assurance Company will be and remain its property.

ACCOUNTING FOR FUNDS COLLECTED

SECTION 9.     In accordance with the rules of the Assurance Companies, Broker
               will account for and remit immediately to the Principal Office of
               the Assurance Companies all funds received or collected by Broker
               or by a sub-agent of Broker for or on behalf of either Assurance
               Company without deduction for any commissions, or other claim
               Broker or the sub-agent may have against

                                        -3-

<PAGE>

               either Assurance Company and will make such reports and file such
               substantiating documents and records as the Assurance Companies
               may require.

INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 10.    If, due to the inaction or negligence of Broker of its sub-agents
               or employees, a life insurance or annuity policy is not delivered
               to the policy owner within 10 days of the date of issue of the
               policy and if after delivery the owner returns the policy to the
               Assurance Company and receives a full refund of all premiums
               paid, the difference between the premium refunded and the cash
               value of the policy on the date the policy is received by the
               Assurance Company at its Principal Office shall be reimbursed to
               the Assurance Company by the Broker in any case where the cash
               value is less than the premium refunded.  Any such reimbursement
               shall be paid by the Broker to the affected Assurance Company
               within 30 days of Broker's receipt of a written request for
               payment.

               Broker shall indemnify and hold the Assurance Companies and the
               Underwriter and their officers, directors, and employees,
               harmless from any liability arising from any act or omission of
               Broker or of any officer, director, employee of Broker or of sub-
               agents or other sales persons associated with Broker.

               The Assurance Companies and the Underwriter shall, jointly or
               severally, indemnify and hold the Broker and its sub-agents,
               officers, directors and employees harmless from any liability
               arising from any act or omission of either Assurance Company or
               the Underwriter, or of any officer, director, employee or agent
               of any such person.

               The indemnifications provided by this Section 10 shall survive
               termination of this Agreement and expressly include reimbusement
               of reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by the indemnified party
               in connection with the defense of any claim indemnified
               hereunder.

LIABILITY FOR REFUND OF COMMISSIONS AND FEES

SECTION 11.    If a policyholder rescinds a policy or exercises a right to
               surrender a policy for return of all premiums paid, Broker will
               pay on demand the amount of any commissions received on the
               premiums returned.

                                        -4-

<PAGE>

_______________OF COMPENSATION

SECTION 12.    Broker's compensation will consist of commissions payable on
               premiums for life insurance and annuity policies placed with the
               Assurance Companies.  Annuity commissions shall be payable at the
               rates set forth in Commission Schedule DG-1, attached, as in
               effect from time to time.  Life insurance commissions shall be
               payable at the rate or rates set forth in a Commission Schedule
               to be furnished to Broker at such time as Broker begins to
               solicit life insurance applications on behalf of the Assurance
               Companies.

               All compensation due Broker under this Agreement will be paid by
               Allmerica Financial as the common paymaster.

TIME OF PAYMENT OF COMMISSIONS

SECTION 13.    A premium will not be considered paid until it has been received
               by the Assurance Company at its Principal Office.  On premiums
               paid, commissions will be paid twice each month in accordance
               with the rules of the Assurance Companies.

TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE

SECTION 14.    Whether or not there is a breach of this Agreement, either party
               may terminate this Agreement by giving ten (10) days' written
               notice to the other party at any time during the first year
               hereof, and by giving thirty (30) days' written notice after the
               expiration of the first year hereof.  If this Agreement
               terminates without breach of its provisions by Broker, annuity
               commissions provided for under Section 12 shall continue to be
               paid the Broker in accordance with Schedule DG-1 as if this
               agreement had not terminated.  Provided, that no annuity
               commissions will be paid on premiums paid during the 11th or
               subsequent policy year.

TERMINATION FOR CAUSE

SECTION 15.    This Agreement may be terminated for cause and without notice if
               Broker or any sub-agent of Broker:

               (a)  misappropriates any funds belonging to or received on behalf
                    of either Assurance Company or any of its affiliates; or

               (b)  witholds any funds or other property belonging to either
                    Assurance Company after the same should have been reported
                    and transmitted to said Assurance Company or after a demand
                    has been made for the same; or


                                        -5-
<PAGE>

               (c)  commits any willful or dishonest act which injuries either
                    Assurance Company; or

               (d)  willfully violates any of the provisions of this Agreement.

               No commissions will be paid following termination of this
               Agreement, if it is terminated for cause, nor will commissions
               continue to be paid after termination of this Agreement if
               thereafter Broker or any sub-agent of Broker breaches any of its
               terms or conditions by the commission of an act prohibited by its
               terms.

TOP SET-OFF

SECTION 16.    The Assurance Companies will have a lieu on any commissions
               payable under this Agreement, whether or not such payments are
               now due or hereafter become due, and may apply any such monies to
               be satisfaction of indebtedness to either Assurance Company to
               the extent permitted by law.

_______________WAIVER OF_______________

SECTION 17.    Waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement will not
               be construed as a waiver of the provision or of the right of the
               Assurance Companies to enforce said provision thereafter.

SIGNABILITY

SECTION 18.    This Agreement is not transferable.  Without the consent of the
               Assurance Companies, no rights or interest in or to commissions
               will be subject to assignment, and any attempted absolute
               assignment, sale or transfer of this Agreement or of any
               commissions without the written consent of the Assurance
               Companies will immediately make this Agreement void and be a
               release to the Assurance Companies in full of any and all of
               their obligations hereunder.

RESERVATION OF RIGHT TO CHANGE

SECTION 19.    The Assurance Companies reserve the right at any time, and from
               time to time, to change the terms and conditions or this
               Agreement, including but not limited to, the rates of commissions
               or to discontinue the payment of any commissions.  The Assurance
               Companies may act through Allmerica Financial and a notice of
               change given in the name of Allmerica Financial will bind or
               benefit (as the case may be) Allmerica Financial Life Insurance
               and Annuity Company, even though not named, unless the notice
               specifies otherwise.

                                        -6-

<PAGE>

ELECTIVE DATE OF CHANGE

SECTION 20.    Any change will become effective on the date specified in a
               notice or, if later, 30 days after the notice is given to Broker.
               However, the requirement to give advance notice shall not apply
               if the change becomes necessary or expedient by reason of
               legislation or the requirements of any governmental body and, in
               the opinion of the Assurance Companies, it is not reasonably
               possible to meet the 30 day requirement.  Changes will not be
               retroactive and will apply only to life insurance coverage
               solicited or annuity premiums paid on or after the effective date
               of the change.  Notice of any change may be given by a Allmerica
               Financial or Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity
               Company bulletin or announcement and distribution of the bulletin
               or announcement in the usual manner will constitute notice to
               Broker.

NOTICE

SECTION 21.    Whenever this Agreement requires a notice to be given, the
               requirement will be considered to have been met, in the case of
               notice to the Assurance Companies or to the Underwriter, if
               delivered or mailed postage prepaid to the Vice President,
               Individual Marketing, or to such other officer as may be
               specified and, in the case of notice to Broker, if delivered or
               mailed postage prepaid to Broker's principal place of business
               (as specified above).

CAPTIONS

SECTION 22.    Captions are used for informational purposes only and no caption
               shall be construed to effect the substance of any provision of
               this Agreement.

___________

SECTION 23.    This Agreement contains the entire contract between the parties.
               Upon execution it will replace all previous agreements between
               Broker and the Assurance Companies, or either of them or the
               Underwriter, relating to the solicitation or life insurance or
               annuity policies.  It is hereby understood and agreed that any
               other agreement or representation, commitment, promise or
               statement of any nature, whether oral or written, relating to or
               purporting to relate to the relationship of the parties is hereby
               rendered null and void.


                                        -7-

<PAGE>

UNDERSTOOD THAT THIS IS AN "AT WILL" RELATIONSHIP WHICH MAY BE TERMINATED BY
EITHER PARTY WITHOUT CAUSE OR REASON AS PROVIDED FOR IN SECTION 14.

WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement in duplicate to take
effect on effective date.


                         First  Allmerica  Financial  Life  Insurance  Company
                                                  and
                         Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company


_________________________
(Name of Broker)

_________________________

                       By:_____________________________________________________
                              Vice President

                       Allmerica Investments, Inc.

                       By:_____________________________________________________
                              Title:







                                        -8-


<PAGE>


   
December 11, 1996
    

First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
440 Lincoln Street
Worcester, MA 01653

Gentlemen:

In my capacity as Counsel of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company 
(the "Company"), I have participated in the preparation of the Pre-Effective 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement for the Separate Account KGC on 
Form N-4 under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 
1940, with respect to the Company's individual and group variable annuity 
policies.

I am of the following opinion:

1.   Separate Account KGC is a separate account of the company validly existing
     pursuant to the Massachusetts Insurance Code and the regulations issued
     thereunder.

2.   The assets held in Separate Account KGC are not chargeable with
     liabilities arising out of any other business the Company may conduct.

   
3.   The individual and group variable annuity policies, when issued in 
     accordance with the Prospectus contained in the Pre-Effective Amendment 
     No. 1 to the Registration Statement and upon compliance with applicable
     local law, will be legal and binding obligations of the Company in 
     accordance with their terms and when sold will be legally issued, fully 
     paid and non-assessable.
    

In arriving at the foregoing opinion, I have made such examination of law and
examined such records and other documents as in my judgment are necessary or
appropriate.

   
I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the 
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement of Separate 
Account KGC filed under the Securities Act of 1933.
    

Very truly yours,


/s/Sheila B. St. Hilaire
Sheila B. St. Hilaire
Counsel



<PAGE>

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We hereby consent to the use in the Statement of Additional Information 
constituting part of this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration 
Statement for Separate Account KGC of First Allmerica Financial Life 
Insurance Company on Form N-4 of our report dated February 5, 1996, relating 
to the consolidated financial statements of First Allmerica Financial Life 
Insurance Company which appears in such Statement of Additional Information. 
We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such 
Statement of Additional Information.

/s/ Price Waterhouse LLP

Price Waterhouse LLP
Boston, Massachusetts

   
December 11, 1996
    



<PAGE>


                                                                      Exhibit 15


                             PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

                                      AMONG

                              KEMPER INVESTORS FUND
                         ZURICH KEMPER INVESTMENTS, INC.
                            KEMPER DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

                                       AND
                FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of this 5th day of November, 1996
by  and among First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company (hereinafter, the
"Company"),  a Massachusetts insurance company, on  its own behalf and on behalf
of each separate account of the Company set forth on Schedule A hereto as may be
amended  from  time  to  time  (each  account  hereinafter  referred  to  as  an
"Account"), Kemper Investors Fund,  a business trust organized under the laws of
the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  (hereinafter the  "Fund"),  Zurich  Kemper
Investments,  Inc.  (hereinafter the  "Adviser"),  a  Delaware corporation,  and
Kemper   Distributors,  Inc.   (hereinafter  the   "Underwriter"),  a   Delaware
corporation.

WHEREAS,  the  Fund engages  in business  as  an open-end  management investment
company and  is available to act as the investment vehicle for separate accounts
established  for   variable  life  insurance  and   variable  annuity  contracts
(hereinafter the  "Variable Insurance Products") offered  by insurance companies
that have  entered  into participation  agreements  with the  Fund  (hereinafter
"Participating Insurance Companies"); 

WHEREAS, the beneficial interest in  the Fund is divided into several  series of
shares,  each  designated  a "Portfolio"  and  representing  the  interest in  a
particular managed portfolio of securities and other assets; 

WHEREAS,  the Fund  has  obtained  an order  from  the  Securities and  Exchange
Commission ("SEC")  granting  Participating  Insurance  Companies  and  variable
annuity  and  variable life  insurance  separate  accounts  exemptions from  the
provisions of Sections 9(a), 13(a),  15(a), and 15(b) of the  Investment Company
Act of  1940, as amended, (hereinafter the "1940 Act") and Rules 6e-2(b)(15) and
6e-3(T)(b)(15) thereunder, if and  to the extent necessary  to permit shares  of
the Fund to  be sold to and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance
separate accounts of both  affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance  companies
(hereinafter the "Shared Funding Exemption Order"); 

WHEREAS, the Fund  is registered  as an open-end  management investment  company
under the  1940  Act and  shares  of the  Portfolios  are registered  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (hereinafter the "1933 Act"); 


<PAGE>

WHEREAS,  the Adviser  is duly  registered  as an  investment adviser  under the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and any applicable state securities
laws; 

WHEREAS,  the  Company has  registered or  will  register certain  variable life
insurance  and variable annuity contracts  supported wholly or  partially by the
Accounts (the  "Contracts") under the 1933 Act, and said Contracts are listed in
Schedule A hereto,  as it  may be amended  from time  to time by  mutual written
agreement; 

WHEREAS, each Account is duly established and maintained as  a separate account,
established by resolution of the Board of  Directors of the Company, on the date
shown for such   Account on  Schedule A hereto, to  set aside and invest  assets
attributable to the aforesaid Contracts; 

WHEREAS, the  Company has registered  or will  register each Account  as a  unit
investment trust under the 1940 Act; 

WHEREAS, the Underwriter is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC under the
Securities Exchange Act of  1934, as amended  ("1934 Act"), and  is a member  in
good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD");

WHEREAS, to the extent  permitted by applicable insurance laws  and regulations,
the Company  intends to purchase shares  of the Portfolios  listed in Schedule A
hereto, as it  may be  amended from time  to time  at the request  of the  Fund,
Underwriter and Adviser and with the consent of the Company,  which consent will
not  be  unreasonably  withheld  ("Designated  Portfolios"),  on  behalf of  the
Accounts to  fund the aforesaid Contracts, and  the Underwriter is authorized to
sell such shares  to unit investment  trusts such as the  Accounts at net  asset
value; and

WHEREAS, to the extent  permitted by applicable insurance laws  and regulations,
the  Company  also  intends to  purchase  shares  in  other open-end  investment
companies  or series thereof not affiliated with the Fund ("Unaffiliated Funds")
on behalf of the  Accounts to fund the Contracts  if and to the extent  that the
Underwriter and the Adviser so agree, in their sole discretion;

NOW,  THEREFORE, in  consideration of  their mutual  promises, the  Company, the
Fund, the Adviser and the Underwriter agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                               SALE OF FUND SHARES

1.1  The  Underwriter  agrees  to  sell  to  the  Company  those shares  of  the
Designated Portfolios that the Accounts order, executing such orders on a  daily
basis at  the net asset  value next  computed after receipt  by the Fund  or its
designee of the order for the shares of the Designated Portfolios.







                                       2

<PAGE>

1.2  The Fund agrees to make  shares of each Designated Portfolio available  for
purchase  at the applicable  net asset  value per share  by the Company  and the
Accounts  on those days on which the Fund calculates such Designated Portfolio's
net asset value  pursuant to rules of the SEC, and the Fund shall use reasonable
efforts to calculate  such net asset value  on each day when the  New York Stock
Exchange  is  open for  trading.   Notwithstanding the  foregoing, the  Board of
Trustees  of the  Fund ("Board")  may refuse  to sell  shares of  any Designated
Portfolio to any  person, or suspend or terminate the offering  of shares of any
Designated  Portfolio  if  such  action is  required  by  law  or by  regulatory
authorities having  jurisdiction, or  is, in  the sole  discretion of the  Board
acting in good  faith and in light of its fiduciary duties under federal and any
applicable  state laws, necessary  in the best  interest of  the shareholders of
such Designated Portfolio.

1.3  The  Fund and the  Underwriter agree that  shares of the Fund  will be sold
only to Participating Insurance Companies or their separate accounts.  No shares
of any Designated  Portfolios will be sold to the general  public.  The Fund and
the Underwriter  will  not  sell  shares of  any  Designated  Portfolio  to  any
insurance company or separate account unless an  agreement containing provisions
substantially the same as Sections 2.1, 3.4, 3.5 and 3.6 and Article VII of this
Agreement is in effect to govern such sales.  

1.4  The Fund agrees to redeem, on the Company's request, any full or fractional
shares of the Designated Portfolios held by the Company, executing such requests
on a daily basis  at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Fund
or its designee of the request for redemption, except that the Fund reserves the
right  to suspend the  right of redemption  or postpone  the date of  payment or
satisfaction upon redemption consistent  with Section 22(e) of the 1940  Act and
any rules thereunder, and in accordance with the procedures and  policies of the
Fund as described in the Fund's then current prospectus.

1.5  For purposes of  Sections 1.1 and 1.4, the Company shall be the designee of
the Fund  for receipt of purchase  and redemption orders from  the Accounts, and
receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that the
Company receives the order prior to the determination of net asset value as  set
forth in the Fund's then current prospectus and the Fund receives notice of such
order by 9:30 a.m. New York time on the next following  Business Day.  "Business
Day" shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading
and  on which the Fund  calculates its net asset value  pursuant to the rules of
the SEC.

1.6  The  Company agrees  to purchase and  redeem the shares  of each Designated
Portfolio  offered by the Fund's then current  prospectus in accordance with the
provisions of such prospectus.

1.7  The Company  shall pay for  shares of  a Designated Portfolio  on the  next
Business Day after  receipt of an  order to purchase  shares of such  Designated
Portfolio.  Payment shall be in  federal funds transmitted by wire by 11:00 a.m.
New York time.   If payment in federal funds for any purchase is not received or
is received by the Fund after 11:00 a.m. New York time on such Business Day, the
Company shall  promptly, upon the  Fund's request,  reimburse the  Fund for  any


                                       3


<PAGE>


charges,  costs,  fees,  interest or  other  expenses incurred  by  the  Fund in
connection with any advances to, or borrowing or overdrafts by, the Fund, or any
similar expenses incurred  by the  Fund, as a  result of portfolio  transactions
effected  by  the Fund  based  upon  such purchase  request.    For purposes  of
Section 2.8 and 2.9  hereof, upon receipt  by the Fund  of the federal  funds so
wired, such funds shall cease to be  the responsibility of the Company and shall
become the responsibility of the Fund.

1.8  Issuance and  transfer of the shares  of a Designated Portfolio  will be by
book entry only.  Stock  certificates will not be  issued to the Company or  any
Account.    Shares of  a  Designated Portfolio  ordered  from the  Fund  will be
recorded in an appropriate title for each Account or the appropriate  subaccount
of each Account.

1.9  The Fund shall  furnish same-day notice (by wire or  telephone, followed by
written  confirmation) to the  Company of any income,  dividends or capital gain
distributions  payable  on shares  of the  Designated  Portfolios.   The Company
hereby   elects  to  receive  all  such  income,  dividends,  and  capital  gain
distributions as are payable on shares  of a Designated Portfolio in  additional
shares  of that Designated Portfolio.  The  Company reserves the right to revoke
this  election  and  to receive  all  such  income  dividends  and capital  gain
distributions in cash.   The  Fund shall  notify the  Company of  the number  of
shares so issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.  The Fund shall
use its best  efforts to furnish advance  notice of the  day such dividends  and
distributions are expected to be paid.

1.10 The  Fund shall  make the  net asset  value per  share for  each Designated
Portfolio  available  to the  Company on  a daily  basis  as soon  as reasonably
practical after  the net asset value  per share is calculated  (normally by 6:30
p.m. New York time) and shall use its best efforts to make such net  asset value
per share available by 7:00 p.m. New York time.

1.11 The Parties  hereto acknowledge that  the arrangement contemplated  by this
Agreement is not  exclusive; the shares of the  Designated Portfolios (and other
Portfolios of the  Fund) may be  sold to other  insurance companies (subject  to
Section 1.3 and Article  VII hereof) and the cash value of  the Contracts may be
invested  in other investment companies, provided, however, that the Adviser and
Underwriter consent  to the use of  such other investment company  in their sole
discretion.

                                   ARTICLE II
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1  The  Company represents  and  warrants that  the Contracts  are or  will be
registered under the 1933  Act; that the  Contracts will be continually  issued,
offered  for  sale and  sold in  compliance in  all  material respects  with all
applicable  federal and  state laws  and that  the sale  of the  Contracts shall
comply  in all material respects with  state insurance suitability requirements.
The Company further represents and warrants that it is an insurance company duly
organized and in good standing under applicable law and that it has legally  and
validly established  each Account  prior




                                       4


<PAGE>


to any issuance or sale thereof as a separate account under the Massachusetts 
insurance laws and has registered or, prior to any issuance or sale of the 
Contracts, will register each Account as a unit investment trust in accordance
with the provisions of the 1940 Act to serve as a separate account for the
Contracts.

2.2  The Fund represents and  warrants that shares of the  Designated Portfolios
sold  pursuant to this  Agreement shall be  registered under the  1933 Act, duly
authorized  for  issuance and  sold in  compliance  with all  applicable federal
securities laws and that the Fund is and shall remain registered  under the 1940
Act.  The Fund shall amend  the Registration Statement for its shares under  the
1933 Act and the  1940 Act from time to time as required  in order to effect the
continuous offering  of its  shares.   The Fund shall  register and  qualify the
shares of the Designated Portfolios  for sale in accordance with the laws of the
various states only if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Fund.

2.3  The  Fund  currently does  not  intend  to  make any  payments  to  finance
distribution expenses pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, although it may
make such payments in the future subject to applicable law.

2.4  The  Fund  makes  no  representations  as  to  whether any  aspect  of  its
operation,  including  but  not  limited  to,  investments  policies,  fees  and
expenses, complies with the  insurance and other applicable laws  of the various
states, except that the Fund represents  that the investment policies, fees  and
expenses  of the  Designated Portfolios  are and  shall at  all times  remain in
compliance with the insurance  laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts  to the
extent required to perform this  Agreement.  The Company will advise the Fund in
writing as to any  requirements of Massachusetts  insurance law that affect  the
Designated Portfolios, and the Fund will be deemed to be in compliance with this
Section 2.4 so long as the Fund complies with such advice of the Company.

2.5  The Fund represents that it is lawfully organized and validly existing as a
business  trust under the laws of the  Commonwealth of Massachusetts and that it
does and will comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act.

2.6  The  Underwriter represents  and  warrants  that it  is  a  member in  good
standing of the  NASD and is  registered as a broker-dealer  with the SEC.   The
Underwriter further  represents that it  will sell and distribute  the shares of
the  Designated Portfolios in accordance  with any applicable  state and federal
securities laws.

2.7  The  Adviser represents  and  warrants that  it is  and  shall remain  duly
registered  as  an investment  adviser under  all  applicable federal  and state
securities laws  and that the Adviser shall perform its obligations for the Fund
in compliance  in all material  respects with any  applicable state and  federal
securities laws.



                                       5

<PAGE>


2.8  The Fund, the  Adviser and the Underwriter  represent and warrant that  all
their directors, officers, employees, investment advisers, and other individuals
or entities dealing with the money  and/or securities of the Fund are and  shall
continue  to  be at  all times  covered by  a blanket  fidelity bond  or similar
coverage  for the benefit  of the Fund  in an amount  not less than  the minimum
coverage  required currently  by  Rule 17g-1 of  the 1940  Act  or such  related
provisions  as may be promulgated from  time to time.   The aforesaid bond shall
include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable
bonding company.

2.9  The  Company represents  and  warrants that  all  its directors,  officers,
employees,  investment advisers, and  other individuals or  entities employed or
controlled  by the Company dealing with the  money and/or securities of the Fund
are covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage in an amount not less
than  $20  million.    The aforesaid  bond  includes  coverage  for larceny  and
embezzlement  and is issued by a reputable  bonding company.  The Company agrees
that this  bond or another  bond containing these  provisions will always  be in
effect, and agrees to  notify the Fund, the Adviser  and the Underwriter in  the
event that such coverage no longer applies.

2.10   The Company represents  and warrants  that all shares  of the  Designated
Portfolios purchased by the Company  will be purchased on behalf of one  or more
unmanaged separate  accounts that  offer interests  therein that  are registered
under the 1933 Act and upon which a  registration fee has been or will be  paid;
and  the  Company  acknowledges  that  the  Fund  intends  to  rely  upon   this
representation and  warranty for purposes  of calculating SEC  registration fees
payable with respect  to such  shares of the  Designated Portfolios pursuant  to
Instruction B.5  to Form  24F-2  or any  similar form  or  SEC registration  fee
calculation procedure  that  allows the  Fund  to  exclude shares  so  sold  for
purposes  of  calculating its  SEC  registration fee.    The  Company agrees  to
cooperate with the  Fund on no less  than an annual basis  to certify as to  its
continuing compliance with this representation and warranty.

                                   ARTICLE III
                     Prospectuses, Statements of Additional
                    INFORMATION, AND PROXY STATEMENTS; VOTING

3.1  The  Fund shall  provide the  Company  with as  many copies  of the  Fund's
current prospectus for the  Designated Portfolios as the Company  may reasonably
request.   If requested by  the Company in lieu thereof,  the Fund shall provide
such  documentation (including  a final copy  of the  new prospectus)  and other
assistance as  is reasonably necessary in  order for the Company  once each year
(or more frequently if the prospectus for a Designated Portfolio  is amended) to
have the  prospectus for  the Contracts  and the  prospectus for  the Designated
Portfolios  printed  together in  one document.   Expenses  with respect  to the
foregoing shall be borne as provided under Article V.

3.2  The Fund's prospectus shall disclose that (a) the Fund is intended to
be a funding vehicle for all types of variable annuity and variable life 
insurance contracts offered by Participating Insurance Companies, (b) 
material irreconcilable conflicts of interest may arise, and (c) the Fund's


                                       6

<PAGE>

Board will monitor events in order to identify the existence of any material 
irreconcilable conflicts and determine what action, if any, should be taken 
in response to such conflicts. The Fund hereby notifies the Company  that 
disclosure in the prospectus for the Contracts regarding the potential risks 
of mixed and shared funding may be appropriate. Further, the Fund's 
prospectus shall state that the current Statement of Additional Information 
("SAI") for the Fund is available from the Company (or, in  the Fund's 
discretion, from the Fund), and the Fund shall provide a copy  of such SAI to 
any owner of a Contract who requests such SAI and to the Company in such 
quantities as the Company may reasonably request. Expenses with respect to 
the foregoing shall be borne as provided under Article V.

3.3  The Fund  shall provide  the Company  with  copies of  its proxy  material,
reports to  shareholders,  and  other  communications to  shareholders  for  the
Designated Portfolios in such  quantity as the Company shall  reasonably require
for distributing to  Contract owners.   Expenses with  respect to the  foregoing
shall be borne as provided under Article V.

3.4  The Company shall:

          (i)  solicit voting instructions from Contract owners;

          (ii) vote  the shares of each Designated  Portfolio in accordance with
               instructions received from Contract owners; and

         (iii) vote  shares  of  each  Designated Portfolio  for  which  no
               instructions have  been received  in the same  proportion as
               shares of such Designated  Portfolio for which  instructions
               have been received,

so long as and to the extent that the SEC continues to interpret the 1940 Act to
require  pass-through voting privileges for  variable contract owners  or to the
extent otherwise required by law.  The Company reserves the right to vote shares
of each Designated  Portfolio held in any separate account in  its own right, to
the extent permitted by law.

3.5  The Company  shall be responsible  for assuring  that each of  its separate
accounts participating in a Designated Portfolio calculates voting privileges as
required  by  the  Shared  Funding  Exemption  Order  and  consistent  with  any
reasonable standards that the Fund has adopted or may adopt.

3.6  The Fund will comply with  all provisions of the 1940 Act  requiring voting
by  shareholders, and  in particular  the Fund  will either  provide for  annual
meetings or comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act (although the  Fund is not
one  of the  trusts described  in Section 16(c)  of that  Act)  as well  as with
Sections 16(a)  and, if and when  applicable, Section 16(b).   Further, the Fund
will  act in  accordance with  the SEC's  interpretation of the  requirements of
Section 16(a)  with respect to periodic  elections of directors  or trustees and
with whatever  rules the  SEC  may promulgate  from time  to  time with  respect
thereto.  The Fund reserves the right, upon prior



                                       7

<PAGE>


written notice to the Company, to take all actions, including but not limited 
to, the dissolution, termination, merger and  sale of all assets of the Fund  
or any Designated Portfolio upon the sole  authorization of the  Board, to 
the  extent permitted  by the laws  of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and 
the 1940 Act.

3.7  It  is understood  and  agreed that,  except  with respect  to  information
regarding  the  Fund,  the  Underwriter, the  Adviser  or  Designated Portfolios
provided  in writing by the  Fund, the Underwriter  or the Adviser,  none of the
Fund,  the Underwriter  or the  Adviser is  responsible for  the content  of the
prospectus or statement of additional information for the Contracts.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                         SALES MATERIAL AND INFORMATION

4.1  The Company  shall furnish, or shall cause to be  furnished, to the Fund or
the  Underwriter, each piece of  sales literature or  other promotional material
("sales literature") that the Company develops or uses and in which the Fund (or
a Designated Portfolio  thereof) or the Adviser or the  Underwriter is named, at
least fifteen calendar days prior to its use.  No such material shall be used if
the Fund or its designee reasonably objects to such use  within fifteen calendar
days after receipt  of such material.   The  Fund or its  designee reserves  the
right to reasonably object  to the continued use  of such material, and  no such
material shall be used if the Fund or its designee so object.

4.2  The Company shall not  give any information or  make any representation  or
statement on  behalf of the Fund  or concerning the Fund in  connection with the
sale of the Contracts other than the information or representations contained in
the registration  statement, prospectus or SAI for  the shares of the Designated
Portfolios,  as such registration statement, prospectus or SAI may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, or in reports or  proxy statements for the Fund,
or  in  sales  literature approved  by  the  Fund  or  its  designee or  by  the
Underwriter, except  with the permission of  the Fund or the  Underwriter or the
designee of either.

4.3  The Fund or the Underwriter shall furnish, or shall cause  to be furnished,
to the  Company, each  piece of  sales literature that  the Fund  or Underwriter
develops or  uses in which  the Company and/or  its Account  is named, at  least
fifteen calendar days prior to  its use.  No such material shall be  used if the
Company  reasonably objects  to  such use  within  fifteen calendar  days  after
receipt of such material.   The Company reserves the right to  reasonably object
to the continued use of such material and no  such material shall be used if the
Company so objects.

4.4  The Fund and  the Underwriter shall  not give any  information or make  any
representations on behalf of the Company or concerning the Company, the Account,
or the  Contracts other than the  information or representations  contained in a
registration statement,  prospectus, or statement of  additional information for
the Contracts,  as  such  registration  statement, prospectus  or  statement  of
additional information may be amended  or supplemented from time to time,  or in
published reports  for the Accounts which  are the public domain  or approved by
the Company for distribution


                                       8

<PAGE>

to Contract owners, or in sales literature approved by the Company or its 
designee, except with the permission of the Company.

4.5  The Fund  will provide  to the Company  at least one  complete copy  of all
registration  statements, prospectuses, SAIs,  reports, proxy  statements, sales
literature, applications for exemptions, requests for no-action letters, and all
amendments to  any of  the  above, that  relate  to the  Designated  Portfolios,
contemporaneously with  the filing  of such  document(s) with  the SEC or  other
regulatory authorities.

4.6  The Company will  provide to the  Fund at  least one complete  copy of  all
registration  statements,  prospectuses, statements  of  additional information,
shareholder reports,  solicitations for  voting instructions,  sales literature,
applications for exemptions, request for  no-action letters, and all  amendments
to   any  of  the  above,  that  relate   to  the  Contracts  or  the  Accounts,
contemporaneously with  the filing of  such document(s)  with the  SEC or  other
regulatory authorities.

4.7  For purposes of this Agreement, the phrase "sales literature" includes, but
is  not limited  to, any  of the  following:   advertisements (such  as material
published, or designed for use  in, a newspaper, magazine, or other  periodical,
radio,  television, telephone  or tape  recording, videotape  display, signs  or
billboards, motion pictures, or other public media), sales literature (I.E., any
written communication distributed  or made generally  available to customers  or
the  public,  including  brochures,  circulars, reports,  market  letters,  form
letters, seminar texts, reprints  or excerpts of any other  advertisement, sales
literature, or published article) and educational or training materials or other
communications distributed or made generally available to some or all agents  or
employees.

4.8  At the request  of any party to this  Agreement, any other party  will make
available to the requesting  party's independent auditors all records,  data and
access  to operating procedures that  may reasonably be  requested in connection
with compliance and  regulatory requirements  related to this  Agreement or  any
party's obligations under this Agreement.

4.9  Without the written  consent of the Fund  and the Underwriter, the  Company
shall not, and  shall not permit  any affiliate of the  Company to, directly  or
indirectly  solicit, encourage or induce:   (i) Contract owner transactions that
will result in the redemption of shares of a Designated Portfolio; (ii) Contract
owners  to  change  the  investment  manager  or  sub-adviser  of  a  Designated
Portfolio; or (iii) Contract owners to change, modify, substitute, add or delete
any investment option.



                                       9

<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE V
                                FEES AND EXPENSES

5.1  All expenses incident to performance by the Fund under this Agreement shall
be  paid by the Fund,  except and as  further provided in Schedule  B.  The Fund
shall  see to it  that all shares  of the Designated  Portfolios are registered,
duly  authorized for  issuance and  sold in  compliance with  applicable federal
securities  laws and,  if and  to the extent  deemed advisable  by the  Fund, in
accordance with applicable state securities laws prior to their sale.

5.2  The parties hereto  shall bear  the expenses of  typesetting, printing  and
distributing the Fund's prospectus, SAI, proxy materials and reports as provided
in Schedule B.

5.3  Administrative  services   to  variable   Contract  owners  shall   be  the
responsibility  of the Company and shall not  be the responsibility of the Fund,
Underwriter or Adviser.  The Fund recognizes the Company as the sole shareholder
of shares of the Designated Portfolios issued under the Agreement.

5.4  The Fund  shall not pay and  neither the Adviser nor  the Underwriter shall
pay any  fee or other compensation to the Company under this Agreement, although
the  parties will bear certain expenses in  accordance with Schedule B and other
provisions of this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                        DIVERSIFICATION AND QUALIFICATION

6.1  The  Fund will  invest the assets  of each  Designated Portfolio  in such a
manner as  to  ensure that  the Contracts  will be  treated as  annuity or  life
insurance contracts, whichever  is appropriate, under the  Internal Revenue Code
of  1986, as  amended ("Code")  and the  regulations issued  thereunder (or  any
successor  provisions).  Without  limiting the scope of  the foregoing, the Fund
will, with  respect to each Designated Portfolio,  comply with Section 817(h) of
the   Code  and   Treasury  Regulation   Section  1.817-5,   and   any  Treasury
interpretations  thereof,  relating  to  the  diversification  requirements  for
variable  annuity, endowment, or life insurance contracts, and any amendments or
other modifications or successor provisions to such  Section or Regulations.  In
the event of  a breach of  this Article VI,  the Fund  will take all  reasonable
steps (a) to notify  the Company of such breach and  (b) to adequately diversify
the affected Designated Portfolio so  as to achieve compliance within  the grace
period afforded by Treasury Regulation Section 1.817-5.

6.2  The  Fund represents that each  Designated Portfolio is currently qualified
(and  for  new  Designated  Portfolios,  intends  to  qualify)  as  a  Regulated
Investment  Company under Subchapter M of the Code,  and that it will make every
effort to maintain  such qualification (under Subchapter  M or any  successor or
similar provisions) and that it will  notify the Company immediately upon having
a reasonable  basis for believing that  a Designated Portfolio has  ceased to so
qualify or that a Designated Portfolio might not so qualify in the future.


                                      10

<PAGE>

6.3  The Company represents that the Contracts are currently, and at the time of
issuance shall be,  treated as  life insurance or  annuity insurance  contracts,
under applicable  provisions of the Code, and that it  will make every effort to
maintain  such treatment, and that it will  notify the Fund, the Adviser and the
Underwriter  immediately  upon  having  a  reasonable  basis  for  believing the
Contracts have ceased  to be so treated or that they  might not be so treated in
the future.  The Company agrees that  any prospectus offering a contract that is
a "modified endowment contract" as that term is defined in Section  7702A of the
Code (or any successor or similar  provision), shall identify such contract as a
modified endowment contract.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                               POTENTIAL CONFLICTS

7.1  The  Board  will  monitor  the  Fund  for  the existence  of  any  material
irreconcilable  conflict between  the interests  of the  contract owners  of all
separate  accounts investing in the  Fund.  An  irreconcilable material conflict
may arise  for a  variety of reasons,  including:   (a) an  action by any  state
insurance  regulatory authority;  (b) a  change in  applicable federal  or state
insurance, tax, or securities  laws or regulations, or a public  ruling, private
letter  ruling, no-action  or interpretative  letter, or  any similar  action by
insurance, tax, or securities regulatory  authorities; (c) an administrative  or
judicial decision  in any  relevant  proceeding; (d)  the  manner in  which  the
investments  of any Designated Portfolio are being  managed; (e) a difference in
voting  instructions  given  by  variable annuity  contract  and  variable  life
insurance  contract owners;  or  (f) a  decision  by a  Participating  Insurance
Company  to disregard  the voting instructions  of contract  owners.   The Board
shall  promptly inform  the  Company if  it  determines that  an  irreconcilable
material conflict exists and the implications thereof.

7.2  The Company and the Adviser will report any potential or existing conflicts
of which each  is aware  to the Board.   The  Company will assist  the Board  in
carrying out its responsibilities  under the Shared Funding Exemption  Order, by
providing the Board with all  information reasonably necessary for the  Board to
consider any issues raised.  This includes, but is not limited to, an obligation
by the Company  to inform the Board whenever Contract  owner voting instructions
are disregarded.  At least  annually, and more frequently if deemed  appropriate
by the Board,  the Company shall submit to the Adviser, and the Adviser shall at
least annually  submit to  the Board,  such reports, materials  and data  as the
Board  may  reasonably  request  so  that the  Board  may  fully  carry  out the
obligations imposed  upon it by the  conditions contained in the  Shared Funding
Exemption Order; and  said reports, materials and  data shall be submitted  more
frequently if  deemed appropriate by  the Board.   The responsibility  to report
such information and conflicts to the Board will be carried out with a view only
to the interests of the contract owners.

7.3  If it is determined by a majority of the Board, or a majority of its
disinterested members, that a material irreconcilable conflict exists, the
Company and any other Participating Insurance Companies shall,  at their 
expense and to the extent reasonably practicable (as determined by a 
majority of the disinterested Board members), take whatever steps are 
necessary to remedy or eliminate the irreconcilable material conflict, up to
and including: (a), withdrawing the  assets


                                      11

<PAGE>



allocable to some  or all of the  separate accounts from the Fund or any 
Designated Portfolio  and reinvesting such assets in a different investment 
medium, which may  include another Designated Portfolio of  the Fund, or 
submitting to  a vote of  all affected contract  owners the question  whether 
such  segregation should  be  implemented and,  as appropriate,  segregating 
the assets  of any appropriate group  (I.E. annuity contract  owners, life 
insurance contract  owners, or  variable  contract owners  of  one or  more  
Participating Insurance Companies) that votes in favor of such segregation, 
or offering to the affected  contract  owners  the  option  of  making  such  
a  change;  and  (b), establishing a new registered management investment 
company or managed  separate account.

7.4  If  a material irreconcilable conflict arises  because of a decision by the
Company to  disregard  contract  owner  voting instructions  and  that  decision
represents a  minority position or would  preclude a majority  vote, the Company
may be  required, at  the Fund's  election, to  withdraw the affected  Account's
investment in any Designated Portfolio and terminate this Agreement with respect
to such Account provided, however, that such withdrawal and termination shall be
limited to the extent required by the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict
as  determined by a  majority of  the disinterested members  of the  Board.  The
Company will bear the cost of any remedial action, including such withdrawal and
termination.   No penalty will be imposed by  the Fund upon the affected Account
for withdrawing assets  from the Fund in the event  of a material irreconcilable
conflict.   Any such withdrawal and  termination must take place  within six (6)
months  after  the Fund  gives  written  notice  that this  provision  is  being
implemented,  and until  the effective date  of such termination  the Fund shall
continue  to accept and  implement orders by  the Company for  the purchase (and
redemption) of shares of such Designated Portfolio.

7.5  If a  material irreconcilable  conflict arises  because a  particular state
insurance  regulator's  decision applicable  to the  Company conflicts  with the
majority of other  state regulators, then the Company will withdraw the affected
Account's investment  in the  affected Designated Portfolio  and terminate  this
Agreement with respect to such Account within six months after the Board informs
the Company in writing that it has determined that such decision  has created an
irreconcilable material  conflict; provided,  however, that such  withdrawal and
termination shall  be limited to the  extent required by  the foregoing material
irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested members
of the  Board.   Until the  effective date  of such  termination the Fund  shall
continue to accept  and implement orders  by the Company  for the purchase  (and
redemption) of shares of such Designated Portfolios.

7.6  For  purposes of Sections 7.3 through 7.6  of this Agreement, a majority of
the  disinterested members  of the  Board shall  determine whether  any proposed
action adequately remedies any irreconcilable material conflict; but in no event
will the Fund be  required to establish a new funding medium  for the Contracts.
The Company  shall not  be required by  Section 7.3 to  establish a  new funding
medium for the Contract  if an offer  to do so  has been declined  by vote of  a
majority of Contract owners materially adversely  affected by the irreconcilable
material conflict.   In the  event that the  Board determines that  any proposed
action does not adequately remedy any irreconcilable material conflict, then the
Company  will withdraw an Account's  investment in any  Designated Portfolio and
terminate this  Agreement within  six (6)  months  after the  Board informs


                                      12

<PAGE>


the Company in writing of the foregoing determination; provided, however, 
that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent 
required by any such material irreconcilable  conflict as determined  by 
a majority of the disinterested members of the Board.

7.7  If and to the extent the  Shared Funding Exemption Order contains terms and
conditions  different from Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4 and 7.5 of
this Agreement, then the  Fund and/or the Participating Insurance  Companies, as
appropriate, shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with the Shared
Funding Exemption Order,  and Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4 and 7.5
of the Agreement  shall continue  in effect only  to the extent  that terms  and
conditions  substantially identical to such Sections are contained in the Shared
Funding Exemption Order  or any amendment thereto.   If and  to the extent  that
Rule 6e-2  and Rule 6e-3(T)  are amended,  or Rule 6e-3  is adopted, to  provide
exemptive relief  from any provision  of the 1940  Act or the  rules promulgated
thereunder  with respect to  mixed or shared  funding (as defined  in the Shared
Funding Exemption Order) on terms and conditions materially different from those
contained in  the Shared Funding Exemption  Order, then (a) the  Fund and/or the
Participating  Insurance Companies, as appropriate, shall take such steps as may
be necessary to comply  with Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T), as amended,  and Rule 6e-3,
as adopted, to the extent such rules  are applicable; and (b) Sections 3.4, 3.5,
3.6, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4 and 7.5 of this Agreement shall  continue in effect only
to the extent that terms and conditions substantially identical to such Sections
are contained in such Rule(s) as so amended or adopted.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                 INDEMNIFICATION

8.1  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY.

     (a)  The  Company agrees  to  indemnify and  hold  harmless the  Fund,  the
Adviser, the Underwriter and each of their officers, trustees and  directors and
each  person, if  any, who  controls the  Fund, the  Adviser or  the Underwriter
within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the "Indemnified
Parties"  for purposes of this Section 8.1)  against any and all losses, claims,
damages,  liabilities (including  amounts  paid in  settlement with  the written
consent  of the Company) or litigation  (including legal and other expenses), to
which   the  Indemnified  Parties  may  become  subject  under  any  statute  or
regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities  or  expenses (or  actions in  respect  thereof) or  settlements are
related to the sale or acquisition of the shares of the Designated Portfolios or
the Contracts and;

          (i)  arise out of or  are based upon any untrue  statements or alleged
     untrue statements  of  any  material  fact contained  in  the  Registration
     Statement,  prospectus,  or statement  of  additional  information for  the
     Contracts  or  contained  in the  Contracts  or  sales  literature for  the
     Contracts (or  any amendment or  supplement to  any of  the foregoing),  or
     arise out of  or are based  upon the  omission or the  alleged omission  to
     state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
     make the statements therein not


                                      13

<PAGE>

     
     misleading; PROVIDED that this agreement toindemnify shall  not apply as
     to any Indemnified Party if such statement oromission or such  alleged 
     statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in  conformity with
     information furnished in  writing to the Company by or on behalf of the
     Fund for use in the Registration Statement, prospectus or statement of
     additional information for the Contracts or in the Contracts or sales
     literature for the Contracts (for any amendment or supplement) or
     otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or shares
     of the Designated Portfolios; or

          (ii) arise  out of  or as  a result  of statements  or representations
     (other  than statements  or representations  contained in  the Registration
     Statement, prospectus, SAI or sales literature  of the Fund not supplied by
     the Company  or  persons under  its  control) or  wrongful conduct  of  the
     Company or persons under its authorization or control, with respect to the
     sale  or  distribution  of  the  Contracts  or  shares  of  the  Designated
     Portfolios; or

          (iii)     arise  out  of  any   untrue  statement  or  alleged  untrue
     statement of  a  material fact  contained  in the  Registration  Statement,
     prospectus, SAI or sales literature of the Fund or any amendment thereof or
     supplement thereto or the omission  or alleged omission to state  therein a
     material  fact  required to  be stated  therein  or necessary  to  make the
     statements therein not misleading if such  a statement or omission was made
     in  reliance upon information furnished to the Fund  by or on behalf of the
     Company; or 

          (iv) arise as  a result  of any  material failure  by  the Company  to
     provide the  services and  furnish the  materials under  the terms  of this
     Agreement (including a failure,  whether unintentional or in good  faith or
     otherwise,  to  comply with  the  qualification  requirements specified  in
     Article VI of this Agreement); or

          (v)  arise  out of or are based upon  any untrue statements or alleged
     untrue  statements  of any  material  fact  contained  in any  Registration
     Statement,  prospectus,  statement  of  additional  information  or   sales
     literature for any Unaffiliated Fund, or arise out of or are based upon the
     omission or alleged omission  to state therein a material  fact required to
     be  stated  therein  or  necessary  to  make  the  statements  therein  not
     misleading,  or  otherwise  pertain to  or  arise  in  connection with  the
     availability of any Unaffiliated  Fund as an underlying funding  vehicle in
     respect of the Contracts; or

          (vi) arise   out  of  or  result  from  any  material  breach  of  any
     representation and/or warranty  made by  the Company in  this Agreement  or
     arise out of or result from any other material breach of this  Agreement by
     the Company;

as  limited by  and in  accordance with  the provisions  of Sections  8.1(b) and
8.1(c).


     (b)  The  Company shall not be liable  under this indemnification provision
with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or  litigation to which
an Indemnified Party would


                                      14

<PAGE>

otherwise be subject by reason of such Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance,
bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified  Party's
duties or  by reason  of such Indemnified  Party's  reckless disregard of its
obligations or duties under this Agreement.

     (c)  The Company shall  not be liable under  this indemnification provision
with  respect  to  any claim  made  against  an  Indemnified Party  unless  such
Indemnified Party shall have notified the Company in writing within a reasonable
time after  the summons or other  first legal process giving  information of the
nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after
such  Indemnified Party  shall  have received  notice  of  such service  on  any
designated agent), but failure to notify the Company of any such claim shall not
relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to the Indemnified Party
against  whom  such  action  is  brought  otherwise  than  on  account  of  this
indemnification  provision, except  to  the extent  that  the Company  has  been
prejudiced by such failure to give  notice.  In case any such action  is brought
against an  Indemnified Party, the Company shall  be entitled to participate, at
its own  expense, in the  defense of  such action.   The Company  also shall  be
entitled to assume the defense thereof,  with counsel satisfactory to the  party
named in  the  action and  to  settle the  claim at  its  own expense  provided,
however, that no such settlement shall, without the Indemnified Parties' written
consent, include any factual stipulation referring to the Indemnified Parties or
their conduct.   After notice  from the Company to  such party of  the Company's
election  to assume  the defense thereof,  the Indemnified Party  shall bear the
fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Company will
not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses
subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense
thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

     (d)  The  Indemnified  Parties will  promptly  notify  the  Company of  the
commencement  of any litigation or  proceedings against them  in connection with
the issuance or sale of the shares of the Designated Portfolios or the Contracts
or the operation of the Fund.

8.2  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE UNDERWRITER

     (a)  The  Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and
each of its  directors and officers  and each person,  if any, who controls  the
Company within  the meaning of  Section 15  of the 1933  Act (collectively,  the
"Indemnified  Parties" for  purposes of  this Section 8.2)  against any  and all
losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including  amounts paid in settlement with
the written consent of the Underwriter) or litigation (including legal and other
expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may  become subject under any statute
or  regulation, at  common  law or  otherwise, insofar  as such  losses, claims,
damages,  liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements
are related to the sale or acquisition of shares of the Designated Portfolios or
the Contracts; and

          (i)  arise  out of or  are based upon any  untrue statement or alleged
     untrue  statement  of  any  material fact  contained  in  the  Registration
     Statement, prospectus  or SAI of the  Fund or sales literature  of the Fund
     developed by the Underwriter (or any


                                      15

<PAGE>

     amendment or supplement to  any of the foregoing), or arise out of  or are 
     based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material
     fact  required to  be stated therein  or necessary  to make  the statements
     therein not misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not
     apply  as to any Indemnified Party if such statement  or omission  or  such
     alleged statement or omission was made in reliance  upon and  in conformity
     with information furnished to  the Underwriter  or  Fund by  or  on  behalf
     of the  Company  for  use in  the Registration Statement or prospectus  for
     the Fund  or its sales literature (or any amendment or  supplement thereto)
     or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or shares
     of the Designated Portfolios; or

          (ii) arise  out of  or as  a result  of statements  or representations
     (other  than statements  or representations  contained in  the Registration
     Statement, prospectus or sales literature for the Contracts not supplied by
     the Underwriter or persons  under its control)  or wrongful conduct of  the
     Fund or Underwriter or person under  their control with respect to the sale
     or distribution of the Contracts or shares of the Designated Portfolios; or

          (iii)     arise  out  of  any   untrue  statement  or  alleged  untrue
     statement  of  a  material  fact contained  in  a  Registration  Statement,
     prospectus  or sales literature for the Contracts, or any amendment thereof
     or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein
     a material  fact required to  be stated  therein or necessary  to make  the
     statement or  statements  therein  not misleading,  if  such  statement  or
     omission was made in reliance upon information furnished to  the Company by
     or on behalf of the Fund; or

          (iv) arise  as a  result of  any failure  by the  Fund to  provide the
     services  and furnish  the  materials under  the  terms of  this  Agreement
     (including  a failure, whether unintentional or in good faith or otherwise,
     to  comply with  the diversification  and other  qualification requirements
     specified in Article VI of this Agreement); or

          (v)  arise   out  of  or  result  from  any  material  breach  of  any
     representation and/or warranty made by the Underwriter in this Agreement or
     arise  out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by
     the Underwriter;

as  limited by  and in  accordance with  the provisions  of  Sections 8.2(b) and
8.2(c) hereof.
     (b)  The  Underwriter  shall  not  be  liable  under  this  indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
to  which an  Indemnified Party  would otherwise  be subject  by reason  of such
Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross negligence  in the
performance or such Indemnified Party's duties or  by reason of such Indemnified
Party's reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this  Agreement or to
the Company or the Accounts, whichever is applicable.

     (c)  The  Underwriter  shall  not  be  liable  under  this  indemnification
provision with  respect to any  claim made  against an Indemnified  Party unless
such Indemnified Party shall have


                                      16

<PAGE>


notified the Underwriter in writing within  a reasonable   time  after  the  
summons  or  other  first  legal  process  giving information  of  the nature 
 of  the  claim shall  have  been  served upon  such Indemnified Party (or 
after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service  on 
any designated agent), but failure to notify the Underwriter of any such 
claim shall not relieve the Underwriter from any liability which it may have 
to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than 
on account  of this  indemnification provision, except  to the  extent that  
the Underwriter  has been prejudiced  by such failure  to give notice.   In 
case any such action is brought  against the Indemnified Party,  the 
Underwriter will  be entitled  to  participate, at  its own  expense, in  the 
 defense thereof.   The Underwriter also shall be entitled  to assume the 
defense thereof, with  counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action 
and to settle the claim at  is own expense;  provided,  however,  that  no  
such  settlement   shall,  without  the Indemnified Parties' written consent, 
 include any factual stipulation referring to the Indemnified Parties or 
their  conduct.  After notice from the Underwriter to such party of the  
Underwriter's election to assume the defense  thereof, the Indemnified Party  
shall bear the  fees and expenses  of any  additional counsel retained by it, 
 and the Underwriter will not be liable to such party under this Agreement 
for  any legal or other  expenses subsequently incurred  by such party 
independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable 
costs of investigation.

     (d)  The  Company  agrees  promptly  to  notify  the  Underwriter  of   the
commencement of any litigation or proceedings  against it or any of its officers
or directors  in connection with  the issuance or sale  of the Contracts  or the
operation of the Account.

8.3  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE FUND

     (a)  The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of
its  directors and officers  and each person,  if any, who  controls the Company
within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the "Indemnified
Parties" for purposes of this  Section 8.3) against any and all losses,  claims,
expenses, damages,  liabilities (including amounts  paid in settlement  with the
written consent of the Fund); or litigation (including legal and other expenses)
to which the Indemnified Parties  may be required to  pay or may become  subject
under  any statute or  regulation, at common  law or otherwise,  insofar as such
losses, claims,  expenses,  damages,  liabilities or  expenses  (or  actions  in
respect thereof) or settlements, are related to the operations of the Fund and:

          (i)  arise  as a  result of  any failure  by the  Fund to  provide the
     services  and furnish  the  materials under  the  terms of  this  Agreement
     (including  a failure, whether unintentional or in good faith or otherwise,
     to comply with the diversification and qualification requirements specified
     in Article VI of this Agreement); or

          (ii) arise   out  of  or  result  from  any  material  breach  of  any
     representation and/or warranty made by the  Fund in this Agreement or arise
     out of or result from  any other material breach  of this Agreement by  the
     Fund; 



                                      17

<PAGE>


as  limited by  and in  accordance with  the  provisions of  Sections 8.3(b) and
8.3(c) hereof.

     (b)  The Fund shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with
respect to any  losses, claims, damages,  liabilities or litigation to  which an
Indemnified  Party  would otherwise  be subject  by  reason of  such Indemnified
Party's willful misfeasance, bad  faith, or gross negligence in  the performance
of such  Indemnified Party's  duties or  by reason  of such  Indemnified Party's
reckless disregard of  obligations and  duties under  this Agreement  or to  the
Company, the  Fund, the Underwriter,  the Adviser or the  Accounts, whichever is
applicable.

     (c)  The Fund shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with
respect to any  claim made against an Indemnified Party  unless such Indemnified
Party shall have notified the Fund in writing within a reasonable time after the
summons  or other first  legal process giving  information of the  nature of the
claim  shall  have  been served  upon  such  Indemnified  Party (or  after  such
Indemnified Party shall have received notice  of such service on any  designated
agent), but failure to notify the Fund  of any such claim shall not relieve  the
Fund from any liability that it may  have to the Indemnified Party against  whom
such  action  is  brought otherwise  than  on  account  of this  indemnification
provision,  except  to the  extent that  the Fund  has  been prejudiced  by such
failure to  give  notice.   In  case any  such  action is  brought  against  the
Indemnified  Parties,  the Fund  will be  entitled  to participate,  at  its own
expense, in the defense thereof.  The Fund also shall be entitled to  assume the
defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in  the action and
to  settle  the claim  at  its  own expense;  provided,  however,  that no  such
settlement shall, without the Indemnified Parties' written  consent, include any
factual  stipulation  referring to  the  Indemnified Parties  or  their conduct.
After  notice from the Fund  to such party of the  Fund's election to assume the
defense thereof, the Indemnified Party  shall bear the fees and expenses  of any
additional counsel retained by it, and the Fund will not be liable to such party
under this Agreement for  any legal or  other expenses subsequently incurred  by
such  party  independently in  connection with  the  defense thereof  other than
reasonable costs of investigation.

     (d)  The Company, the Adviser and the Underwriter agree  to notify the Fund
promptly  of the commencement of any litigation  or proceeding against it or any
of  its respective officers or  directors in connection  with the Agreement, the
issuance or sale  of the Contracts, the operation of any Account, or the sale or
acquisition of shares of the Designated Portfolios.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                 APPLICABLE LAW

9.1  This  Agreement shall be  construed and  the provisions  hereof interpreted
under and in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

9.2  This  Agreement shall be  subject to the  provisions of the  1933, 1934 and
1940  Acts, and the rules and regulations and rulings thereunder, including such
exemptions  from  the statutes,  rules  and  regulations as  the  SEC may  grant
(including, but  not limited  to, the  Shared Funding  Exemption Order)  and the
terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.



                                      18



<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE X
                                   TERMINATION

10.1 This Agreement shall continue in  full force and effect until the  first to
occur of:

     (a)  termination  by  any  party,  for  any  reason  with  respect  to  any
Designated Portfolio, by twelve (12) months' advance written notice delivered to
the  other parties;  provided,  however, that  such notice  shall  not be  given
earlier than six (6) years following the date of this Agreement; or

     (b)  termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund, the  Adviser
and the  Underwriter with  respect to  any Designated Portfolio  based upon  the
Company's reasonable and good faith determination that shares of such Designated
Portfolio  are  not  reasonably  available  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the
Contracts; or
     (c)  termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund,  the Adviser
and the  Underwriter with respect to  any Designated Portfolio if  the shares of
such Designated Portfolio  are not registered, issued or sold in accordance with
applicable state and/or federal securities laws or such law precludes the use of
such shares to fund the Contracts issued or to be issued by the Company; or

     (d)  termination by the Fund, the Adviser or Underwriter in the event  that
formal administrative  proceedings are  instituted against  the  Company or  any
affiliate by the NASD, the  SEC, or the Insurance Commissioner or  like official
of  any state or any other regulatory  body regarding the Company's duties under
this Agreement or  related to the  sale of the  Contracts, the operation of  any
Account, or the purchase of the  shares of a Designated Portfolio or the  shares
of any  Unaffiliated Fund,  provided, however,  that  the Fund,  the Adviser  or
Underwriter determines in its sole judgement  exercised in good faith, that  any
such administrative proceedings  will have  a material adverse  effect upon  the
ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement; or

     (e)  termination by  the Company  in the  event that  formal administrative
proceedings are instituted against the  Fund, the Adviser or Underwriter  by the
NASD, the  SEC, or  any state  securities or insurance  department or  any other
regulatory  body, provided,  however, that  the Company  determines in  its sole
judgment  exercised in good faith, that any such administrative proceedings will
have a material  adverse effect upon the  ability of the Fund  or Underwriter to
perform its obligations under this Agreement; or

     (f)  termination by the Company by written  notice to the Fund, the Adviser
and the Underwriter with respect  to any Designated Portfolio in the  event that
such  Designated Portfolio ceases to  qualify as a  Regulated Investment Company
under Subchapter M  or fails to  comply with the  Section 817(h) diversification
requirements  specified  in Article VI  hereof,  or  if  the Company  reasonably
believes that such Designated Portfolio may fail to so qualify or comply; or


                                      19


<PAGE>

     (g)  termination  by the Fund, the Adviser or Underwriter by written notice
to the Company in the event  that the Contracts fail to meet  the qualifications
specified in Article VI hereof; or

     (h)  termination by  any of  the Fund,  the Adviser  or the  Underwriter by
written  notice  to  the  Company,  if any  of  the  Fund,  the  Adviser  or the
Underwriter, respectively, shall determine, in their sole judgement exercised in
good  faith, that  the Company  has suffered  a material  adverse change  in its
business, operations, financial condition, insurance company rating or prospects
since  the  date  of  this  Agreement or  is  the  subject  of  material adverse
publicity; or

     (i)  termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund,  the Adviser
and  the Underwriter,  if  the Company  shall  determine, in  its  sole judgment
exercised  in good  faith, that  the Fund,  the Adviser  or the  Underwriter has
suffered  a  material adverse  change  in  its  business, operations,  financial
condition or  prospects since the  date of this Agreement  or is the  subject of
material  adverse publicity and that  material adverse change  or publicity will
have  a material adverse  effect on the  Fund's or the  Underwriter's ability to
perform its obligations under this Agreement; or

     (j)  at the  option of Company, as one party,  or the Fund, the Adviser and
the Underwriter, as  one party, upon  the other party's  material breach of  any
provision of this Agreement upon 30 days' notice and opportunity to cure.

10.2 EFFECT OF TERMINATION.   Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement,
the  Fund and  the  Underwriter may,  at  their sole  option,  continue to  make
available additional shares of a Designated Portfolio  pursuant to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, for all Contracts in effect on  the effective date
of  termination   of  this  Agreement  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  "Existing
Contracts").   Specifically,  the owners of  the Existing Contracts  may in such
event  be  permitted to  reallocate  investments in  the  Designated Portfolios,
redeem  investments in the Designated Portfolios and/or invest in the Designated
Portfolios  upon the making of  additional purchase payments  under the Existing
Contracts.   The  parties agree that  this Section 10.2  shall not  apply to any
termination under  Article VII and the  effect of  such Article VII  termination
shall be governed by Article VII  of this Agreement.  The parties  further agree
that  this Section 10.2 shall not apply to any termination under Section 10.1(g)
of this Agreement.

10.3 Notwithstanding termination of this Agreement, the Company shall not redeem
shares of  a Designated Portfolio attributable  to the Contracts  (as opposed to
shares of a Designated Portfolio attributable to the Company's assets held in an
Account)  except  (i) as  necessary to  implement  Contract  owner initiated  or
approved transactions provided the Company  shall not, and shall not permit  any
affiliate of the Company to, directly or indirectly solicit, encourage or induce
any such  Contract owner initiated or  approved transaction so long  as the Fund
and  the  Underwriter  continue to  make  additional  shares  of the  Designated
Portfolio available pursuant to Section 10.2 above, or (ii) as required by state
and/or  federal  laws or  regulations or  judicial or  other legal  precedent of
general   application  (hereinafter   referred   to  as   a  "Legally   Required
Redemption").   Upon


                                      20

<PAGE>


request, the Company will promptly furnish to the Fund, the Adviser and  the 
Underwriter the opinion of counsel for the Company (which counsel  shall  be 
reasonably  satisfactory to  the  Fund, the  Adviser  and the Underwriter) to 
the effect that any redemption pursuant to clause (ii) above is a  Legally  
Required Redemption. Furthermore, the Company shall not prevent Contract 
owners from  allocating payments  to a  Designated Portfolio  that was 
otherwise available under the Contracts.

10.4 Notwithstanding any termination of  this Agreement, each party's obligation
under Article VIII to indemnify the other parties shall survive.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                     NOTICES

     Any notice shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified
mail to the other party at the address of such party set forth below or at  such
other  address as such  party may from  time to  time specify in  writing to the
other party.

               If to the Fund:

                    Kemper Investors Fund
                    222 South Riverside Plaza
                    Chicago, Illinois  60606
                    Attention:     Secretary

               If to the Company:

                    First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
                    440 Lincoln Street
                    Worcester, Massachusetts 01653
                    Attention:     Secretary

               If to the Adviser:

                    Zurich Kemper Investments, Inc.
                    222 South Riverside Plaza
                    Chicago, Illinois  60606
                    Attention:     Secretary

               If to the Underwriter:

                    Kemper Distributors, Inc.
                    222 South Riverside Plaza
                    Chicago, Illinois  60606
                    Attention:     Secretary





                                      21

<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE XII
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

12.1 The  captions in this Agreement  are included for  convenience of reference
only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or otherwise
affect their construction or effect.

12.2 This  Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts,
each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

12.3 If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court
decision, statute,  rule or otherwise, the remainder  of the Agreement shall not
be affected thereby.

12.4 Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party and all appropriate
governmental authorities (including  without limitation the  SEC, the NASD,  and
state insurance  regulators) and shall permit such authorities reasonable access
to  its  books  and records  in  connection with  any  investigation  or inquiry
relating   to  this   Agreement   or  the   transactions  contemplated   hereby.
Notwithstanding  the generality  of  the foregoing,  each  party hereto  further
agrees  to furnish the Massachusetts Insurance Commissioner with any information
or reports in connection with  services provided under this Agreement that  such
Commissioner  may request  in order  to ascertain  whether the  variable annuity
operations of  the Company are being  conducted in a manner  consistent with the
Massachusetts variable annuity laws and regulations and any other applicable law
or regulations.

12.5 The  rights,  remedies  and obligations  contained  in  this Agreement  are
cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies, and obligations,
at law or  in equity, which the  parties hereto are entitled to  under state and
federal laws.

12.6 This Agreement  or any of the  rights and obligations hereunder  may not be
assigned by any party without the prior written consent of all parties hereto.

12.7 All persons are expressly put on notice of the Fund's Agreement and 
Declaration of Trust and all amendments thereto, all of which on file with 
the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the limitation of 
shareholder and trustee liability contained therein. This Agreement has been 
executed by and on behalf of the Fund by its representatives as such 
representatives and not individually, and the obligations of the Fund with 
respect to a Designated


                                      22


<PAGE>


Portfolio  hereunder are  not binding upon  any of  the trustees, officers or 
 shareholders of  the Fund individually,  but are  binding upon only  the 
assets and  property of such  Designated Portfolio.   All parties dealing 
with the Fund with  respect to a Designated Portfolio shall  look solely to 
the assets  of such Designated  Portfolio for the  enforcement of any  claims 
against the Fund hereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be executed
in its name  and on behalf by its duly authorized representative and its seal to
be hereunder affixed hereto as of the date specified below.



     COMPANY:            First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company

                         By:    /s/ Richard M. Reilly
                                -------------------------------------

                         Title: Vice President
                                -------------------------------------

                         Date:  11/6/96
                                -------------------------------------

     FUND:               Kemper Investors Fund

                         By:    /s/ John E. Neal
                                -------------------------------------

                         Title: Vice President
                                -------------------------------------

                         Date:  11/5/96
                                -------------------------------------


     ADVISER             Zurich Kemper Investments, Inc.

                         By:    /s/ John E. Neal
                                -------------------------------------

                         Title: President
                                -------------------------------------

                         Date:  11/5/96
                                -------------------------------------


     UNDERWRITER         Kemper Distributors, Inc.

                         By:    /s/ James L. Greenawalt
                                -------------------------------------

                         Title: President
                                -------------------------------------

                         Date:  11/5/96
                                -------------------------------------



                                      23


<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A


NAME OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT AND DATE
ESTABLISHED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Separate Account KG (6/13/96)
Separate Account KGC (6/13/96)


CONTRACTS FUNDED 
BY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

Kemper Gateway Elite
Kemper Gateway Custom


DESIGNATED PORTFOLIOS*

Money Market Portfolio
Total Return Portfolio
High Yield Portfolio
Growth Portfolio
Government Securities Portfolio
International Portfolio
Small Cap Growth Portfolio
Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
Value Portfolio
Small Cap Value Portfolio
Value+Growth Portfolio
Horizon 20+ Portfolio
Horizon 10+ Portfolio
Horizon 5 Portfolio






_____________________________
* Additional Designated Portfolios  may be added at  the request of the Fund, 
  Adviser and  Underwriter and with the consent of the Company, which consent 
  will not be unreasonably withheld.

                                     A-1


<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE B
                                    EXPENSES

1.   In the event  the prospectus, SAI, annual report or  other communication of
     the Fund is  combined with a document  of another party, the  Fund will pay
     the costs based upon the relative number of pages attributable to the Fund.


2.   Expenses  allocated  to the  Company on  this  Schedule may  be  subject to
     further  allocation  between  the  Company and  Kemper  Distributors,  Inc.
     ("KDI") pursuant to  a Wholesaling  Agreement between the  Company and  KDI
     related to the Contracts.


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     RESPONSIBLE
         ITEM                    FUNCTION               PARTY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 PROSPECTUS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Update               Typesetting                      Fund (1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    New Sales:      Printing                       KDI/Company (2)
                    Distribution                   KDI/Company (2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Existing        Printing                         Fund (1)
    Owners:         Distribution                     Fund (1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 STATEMENTS OF              Same as Prospectus           Same
 ADDITIONAL
 INFORMATION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 PROXY MATERIALS OF   Typesetting                        Fund
 THE FUND             Printing                           Fund
                      Distribution                       Fund
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ANNUAL REPORTS &
 OTHER COMMUNICATIONS
 WITH SHAREHOLDERS
 OF THE FUND
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 All                  Typesetting                      Fund (1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Marketing:      Printing                       KDI/Company (2)
                      Distribution                   KDI/Company (2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Existing        Printing                         Fund (1)
      Owners:         Distribution                     Fund (1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 OPERATIONS OF FUND   All operations and related         Fund
                      expenses, including the cost
                      of registration and
                      qualification of the Fund's
                      shares, preparation and
                      filing of the Fund's
                      prospectus and registration
                      statement, proxy materials
                      and reports, the preparation
                      of all statements and notices
                      required by any federal or
                      state law and all taxes on
                      the issuance of the Fund's
                      shares, and all costs of
                      management of the business
                      affairs of the Fund.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission